SVM 16062

FILE NO.
SVM-16062
SERVICE MANUAL
AIR-CONDITIONER (MULTI TYPE)
<SUPER MODULAR MULTI SYSTEM - e>

Outdoor Unit
Model name:
<Heat Pump Model>
MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL
MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL
MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL
MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL
MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL
Contents
PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFEFTY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Refrigerant (R410A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2-1. Outdoor Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3 Parts Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3-1. Outdoor Unit (MMY-MAP***6HT9P-UL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3-2. Outdoor Inverter (MMY-MAP***6HT9P-UL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3-3. Parts Layout in Outdoor Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3-4. Parts Layout in Inverter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3-5. Outdoor (Inverter) Print Circuit Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3-5-1. Interface P.C. board (MCC-1673) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3-5-2. Inverter P.C. board for compressor (MCC-1595) A3-IPDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3-5-3. Inverter P.C. board for compressor (MCC-1687) A3-IPDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3-5-4. Inverter P.C. board for fan motor (MCC-1610) FAN-IPDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3-5-5. Noise Filter PC board (MCC-1608 -A, -B) ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3-5-6. Noise Filter PC board (MCC-1680) ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4 Refrigerant Piping Systematic Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

5 Combined Refrigerant Piping System Schematic Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
5-1. Normal Operation (COOL Mode / DEFROST Mode) -
High Outside Air Temperature (Roughly 68°F (20°C ) or Above). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
5-2. Normal Operation (COOL Mode) - Low Outside Air Temperature (Roughly Below 68°F(20°C). 50
5-3. Normal Operation (HEAT Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
5-4. Emergency Operation (Cooling Operation under Header Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario) . . . . . 52
5-5. Emergency Operation (Heating Operation under Header Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario) . . . . . 53
5-6. Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit (Pump-Down Operation under
Follower Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
6 Control Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
7 Applied Control for Outdoor Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . 64
7-1. Applied control for Outdoor Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 64
7-1-1. Outdoor Fan High Static Pressure Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
7-1-2. Priority Operation Mode Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 65
7-2. Applied Control of Outdoor Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 67
7-2-1. Power peak-cut Control (Standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
7-2-2. Power peak-cut Control (Extended) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 69
7-2-3. Snowfall Fan Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 70
7-2-4. External master ON/OFF Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 70
7-2-5. Night operation (sound reduction) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 71
7-2-6. Operation Mode Selection Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 72
7-2-7. Trouble/Operation Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 73
7-2-8. Compressor Operation Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 74
7-2-9. Operating Rate Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . ... 75
−1−
8 TEST OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
8-1. Procedure and Summary of Test Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
8-2. Check Items before Test Operation (before powering-on) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
8-3. Check at Main Power-on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
8-4. Address Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
8-4-1. Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
8-4-2. Address Setup and Check Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
8-4-3. Address Setup Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
8-4-4. Check after Address Setup when Central Control System Is Connected . . . . . . . . . . . 96
8-5. Troubleshooting in Test Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
8-5-1. A Check Code is Displayed on the Remote Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
8-5-2. Operation from the indoor remote control is not accepted, and a check code is
displayed on the 7-segment display of the interface PC board of the header unit. . . . . 98
8-5-3. There is no display of a check code on the 7-segment display on the interface
PC board of the header unit, although there is indoor unit that is not accepting
operation from the indoor remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
8-5-4. In checking the number of connected outdoor units and connected indoor units
after address setup, a lower number of connected units is displayed. (There are
outdoor/indoor units that do not operate in a test operation.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
8-6. Test Operation Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .101
8-6-1. Fan Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
8-6-2. Single cooling/Single heating Test Operation Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
8-7. Service Support Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
8-7-1. Check Function for Connecting of Refrigerant and Control Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
8-7-2. Function to Start/Stop (ON/OFF) Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
8-7-3. Check Code Clearing Function . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
8-7-4. Remote Controller Distinction Function . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
8-7-5. Pulse Motor Valve (PMV) Forced Open/Close Function in Indoor Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
8-7-6. Pulse Motor Valve (PMV) Forced Open Fully/Close fully Function in Outdoor Unit .. . 117
8-7-7. Solenoid Valve Forced Open/Close Function in Outdoor Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 118
8-7-8. Fan Operation Check in Outdoor Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 119
8-7-9. Abnormal Outdoor Unit Discrimination Method By Fan Operating Function . . . . . . . .. 120
8-7-10. Manual Adjustment Function of Outside Temperature (TO) Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 121
8-7-11. Monitor Function of Remote Controller Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 123
8-8. Additional EMC Measures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 125
8-9. SMMS WAVE TOOL FOR SMARTPHONE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 126
8-9-1. Prohibition/Permission of the NFC Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 126
8-9-2. Confirmation for the generation of the trouble of the NFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
−2−
9 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
9-1. Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
9-2. Troubleshooting Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
9-3. Troubleshooting Based on Information Displayed on Remote Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
9-4. Check Codes Displayed on Remote Controller and SMMS-e Outdoor Unit
(7-Segment Display on I/F Board) and Locations to Be Checked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
9-5. Diagnosis procedure for each check code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
9-6. 7-Segment Display Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
9-7. Oil Level Judgment Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
9-8. SMMS-e Outdoor Interface P.C. Board Function Setting Exchange Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
9-9. Leakage/Clogging of Refrigerating Cycle Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
9-10. Sensor Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
9-11. Pressure Sensor Output Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
10 BACKUP OPERATION
(EMERGENCY OPERATION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
10-1. Note for Backup Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
10-2. Compressor Backup Operation Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
10-3. Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
10-3-1. Follower outdoor unit backup operation setting (failure of follower outdoor unit) . . . . 210
10-3-2. Header outdoor unit backup operation setting (failure of header outdoor unit) . . . . . . 212
10-4. Cooling-Season Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
11 OUTDOOR UNIT REFRIGERANT RECOVERY METHOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

11-1. Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit (Pump-Down) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
11-1-1. Note for refrigerant recovery operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
11-1-2. Refrigerant recovery procedure A (Case of no outdoor unit backup operation setting) ..215
11-1-3. Refrigerant recovery procedure B (Case of outdoor unit backup operation setting) . .. . 218
11-2. How to Operate System While Failed Outdoor Unit Being Repaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
11-3. Work procedure after Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
12 REPLACING COMPRESSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

12-1. Compressor Replacement Procedure (Outline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
12-2. Replacement of Compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
12-3. Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
13 OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS REPLACEMENT METHODS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

14 P.C. BOARD EXCHANGE PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
14-1. Replacement of Outdoor P.C. Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 250
14-1-1. List of service P.C. boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
14-1-2. Configuration of inverter assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
14-1-3. Interface P.C. Board (MCC-1673) Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
14-1-4. Comp-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-1595) Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
14-1-5. Comp-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-1687 A, B External Varistor Assembly)
Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
14-1-6. Fan-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-1610) Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
14-1-7. Noise Filter P.C. Board (MCC-1608 A, B) Replacement Procedure . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . 264
14-1-8. Noise Filter P.C. Board (MCC-1680) Replacement Procedure . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 266
15 EXPLODED DIAGRAM/PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
−3−
Definition of Qualified Installer or Qualified Service Person
The air conditioner must be installed, maintained, repaired and removed by a qualified installer or qualified
service person. When any of these jobs is to be done, ask a qualified installer or qualified service person
to do them for you.
Definition of Protective Gear

When the air conditioner is to be transported, installed, maintained, repaired or removed, wear protective
gloves and ‘safety’ work clothing.
In addition to such normal protective gear, wear the protective gear described below when undertaking the
special work detailed in the table below.
Failure to wear the proper protective gear is dangerous because you will be more susceptible to injury, burns,
electric shocks and other injuries.
Work undertaken Protective gear to wear
Protective gloves
All types of work ‘Safety’ working clothing
Gloves to provide protection for electricians Insulating shoes
Electrical-related work Clothing to provide protection from electric shock
Work at heights (50 Helmets for use in industry

cm or more)
Transportation of heavy objects Shoes with additional protective toe cap
Repair of outdoor unit Gloves to provide protection for electricians
The important contents concerned to the safety are described on the product itself and on this Service
Manual.
Please read this Service Manual after understanding the described items thoroughly in the following contents
(Indications / Illustrated marks), and keep them.
[Explanation of indications]
Indication Explanation
Indicates contents assumed that an imminent danger causing a death or serious injury of
DANGER the repair engineers and the third parties when an incorrect work has been executed.
Indicates possibilities assumed that a danger causing a death or serious injury of the
WARNING repair engineers, the third parties, and the users due to troubles of the product after work
when an incorrect work has been executed.
Indicates contents assumed that an injury or property damage (*) may be caused on the
CAUTION repair engineers, the third parties, and the users due to troubles of the product after work
when an incorrect work has been executed.
* Property damage: Enlarged damage concerned to property, furniture, and domestic animal / pet
[Explanation of illustrated marks]

Indication Explanation
Indicates prohibited items (Forbidden items to do)

The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete prohibited contents.
Indicates mandatory items (Compulsory items to do)

The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete mandatory contents.
Indicates cautions (Including danger / warning)

The sentences or illustration near or in an illustrated mark describe the concrete cautious contents.
−4−
PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFETY
The manufacturer shall not assume any liability for the damage caused by not observing the description of this
manual.
DANGER
Before carrying out the installation, maintenance, repair or removal work, be sure to set the circuit
breaker for both the indoor and outdoor units to the OFF position. Otherwise, electric shocks may
result.
Before opening the intake grille of the indoor unit or service panel of the outdoor unit, set the circuit
breaker to the OFF position.
Failure to set the circuit breaker to the OFF position may result in electric shocks through contact with
the interior parts.
Only a qualified installer (*1) or qualified service person (*1) is allowed to remove the intake grille of the
indoor unit or service panel of the outdoor unit and do the work required.
Before starting to repair the outdoor unit fan or fan guard, be absolutely sure to set the circuit breaker
to the OFF position, and place a “Work in progress” sign on the circuit breaker.
Turn off When cleaning the filter or other parts of the indoor unit, set the circuit breaker to OFF without fail, and
breaker place a “Work in progress” sign near the circuit breaker before proceeding with the work.
When you have noticed that some kind of trouble (such as when a check code display has appeared,
there is a smell of burning, abnormal sounds are heard, the air conditioner fails to cool or heat or
water is leaking) has occurred in the air conditioner, do not touch the air conditioner yourself but set
the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and contact a qualified service person. Take steps to ensure
that the power will not be turned on (by marking “out of service” near the circuit breaker, for instance)
until qualified service person arrives. Continuing to use the air conditioner in the trouble status may
cause mechanical problems to escalate or result in electric shocks or other failure.
When you access inside of the service panel to repair electric parts, wait for about five minutes after turning
off the breaker. Do not start repairing immediately.Otherwise you may get electric shock by touching
Electric terminals of high-voltage capacitors. Natural discharge of the capacitor takes about five minutes.
shock hazard
Place a “Work in progress” sign near the circuit breaker while the installation, maintenance, repair or
removal work is being carried out.
There is a danger of electric shocks if the circuit breaker is set to ON by mistake.
Before operating the air conditioner after having completed the work, check that the electrical parts box
Prohibition cover of the indoor unit and service panel of the outdoor unit are closed, and set the circuit breaker to
the ON position.
You may receive an electric shock if the power is turned on without first conducting these checks.
If, in the course of carrying out repairs, it becomes absolutely necessary to check out the electrical
parts with the electrical parts box cover of one or more of the indoor units and the service panel of the
outdoor unit removed in order to find out exactly where the trouble lies, wear insulated heat-resistant
gloves, insulated boots and insulated work overalls, and take care to avoid touching any live parts.
Stay on You may receive an electric shock if you fail to heed this warning. Only qualified service person (*1) is
protection allowed to do this kind of work.
−5−
WARNING
Before starting to repair the air conditioner, read carefully through the Service Manual, and repair the
air conditioner by following its instructions.
Only qualified service person (*1) is allowed to repair the air conditioner.
Repair of the air conditioner by unqualified person may give rise to a fire, electric shocks, injury, water
leaks and / or other problems.
Do not use any refrigerant different from the one specified for complement or replacement.
Otherwise, abnormally high pressure may be generated in the refrigeration cycle, which may result in a
failure or explosion of the product or an injury to your body.
Only a qualified installer (*1) or qualified service person (*1) is allowed to carry out the electrical work
of the air conditioner.
Under no circumstances must this work be done by an unqualified individual since failure to carry out
the work properly may result in electric shocks and / or electrical leaks.
When transporting the air conditioner, wear shoes with protective toe caps, protective gloves and other
protective clothing.
Wear protective gloves and safety work clothing during installation, servicing and removal.
When connecting the electrical wires, repairing the electrical parts or undertaking other electrical jobs,
wear gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat, insulating shoes and clothing to
provide protection from electric shocks.
Failure to wear this protective gear may result in electric shocks.
Electrical wiring work shall be conducted according to law and regulation in the community and
installation manual. Failure to do so may result in electrocution or short circuit.
Only a qualified installer (*1) or qualified service person (*1) is allowed to undertake work at heights
using a stand of 19.7" (50cm) or more or to remove the intake grille of the indoor unit to undertake work.
When working at heights, use a ladder which complies with the ISO 14122 standard, and follow the
procedure in the ladder’s instructions.
Also wear a helmet for use in industry as protective gear to undertake the work.
General When working at heights, put a sign in place so that no-one will approach the work location, before
proceeding with the work.
Parts and other objects may fall from above, possibly injuring a person below.
When executing address setting, test run, or troubleshooting through the checking window on the
electric parts box, put on insulated gloves to provide protection from electric shock. Otherwise you may
receive an electric shock.
Do not touch the aluminum fin of the outdoor unit.
You may injure yourself if you do so. If the fin must be touched for some reason, first put on protective
gloves and safety work clothing, and then proceed.
Do not climb onto or place objects on top of the outdoor unit.
You may fall or the objects may fall off of the outdoor unit and result in injury.
When transporting the air conditioner, wear shoes with additional protective toe caps.
When transporting the air conditioner, do not take hold of the bands around the packing carton.
You may injure yourself if the bands should break.
Be sure that a heavy unit (22 lbs (10 kg) or heavier) such as a compressor is carried by two persons.
Before troubleshooting or repair work, check the ground wire is connected to the ground terminals of the main
unit, otherwise an electric shock is caused when a leak occurs. If the ground wire is not correctly
connected, contact an electric engineer for rework.
After completing the repair or relocation work, check that the ground wires are connected properly.
Check ground
wires. Be sure to connect ground wire. (Grounding work) Incomplete grounding causes an electric
shock. Do not connect ground wires to gas pipes, water pipes, and lightning rods or ground wires
for telephone wires.
Do not modify the products. Do not also disassemble or modify the parts.
It may cause a fire, electric shock or injury.
Prohibition of
modification.
When any of the electrical parts are to be replaced, ensure that the replacement parts satisfy the
specifications given in the Service Manual (or use the parts contained on the parts list in the
Service Manual).
Use specified Use of any parts which do not satisfy the required specifications may give rise to electric shocks,
parts. smoking and / or a fire.
−6−
If, in the course of carrying out repairs, it becomes absolutely necessary to check out the electrical
parts with the electrical parts box cover of one or more of the indoor units and the service panel of the
outdoor unit removed in order to find out exactly where the trouble lies, put a sign in place so that no-
Do not bring one will approach the work location before proceeding with the work. Third-party individuals may enter
a child close the work site and receive electric shocks if this warning is not heeded.
to the
equipment.
Connect the cut-off lead wires with crimp contact, etc., put the closed end side upward and then apply
a watercut method, otherwise a leak or production of fire is caused at the users’ side.
Insulating
measures
When performing repairs using a gas burner, replace the refrigerant with nitrogen gas because the oil
that coats the pipes may otherwise burn.
When repairing the refrigerating cycle, take the following measures.
1) Be attentive to fire around the cycle. When using a gas stove, etc., be sure to put out fire before work;
otherwise the oil mixed with refrigerant gas may catch fire.
2) Do not use a welder in the closed room. When using it without ventilation, carbon monoxide
No fire poisoning may be caused.
3) Do not bring inflammables close to the refrigerant cycle, otherwise fire of the welder may catch the
inflammables.
The refrigerant used by this air conditioner is the R410A.
Check the used refrigerant name and use tools and materials of the parts which match with it.
For the products which use R410A refrigerant, the refrigerant name is indicated at a position on the
outdoor unit where is easy to see. To prevent miss-charging, the route of the service port is changed
from one of the former R22.
For an air conditioner which uses R410A, never use other refrigerant than R410A. For an air
conditioner which uses other refrigerant (R22, etc.), never use R410A.
If different types of refrigerant are mixed, abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle
and an injury due to breakage may be caused.
When the air conditioner has been installed or relocated, follow the instructions in the Installation
Manual and purge the air completely so that no gases other than the refrigerant will be mixed in the
refrigerating cycle.
Failure to purge the air completely may cause the air conditioner to malfunction.
Do not charge refrigerant additionally. If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas leaks, the
Refrigerant refrigerant composition in the refrigerating cycle changes resulted in change of air conditioner
characteristics or refrigerant over the specified standard amount is charged and an abnormal high
pressure is applied to the inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of breakage or injury.
Therefore if the refrigerant gas leaks, recover the refrigerant in the air conditioner, execute vacuuming,
and then newly recharge the specified amount of liquid refrigerant.
In this time, never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount.
When recharging the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle, do not mix the refrigerant or air other than
R410A into the specified refrigerant. If air or others is mixed with the refrigerant, abnormal high
pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of injury due to breakage.
Install the refrigerant pipe securely during the installation work before operating the air conditioner.
If the compressor is operated with the valve open and without refrigerant pipe, the compressor
sucks air and the refrigeration cycles is over pressurized, which may cause injury.
After the installation work, confirm that refrigerant gas does not leak.
If refrigerant gas leaks into the room and flows near a fire source, such as a cooking range, noxious
gas may be generated.
Never recover the refrigerant into the outdoor unit. When the equipment is moved or repaired, be sure
to recover the refrigerant with recovering device.
The refrigerant cannot be recovered in the outdoor unit; otherwise a serious accident such as breakage
or injury is caused.
After repair work, surely assemble the disassembled parts, and connect and lead the removed wires as before.
Perform the work so that the cabinet or panel does not catch the inner wires.
If incorrect assembly or incorrect wire connection was done, a disaster such as a leak or fire is caused
Assembly / at user’s side.
Wiring
After the work has finished, be sure to use an insulation tester set (500 V Megger) to check the resistance is
1 MΩ or more between the charge section and the non-charge metal section (Ground position).
Insulator If the resistance value is low, a disaster such as a leak or electric shock is caused at user’s side.
check
−7−
When the refrigerant gas leaks during work, execute ventilation.
If the refrigerant gas touches to a fire, poisonous gas generates. A case of leakage of the refrigerant
and the closed room full with gas is dangerous because a shortage of oxygen occurs. Be sure to
Ventilation execute ventilation.
When the refrigerant gas leaks, find up the leaked position and repair it surely.
If the leaked position cannot be found up and the repair work is interrupted, pump-down and tighten the
service valve, otherwise the refrigerant gas may leak into the room.
The poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater, stove or cooking stove though
the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous.
When installing equipment which includes a large amount of charged refrigerant such as a multi air
conditioner in a sub-room, it is necessary that the density does not exceed the limit even if the refrigerant
leaks. If the refrigerant leaks and exceeds the limit density, an accident of shortage of oxygen is caused.
Tighten the flare nut with a torque wrench in the specified manner.
Compulsion Excessive tighten of the flare nut may cause a crack in the flare nut after a long period, which may
result in refrigerant leakage.
Nitrogen gas must be used for the airtight test.
The charge hose must be connected in such a way that it is not slack.
For the installation / moving / reinstallation work, follow to the Installation Manual.
If an incorrect installation is done, a trouble of the refrigerating cycle, water leak, electric shock or fire is caused.
Once the repair work has been completed, check for refrigerant leaks, and check the insulation
resistance and water drainage.
Then perform a trial run to check that the air conditioner is running properly.
After repair work has finished, check there is no trouble. If check is not executed, a fire, electric shock
or injury may be caused. For a check, turn off the power breaker.
Check after After repair work (installation of front panel and cabinet) has finished, execute a test run to check there
repair is no generation of smoke or abnormal sound.
If check is not executed, a fire or an electric shock is caused. Before test run, install the front panel and cabinet.
Be sure to fix the screws back which have been removed for installation or other purposes.
Check the following matters before a test run after repairing piping.
• Connect the pipes surely and there is no leak of refrigerant.
• The valve is opened.
Do not Running the compressor under condition that the valve closes causes an abnormal high pressure
operate the resulted in damage of the parts of the compressor and etc. and moreover if there is leak of refrigerant
unit with the at connecting section of pipes, the air is sucked and causes further abnormal high pressure resulted in
valve closed. burst or injury.
Only a qualified installer (*1) or qualified service person (*1) is allowed to relocate the air conditioner. It
is dangerous for the air conditioner to be relocated by an unqualified individual since a fire, electric
shocks, injury, water leakage, noise and / or vibration may result.
Check the following items after reinstallation.
1) The ground wire is correctly connected.
2) The power cord is not caught in the product.
Check after 3) There is no inclination or unsteadiness and the installation is stable.
reinstallation If check is not executed, a fire, an electric shock or an injury is caused.
When carrying out the pump-down work shut down the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipe.
Disconnecting the refrigerant pipe with the service valve left open and the compressor still operating will cause air
or other gas to be sucked in, raising the pressure inside the refrigeration cycle to an abnormally high level, and
possibly resulting in rupture, injury or other trouble.
When the service panel of the outdoor unit is to be opened in order for the compressor or the area
around this part to be repaired immediately after the air conditioner has been shut down, set the circuit
breaker to the OFF position, and then wait at least 10 minutes before opening the service panel.
If you fail to heed this warning, you will run the risk of burning yourself because the compressor pipes
and other parts will be very hot to the touch. In addition, before proceeding with the repair work, wear
the kind of insulated heat-resistant gloves designed to protect electricians.
Take care not to get burned by compressor pipes or other parts when checking the cooling cycle while
running the unit as they get heated while running. Be sure to put on gloves providing protection for
electric shock and heat.
Cooling check
When the service panel of the outdoor unit is to be opened in order for the fan motor, reactor, inverter or the
areas around these parts to be repaired immediately after the air conditioner has been shut down, set the
circuit breaker to the OFF position, and then wait at least 10 minutes before opening the service panel.
If you fail to heed this warning, you will run the risk of burning yourself because the fan motor, reactor,
inverter heat sink and other parts will be very hot to the touch.
In addition, before proceeding with the repair work, wear the kind of insulated heat-resistant gloves
designed to protect electricians.
−8−
Only a qualified installer (*1) or qualified service person (*1) is allowed to install the air conditioner. If
the air conditioner is installed by an unqualified individual, a fire, electric shocks, injury, water leakage,
noise and/or vibration may result.
Before starting to install the air conditioner, read carefully through the Installation Manual, and follow its
instructions to install the air conditioner.
Be sure to use the company-specified products for the separately purchased parts. Use of non-
specified products may result in fire, electric shock, water leakage or other failure. Have the installation
performed by a qualified installer.
Use wiring that meets the specifications in the Installation Manual and the stipulations in the local
regulations and laws. Use of wiring which does not meet the specifications may give rise to electric
shocks, electrical leakage, smoking and/or a fire.
Do not supply power from the power terminal block equipped on the outdoor unit to another outdoor unit.
Capacity overload may occur on the terminal block and may result in fire.
Do not install the air conditioner in a location that may be subject to a risk of expire to a combustible gas.
Installation If a combustible gas leaks and becomes concentrated around the unit, a fire may occur.
If refrigerant gas has leaked during the installation work, ventilate the room immediately. If the leaked
refrigerant gas comes in contact with fire, noxious gas may be generated.
Install a circuit breaker that meets the specifications in the installation manual and the stipulations in
the local regulations and laws.
Install the circuit breaker where it can be easily accessed by the qualified service person (*1).
If you install the unit in a small room, take appropriate measures to prevent the refrigerant from
exceeding the limit concentration even if it leaks. Consult the dealer from whom you purchased the air
conditioner when you implement the measures. Accumulation of highly concentrated refrigerant may
cause an oxygen deficiency accident.
Do not place any combustion appliance in a place where it is directly exposed to the wind of air
conditioner, otherwise it may cause imperfect combustion.
Explanations given to user

If you have discovered that the fan grille is damaged, do not approach the outdoor unit but set the circuit
breaker to the OFF position, and contact a qualified service person to have the repairs done.
Do not set the circuit breaker to the ON position until the repairs are completed.
Relocation
• Only a qualified installer (*1) or qualified service person (*1) is allowed to relocate the air conditioner.
It is dangerous for the air conditioner to be relocated by an unqualified individual since a fire, electric shocks,
injury, water leakage, noise and / or vibration may result.
• When carrying out the pump-down work shut down the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipe.
Disconnecting the refrigerant pipe with the service valve left open and the compressor still operating will
cause air, etc. to be sucked in, raising the pressure inside the refrigeration cycle to an abnormally high level,
and possibly resulting in rupture, injury, etc.
(*1) Refer to the “Definition of Qualified Installer or Qualified Service Person”
−9−
Weight center
A. B. C.
Anchor bolt position Anchor bolt position Anchor bolt position
27.6"(700) 36.2"(920) 51.6"(1310)
Anchor bolt position

29.7"(755)
29.7"(755)
29.7"(755)
Y
Y
Y
X X X
Z
X Y Z Weight
Model type (In(mm)) (In(mm)) (In(mm)) (lbs(kg))
(A) MAP0726HT9P-UL 20.1"(510) 16.5"(420) 24.0"(610) 558(253)
MAP0966HT9P-UL
(B) 22.8"(580) 13.8"(350) 21.7"(550) 668(303)
MAP1206HT9P-UL
MAP1446HT9P-UL
(C) 31.9"(810) 14.6"(370) 19.7"(500) 845(383)
MAP1686HT9P-UL
− 10 −
Refrigerant (R410A)
This air conditioner adopts a HFC type refrigerant (R410A) which does not deplete the ozone layer.
1. Safety Caution Concerned to refrigerant (R410A)

The pressure of R410A is high 1.6 times of that of the former refrigerant (R22). Accompanied with change of
refrigerant, the refrigerating oil has been also changed. Therefore, be sure that water, dust, the former refrigerant
or the former refrigerating oil is not mixed into the refrigerating cycle of the air conditioner with new refrigerant
during installation work or service work. If an incorrect work or incorrect service is performed, there is a possibility
to cause a serious accident. Use the tools and materials exclusive to R410A to purpose a safe work.
2. Cautions on Installation/Service
(1) Do not mix the other refrigerant or refrigerating oil.
For the tools exclusive to R410A, shapes of all the joints including the service port differ from those of the former
refrigerant in order to prevent mixture of them.
(2) As the use pressure of the refrigerant (R410A) is high, use material thickness of the pipe and tools which are
specified for R410A.
(3) In the installation time, use clean pipe materials and work with great attention so that water and others do not
mix in because pipes are affected by impurities such as water, oxide scales, oil, etc. Use the clean pipes. Be
sure to brazing with flowing nitrogen gas. (Never use gas other than nitrogen gas.)
(4) For the ground protection, use a vacuum pump for air purge.
(5) R410A refrigerant is azeotropic mixture type refrigerant. Therefore use liquid type to charge the refrigerant.(If
using gas for charging, composition of the refrigerant changes and then characteristics of the air conditioner
change.)
3. Pipe Materials
For the refrigerant pipes, copper pipe and joints are mainly used. It is necessary to select the most appropriate
pipes to conform to the standard. Use clean material in which impurities adhere inside of pipe or joint to a minimum.
(1) Copper pipe
<Piping>
The pipe thickness, flare finishing size, flare nut and others differ according to a refrigerant type.
When using a long copper pipe for R410A, it is recommended to select “Copper or copper-base pipe
without seam” and one with bonded oil amount 2.67x10-6 lbs/ft or less. Also do not use crushed, deformed,
discolored (especially inside) pipes. (Impurities cause clogging of expansion valves and capillary tubes.)
<Flare nut>
Use the flare nuts which are attached to the air conditioner unit.
(2) Joint
The flare joint and socket joint are used for joints of the copper pipe. The joints are rarely used for installation
of the air conditioner. However clear impurities when using them.
− 11 −
4. Tools
(1) Required Tools for R410A
Mixing of different types of oil may cause a trouble such as generation of sludge, clogging of
capillary, etc. Accordingly, the tools to be used are classified into the following three types.
1) Tools exclusive for R410A (Those which cannot be used for conventional refrigerant (R22))
2) Tools exclusive for R410A, but can be also used for conventional refrigerant (R22)
3) Tools commonly used for R410A and for conventional refrigerant (R22)
The table below shows the tools exclusive for R410A and their interchangeability.
Tools exclusive for R410A (The following tools for R410A are required.)
Explanation of symbols
: Newly prepared (It is necessary to use it exclusively with R410A, separately from those for
R22 or R407C.)
: Former tool is available.
Used tools Usage Proper use of tools/parts
Gauge manifold Vacuuming, charging Exclusive to R410A
Charging hose refrigerant and operation check Exclusive to R410A
Charging cylinder Charging refrigerant Unusable (Use the Refrigerant charging balance.)
Gas leak detector Checking gas leak Exclusive to R410A
Vacuum pump Vacuum drying Usable if a counter-flow preventive adapter is attached
Vacuum pump with counterflow Vacuum drying R22 (Existing article)
Flare tool Flare processing of pipes Usable by adjusting size
Bender Bending processing of pipes R22 (Existing article)
Refrigerant recovery device Recovering refrigerant Exclusive to R410A
Torque wrench Tightening flare nut Exclusive to Ø1/2"(12.7mm) to Ø5/8"(15.9mm)
Pipe cutter Cutting pipes R22 (Existing article)
Exclusive to R410A
Refrigerant canister Charging refrigerant
Enter the refrigerate name for identification
Brazing machine/
Brazing of pipes R22 (Existing article)
Nitrogen gas cylinder
Refrigerant charging balance Charging refrigerant R22 (Existing article)
(Note 1) When flaring is carried out for R410A using the conventional flare tools, adjustment of projection
margin is necessary. For this adjustment, a copper pipe gauge, etc. are necessary.
(Note 2) Charging cylinder for R410A is being currently developed.
General tools (Conventional tools can be used.)

In addition to the above exclusive tools, the following equipments which serve also for R22 are
necessary as the general tools.
(1) Vacuum pump (7) Screwdriver (+, –)
Use vacuum pump by attaching vacuum pump (8) Spanner or Monkey wrench
adapter. (9) Hole core drill
(2) Torque wrench (10)Hexagon wrench (Opposite side 0.16" (4mm)
(3) Pipe cutter (11)Tape measure
(4) Reamer (12)Metal saw
(5) Pipe bender
(6) Level vial
Also prepare the following equipments for other installation method and run check.
(1) Clamp meter (3) Insulation resistance tester
(2) Thermometer (4) Electroscope
− 12 −
1 Specifications
1-1. System with Non-ducted indoor units
Model name MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL

Power Supply Nominal voltage V/Ph/Hz 208-230 / 3 / 60 208-230 / 3 / 60 208-230 / 3 / 60
Voltage range V 187Minimum / 253 Maximum 187Minimum / 253 Maximum 187Minimum / 253 Maximum
Cooling Nominal capacity (*1) Btu/h 72,000 96,000 120,000
Rated capacity (*1) Btu/h 69,000 92,000 114,000
Rated power consumption (*1)(*2) kW 4.43 5.73 8.51
Rated EER (*1)(*2) Btu/W 15.60 16.10 13.40
Heating Nominal capacity (*1) Btu/h 81,000 108,000 135,000
Rated capacity (*1) Btu/h 77,000 103,000 129,000
Rated COP (*1)(*2) Btu/W 4.44 5.02 4.11
Starting Current A Soft Start Soft Start Soft Start
Dimension Unit Height In 72.9 72.9 72.9
Width In 39.0 47.6 47.6
Depth In 30.7 30.7 30.7
Packing Height In 76.3 76.3 76.3
Width In 41.8 50.5 50.5
Depth In 32.6 32.6 32.6
Weight Unit lbs 574 684 684
Packing lbs 609 724 724
Color Silky shade Silky shade Silky shade
(Munsell 1Y8.5/0.5) (Munsell 1Y8.5/0.5) (Munsell 1Y8.5/0.5)
Compressor Type Hermetic twin rotary compressor Hermetic twin rotary compressor Hermetic twin rotary compressor
Motor output kW 2.1 x 2 3.0 x 2 4.0 x 2
Fan unit Type Propeller fan Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output kW 1.0 1.0 1.0
Air volume cfm 6700 7480 7480
Maximum external static pressure (*3) In.WG 0.24 0.16 0.16
Heat exchanger Finned tube Finned tube Finned tube
Refrigerant Name R410A R410A R410A
Charged refrigerant amount (*4) lbs 25.4 25.4 25.4
High-pressure switch (Protective device) psi OFF:464 ON:601 OFF:464 ON:601 OFF:464 ON:601
Protective devices (*5) (*5) (*5)
Power supply wiring MCA A 27.0 36.0 45.4
MOCP (*6) A 30.0 40.0 50.0
Piping connections Type Flare Flare Flare
Liquid
Diameter In 1/2" 1/2" 1/2"
Type Brazing Brazing Brazing
Gas
Diameter In 7/8" 7/8" 1-1/8"
Type Flare Flare Flare
Balance
Diameter In 3/8" 3/8" 3/8"
Indoor units Maximum capacity of combined indoor units 50 to 150% (*7) 50 to 150% (*7) 50 to 150% (*7)
Maximum number of indoor units 12 16 21
Sound pressure level Cooling dB(A) 56.0 61.0 61.0
Heating dB(A) 58.0 61.0 62.0
Operation temperature range Cooling CDB 14.0 to 122.0 14.0 to 122.0 14.0 to 122.0
Heating CWB -13.0 to 60.0 -13.0 to 60.0 -13.0 to 60.0
Note
(*1) Rated conditions Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80 F Dry Bulb / 67 F Wet Bulb , Outdoor air tempreture 95 F Dry Bulb.
Heating : Indoor air temperature 70 F Dry Bulb, Outdoor air tempreture 47 F Dry Bulb / 43 F Wet Bulb.
072, 096 type: Equivalent piping length: 50 ft, Height difference: 0 ft, 120 type: Equivalent piping length: 75 ft, Height difference: 0 ft
(*2) Value for only outdoor unit
(*3) Setting is necessary
(*4) The amount dose not consider extra piping length. Refrigerant must be added on site in accordance with the actual piping length.
(*5) Discharge temp. sensor / Suction temp. sensor / High-pressure sensor / Low-pressure sensor / PC board fuse
(*6) MOCP : Maximum Overcurrent Protection(Amps)
(*7) Permanent operation below 80% is not recommended.
− 13 −
Model name MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL

Power Supply Nominal voltage V/Ph/Hz 208-230 / 3 / 60 208-230 / 3 / 60
Voltage range V 187Minimum / 253 Maximum 187Minimum / 253 Maximum
Cooling Nominal capacity (*1) Btu/h 144,000 168,000
Rated capacity (*1) Btu/h 138,000 160,000
Rated power consumption (*1)(*2) kW 10.85 14.26
Rated EER (*1)(*2) Btu/W 12.70 11.20
Heating Nominal capacity (*1) Btu/h 162,000 189,000
Rated capacity (*1) Btu/h 154,000 180,000
Rated COP (*1)(*2) Btu/W 4.23 3.82
Starting Current A Soft Start Soft Start
Dimension Unit Height In 72.9 72.9
Width In 63.0 63.0
Depth In 30.7 30.7
Packing Height In 76.3 76.3
Width In 65.8 65.8
Depth In 32.6 32.6
Weight Unit lbs 838 838
Packing lbs 880 880
Color Silky shade Silky shade
(Munsell 1Y8.5/0.5) (Munsell 1Y8.5/0.5)
Compressor Type Hermetic twin rotary compressor Hermetic twin rotary compressor
Motor output kW 5.4 x 2 6.5 x 2
Fan unit Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output kW 1.0+1.0 1.0+1.0
Air volume cfm 9760 10100
Maximum external static pressure (*3) In.WG 0.16 0.16
Heat exchanger Finned tube Finned tube
Refrigerant Name R410A R410A
Charged refrigerant amount (*4) lbs 25.4 25.4
High-pressure switch (Protective device) psi OFF:464 ON:601 OFF:464 ON:601
Protective devices (*5) (*5)
Power supply wiring MCA A 54.0 69.0
MOCP (*6) A 60.0 80.0
Piping connections Type Flare Flare
Liquid
Diameter In 5/8" 5/8"
Type Brazing Brazing
Gas
Diameter In 1-1/8" 1-1/8"
Type Flare Flare
Balance
Indoor units Maximum capacity of combined indoor units 50 to 150% (*7) 50 to 150% (*7)
Maximum number of indoor units 25 30
Sound pressure level Cooling dB(A) 63.0 64.0
Heating dB(A) 64.0 65.0
Operation temperature range Cooling CDB 14.0 to 122.0 14.0 to 122.0
Heating CWB -13.0 to 60.0 -13.0 to 60.0
Note
Equivalent piping length: 100 ft, Height difference: 0 ft
− 14 −
Model name MMY-AP1926HT9P-UL MMY-AP2166HT9P-UL MMY-AP2406HT9P-UL MMY-AP2646HT9P-UL

Outdoor unit model name MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL
MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL
Power Supply Nominal voltage V/Ph/Hz 208-230 / 3 / 60 208-230 / 3 / 60 208-230 / 3 / 60 208-230 / 3 / 60
Voltage range V 187Minimum / 253 Maximum 187Minimum / 253 Maximum 187Minimum / 253 Maximum 187Minimum / 253 Maximum
Nominal capacity (*1) kBtu/h 192,000 216,000 240,000 264,000
Cooling Rated capacity (*1) kBtu/h 184,000 206,000 230,000 252,000
Rated power consumption (*1)(*2) kW 13.97 16.75 18.63 21.56
Rated EER (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 13.20 12.30 12.30 11.70
Heating Nominal capacity (*1) kBtu/h 216,000 243,000 270,000 297,000
Rated capacity (*1) kBtu/h 206,000 232,000 256,000 282,000
Rated COP (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 4.16 4.00 3.85 3.74
Starting Current A Soft Start Soft Start Soft Start Soft Start
Weight Unit lbs 684 + 684 684 + 684 838 + 684 838 + 684
Packing lbs 724 + 724 724 + 724 880 + 724 880 + 724
Color Silky shade Silky shade Silky shade Silky shade
(Munsell 1Y8.5/0.5) (Munsell 1Y8.5/0.5) (Munsell 1Y8.5/0.5) (Munsell 1Y8.5/0.5)
Compressor Type Hermetic twin rotary compressor Hermetic twin rotary compressor Hermetic twin rotary compressor Hermetic twin rotary compressor
Motor output kW 3.0 x 2 + 3.0 x 2 4.0 x 2 + 3.0 x 2 5.4 x 2 + 3.0 x 2 5.4 x 2 + 4.0 x 2
Fan unit Type Propeller fan Propeller fan Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output kW 1.0 + 1.0 1.0 + 1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0
Air volume cfm 7480 + 7480 7480 + 7480 9760 + 7480 9760 + 7480
Maximum external static pressure (*3) In.WG 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16
Heat exchanger Finned tube Finned tube Finned tube Finned tube
Name R410A R410A R410A R410A
Refrigerant
Charged refrigerant amount (*4) lbs 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4
High-pressure switch (Protective device) psi OFF:464 ON:601 OFF:464 ON:601 OFF:464 ON:601 OFF:464 ON:601
Protective devices (*5) (*5) (*5) (*5)
MCA A 36 + 36 45.4 + 36 54 + 36 54 + 45.4
Power supply wiring
MOCP (*6) A 40 + 40 50 + 40 60 + 40 60 + 50
Type Flare Flare Flare Flare
Liquid
Diameter In 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4"
Piping connections Type Brazing Brazing Brazing Brazing
Gas
Diameter In 1-1/8" 1-1/8" 1-3/8" 1-3/8"
Balance
Diameter In 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8"
Indoor units Total capacity % of outdoor unit capacity 50 to 150% (*7) 50 to 150% (*7) 50 to 150% (*7) 50 to 150% (*7)
Maximum number of indoor units 34 38 42 46
Cooling dB(A) 64.0 64.0 65.5 65.5
Sound pressure level
Heating dB(A) 64.0 64.5 66.0 66.5
Cooling CDB 14.0 to 122.0 14.0 to 122.0 14.0 to 122.0 14.0 to 122.0
Operation temperature range
Heating CWB -13.0 to 60.0 -13.0 to 60.0 -13.0 to 60.0 -13.0 to 60.0
Note
− 15 −
Model name MMY-AP2886HT9P-UL MMY-AP3126HT9P-UL MMY-AP3366HT9P-UL

Outdoor unit model name MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL
MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL
Nominal capacity (*1) kBtu/h 288,000 312,000 336,000
Cooling Rated capacity (*1) kBtu/h 276,000 298,000 320,000
Rated EER (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 11.40 10.70 10.60
Heating Nominal capacity (*1) kBtu/h 324,000 351,000 378,000
Rated capacity (*1) kBtu/h 308,000 334,000 360,000
Rated COP (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 3.70 3.50 3.44
Weight Unit lbs 838 + 838 838 + 838 838 + 838
Packing lbs 880 + 880 880 + 880 880 + 880
Motor output kW 5.4 x 2 + 5.4 x 2 6.5 x 2 + 5.4 x 2 6.5 x 2 + 6.5 x 2
Motor output kW 1.0+1.0 + 1.0+1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0+1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0+1.0
Air volume cfm 9760 + 9760 10100 + 9760 10100 + 10100
Name R410A R410A R410A
Refrigerant
Charged refrigerant amount (*4) lbs 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4
MCA A 54 + 54 69 + 54 69 + 69
Power supply wiring
MOCP (*6) A 60 + 60 80 + 60 80 + 80
Liquid
Diameter In 3/4" 3/4" 3/4"
Piping connections Type Brazing Brazing Brazing
Gas
Diameter In 1-3/8" 1-3/8" 1-3/8"
Balance
Diameter In 3/8" 3/8" 3/8"
Indoor units Total capacity % of outdoor unit capacity 50 to 150% (*7) 50 to 150% (*7) 50 to 150% (*7)
Cooling dB(A) 66.0 66.5 67.0
Heating dB(A) 67.0 67.5 68.0
Cooling CDB 14.0 to 122.0 14.0 to 122.0 14.0 to 122.0
Note
− 16 −

Rated EER (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 11.90 10.90 10.70
Rated COP (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 3.61 3.49 3.47
Weight Unit lbs 684 + 684 + 684 838 + 684 + 684 838 + 838 + 684
Packing lbs 724 + 724 + 724 880 + 724 + 724 880 + 880 + 724
Motor output kW 4.0 x 2 + 4.0 x 2 + 4.0 x 2 5.4 x 2 + 4.0 x 2 + 4.0 x 2 5.4 x 2 + 5.4 x 2 + 4.0 x 2
Motor output kW 1.0 + 1.0 + 1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0 + 1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0+1.0 + 1.0
Air volume cfm 7480 + 7480 + 7480 9760 + 7480 + 7480 9760 + 9760 + 7480
Refrigerant
Charged refrigerant amount (*4) lbs 25.4 + 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 + 25.4
MCA A 45.4 + 45.4 + 45.4 54 + 45.4 + 45.4 54 + 54 + 45.4
Power supply wiring
MOCP (*6) A 50 + 50 + 50 60 + 50 + 50 60 + 60 + 50
Liquid
Diameter In 7/8" 7/8" 7/8"
Gas
Diameter In 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8"
Balance
Diameter In 3/8" 3/8" 3/8"
Cooling dB(A) 66.0 66.5 67.5
Heating dB(A) 67.0 67.5 68.5
Note
− 17 −
Model name MMY-AP4326HT9P-UL MMY-AP4566HT9P-UL

Outdoor unit model name MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL
MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL
Nominal capacity (*1) kBtu/h 432,000 456,000
Cooling Rated capacity (*1) kBtu/h 412,000 434,000
Rated EER (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 10.30 9.70
Heating Nominal capacity (*1) kBtu/h 486,000 513,000
Rated capacity (*1) kBtu/h 462,000 488,000
Rated COP (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 3.37 3.28
Weight Unit lbs 838 + 838 + 684 838 + 838 + 684
Packing lbs 880 + 880 + 724 880 + 880 + 724
Motor output kW 6.5 x 2 + 5.4 x 2 + 4.0 x 2 6.5 x 2 + 6.5 x 2 + 4.0 x 2
Motor output kW 1.0+1.0 + 1.0+1.0 + 1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0+1.0 + 1.0
Air volume cfm 10100 + 9760 + 7480 10100 + 10100 + 7480
Name R410A R410A
Refrigerant
Charged refrigerant amount (*4) lbs 25.4 + 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 + 25.4
MCA A 69 + 54 + 45.4 69 + 69 + 45.4
Power supply wiring
MOCP (*6) A 80 + 60 + 50 80 + 80 + 50
Type Flare Flare
Liquid
Piping connections Type Brazing Brazing
Gas
Type Flare Flare
Balance
Indoor units Total capacity % of outdoor unit capacity 50 to 150% (*7) 50 to 150% (*70)
Cooling dB(A) 68.0 68.0
Cooling CDB 14.0 to 122.0 14.0 to 122.0
Heating CWB -13.0 to 60.0 -13.0 to 60.0
Note
− 18 −
Model name MMY-AP192S6HT9P-UL MMY-AP240S6HT9P-UL MMY-AP288S6HT9P-UL MMY-AP408S6HT9P-UL

- - - MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL
Rated EER (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 13.00 11.90 11.20 10.50
Rated COP (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 4.06 3.80 3.59 3.38
Weight Unit lbs 684 + 574 684 + 684 838 + 684 838 + 684 + 684
Packing lbs 724 + 609 724 + 724 880 + 724 880 + 724 + 724
Motor output kW 4.0 x 2 + 2.1 x 2 4.0 x 2 + 4.0 x 2 6.5 x 2 + 4.0 x 2 6.5 x 2 + 4.0 x 2 + 4.0 x 2
Motor output kW 1.0 + 1.0 1.0 + 1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0 + 1.0
Air volume cfm 7480 + 6700 7480 + 7480 10100 + 7480 10100 + 7480 + 7480
Refrigerant
Charged refrigerant amount (*4) lbs 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 + 25.4
MCA A 45.4 + 27 45.4 + 45.4 69 + 45.4 69 + 45.4 + 45.4
Power supply wiring
MOCP (*6) A 50 + 30 50 + 50 80 + 50 80 + 50 + 50
Liquid
Diameter In 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 7/8"
Gas
Diameter In 1-1/8" 1-3/8" 1-3/8" 1-5/8"
Balance
Diameter In 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8"
Cooling dB(A) 62.5 64.0 66.0 67.0
Heating dB(A) 63.5 65.0 67.0 68.0
Note
192, 240, 288 type: Equivalent piping length: 100 ft, Height difference: 0 ft, 408 type: Equivalent piping length: 150 ft, Height difference: 0 ft
− 19 −
1-2. System with ducted indoor units
Model name MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL

Cooling Nominal capacity (*1) kBtu/h 72,000 96,000 120,000
Rated EER (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 14.70 14.60 12.90
Rated COP (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 4.13 4.42 4.18
Dimension Height In 72.9 72.9 72.9
Unit Width In 39.0 47.6 47.6
Depth In 30.7 30.7 30.7
Height In 76.3 76.3 76.3
Packing Width In 41.8 50.5 50.5
Depth In 32.6 32.6 32.6
Weight Unit lbs 574.0 684.0 684.0
Packing lbs 609 724 724
Motor output kW 2.1 x 2 3.0 x 2 4.0 x 2
Motor output kW 1.0 1.0 1.0
Air volume cfm 6700 7480 7480
Refrigerant
Charged refrigerant amount (*4) lbs 25.4 25.4 25.4
MCA A 27.0 36.0 45.4
Power supply wiring
MOCP (*6) A 30.0 40.0 50.0
Liquid
Diameter In 1/2" 1/2" 1/2"
Gas
Diameter In 7/8" 7/8" 1-1/8"
Balance
Diameter In 3/8" 3/8" 3/8"
Indoor units Maximum capacity of combined indoor units 50 to 150% (*7) 50 to 150% (*7) 50 to 150% (*7)
Cooling dB(A) 56.0 61.0 61.0
Heating dB(A) 58.0 61.0 62.0
Note
072, 096 type : Equivalent piping length : 25 ft, Height difference : 0 ft , 120 type : Equivalent piping length : 25 ft, Height
− 20 −
Model name MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL
Cooling Nominal capacity (*1) kBtu/h 144,000 168,000
Rated EER (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 12.40 11.90
Rated COP (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 4.31 3.95
Dimension Height In 72.9 72.9
Unit Width In 63.0 63.0
Depth In 30.7 30.7
Height In 76.3 76.3
Packing Width In 65.8 65.8
Depth In 32.6 32.6
Weight Unit lbs 838.0 838.0
Packing lbs 880 880
Motor output kW 5.4 x 2 6.5 x 2
Motor output kW 1.0+1.0 1.0+1.0
Air volume cfm 9760 10100
Name R410A R410A
Refrigerant
Charged refrigerant amount (*4) lbs 25.4 25.4
MCA A 54.0 69.0
Power supply wiring
MOCP (*6) A 60.0 80.0
Type Flare Flare
Liquid
Gas
Type Flare Flare
Balance
Indoor units Maximum capacity of combined indoor units 50 to 150% (*7) 50 to 150% (*7)
Cooling CDB 14.0 to 122.0 14.0 to 122.0
Heating CWB -13.0 to 60.0 -13.0 to 60.0
Note
− 21 −
Model name MMY-AP1926HT9P-UL MMY-AP2166HT9P-UL MMY-AP2406HT9P-UL MMY-AP2646HT9P-UL

Rated EER (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 13.70 13.40 13.20 12.90
Rated COP (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 4.43 4.27 4.25 4.17
Weight Unit lbs 684 + 684 684 + 684 838 + 684 838 + 684
Packing lbs 724 + 724 724 + 724 880 + 724 880 + 724
Motor output kW 3.0 x 2 + 3.0 x 2 4.0 x 2 + 3.0 x 2 5.4 x 2 + 3.0 x 2 5.4 x 2 + 4.0 x 2
Motor output kW 1.0 + 1.0 1.0 + 1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0
Air volume cfm 7480 + 7480 7480 + 7480 9760 + 7480 9760 + 7480
Refrigerant
Charged refrigerant amount (*4) lbs 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4
MCA A 36 + 36 45.4 + 36 54 + 36 54 + 45.4
Power supply wiring
MOCP (*6) A 40 + 40 50 + 40 60 + 40 60 + 50
Liquid
Diameter In 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4"
Gas
Diameter In 1-1/8" 1-1/8" 1-3/8" 1-3/8"
Balance
Diameter In 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8"
Cooling dB(A) 64.0 64.0 65.5 65.5
Heating dB(A) 64.0 64.5 66.0 66.5
Note
− 22 −

Rated EER (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 12.10 11.50 11.00
Rated COP (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 4.04 3.87 3.66
Weight Unit lbs 838 + 838 838 + 838 838 + 838
Packing lbs 880 + 880 880 + 880 880 + 880
Motor output kW 5.4 x 2 + 5.4 x 2 6.5 x 2 + 5.4 x 2 6.5 x 2 + 6.5 x 2
Motor output kW 1.0+1.0 + 1.0+1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0+1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0+1.0
Air volume cfm 9760 + 9760 10100 + 9760 10100 + 10100
Refrigerant
Charged refrigerant amount (*4) lbs 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4
MCA A 54 + 54 69 + 54 69 + 69
Power supply wiring
MOCP (*6) A 60 + 60 80 + 60 80 + 80
Liquid
Diameter In 3/4" 3/4" 3/4"
Gas
Diameter In 1-3/8" 1-3/8" 1-3/8"
Balance
Diameter In 3/8" 3/8" 3/8"
Cooling dB(A) 66.0 66.5 67.0
Heating dB(A) 67.0 67.5 68.0
Note
− 23 −

Rated EER (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 12.50 11.60 11.60
Rated COP (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 3.85 3.71 3.52
Weight Unit lbs 684 + 684 + 684 838 + 684 + 684 838 + 838 + 684
Packing lbs 724 + 724 + 724 880 + 724 + 724 880 + 880 + 724
Motor output kW 4.0 x 2 + 4.0 x 2 + 4.0 x 2 5.4 x 2 + 4.0 x 2 + 4.0 x 2 5.4 x 2 + 5.4 x 2 + 4.0 x 2
Motor output kW 1.0 + 1.0 + 1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0 + 1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0+1.0 + 1.0
Air volume cfm 7480 + 7480 + 7480 9760 + 7480 + 7480 9760 + 9760 + 7480
Refrigerant
Charged refrigerant amount (*4) lbs 25.4 + 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 + 25.4
MCA A 45.4 + 45.4 + 45.4 54 + 45.4 + 45.4 54 + 54 + 45.4
Power supply wiring
MOCP (*6) A 50 + 50 + 50 60 + 50 + 50 60 + 60 + 50
Liquid
Diameter In 7/8" 7/8" 7/8"
Gas
Diameter In 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8"
Balance
Diameter In 3/8" 3/8" 3/8"
Cooling dB(A) 66.0 66.5 67.5
Heating dB(A) 67.0 67.5 68.5
Note
− 24 −
Model name MMY-AP4326HT9P-UL MMY-AP4566HT9P-UL

Outdoor unit model name MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL
Nominal capacity (*1) kBtu/h 432,000 456,000
Cooling Rated capacity (*1) kBtu/h 412,000 434,000
Rated EER (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 10.70 10.30
Rated COP (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 3.46 3.38
Weight Unit lbs 838 + 838 + 684 838 + 838 + 684
Packing lbs 880 + 880 + 724 880 + 880 + 724
Motor output kW 6.5 x 2 + 5.4 x 2 + 4.0 x 2 6.5 x 2 + 6.5 x 2 + 4.0 x 2
Motor output kW 1.0+1.0 + 1.0+1.0 + 1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0+1.0 + 1.0
Air volume cfm 10100 + 9760 + 7480 10100 + 10100 + 7480
Name R410A R410A
Refrigerant
Charged refrigerant amount (*4) lbs 25.4 + 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 + 25.4
MCA A 69 + 54 + 45.4 69 + 69 + 45.4
Power supply wiring
MOCP (*6) A 80 + 60 + 50 80 + 80 + 50
Type Flare Flare
Liquid
Gas
Type Flare Flare
Balance
Indoor units Total capacity % of outdoor unit capacity 50 to 150% (*7) 50 to 150% (*7)
Cooling CDB 14.0 to 122.0 14.0 to 122.0
Heating CWB -13.0 to 60.0 -13.0 to 60.0
Note
− 25 −
Model name MMY-AP192S6HT9P-UL MMY-AP240S6HT9P-UL MMY-AP288S6HT9P-UL MMY-AP408S6HT9P-UL
- - - MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL
Rated EER (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 13.30 13.10 12.00 11.20
Rated COP (*1)(*2) kBtu/W 4.22 4.19 3.99 3.46
Weight Unit lbs 684 + 574 684 + 684 838 + 684 838 + 684 + 684
Packing lbs 724 + 609 724 + 724 880 + 724 880 + 724 + 724
Motor output kW 4.0 x 2 + 2.1 x 2 4.0 x 2 + 4.0 x 2 6.5 x 2 + 4.0 x 2 6.5 x 2 + 4.0 x 2 + 4.0 x 2
Motor output kW 1.0 + 1.0 1.0 + 1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0 1.0+1.0 + 1.0 + 1.0
Air volume cfm 7480 + 6700 7480 + 7480 10100 + 7480 10100 + 7480 + 7480
Refrigerant
Charged refrigerant amount (*4) lbs 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 25.4 + 25.4 + 25.4
MCA A 45.4 + 27 45.4 + 45.4 69 + 45.4 69 + 45.4 + 45.4
Power supply wiring
MOCP (*6) A 50 + 30 50 + 50 80 + 50 80 + 50 + 50
Liquid
Diameter In 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 7/8"
Gas
Diameter In 1-1/8" 1-3/8" 1-3/8" 1-5/8"
Balance
Diameter In 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8"
Cooling dB(A) 62.5 64.0 66.0 67.0
Heating dB(A) 63.5 65.0 67.0 68.0
Note
192, 240, 288 type: Equivalent piping length: 50 ft, Height difference: 0 ft, 408 type: Equivalent piping length: 75 ft, Height difference: 0 ft
− 26 −
*2 Temperature sensor color I/D P.C.Board
2
Wire mark Symbol Parts name
POWER SUPPLY TO INDOOR TO CENTRAL TO OUTDOOR
Connector (Sensorholder)
UNIT CONTROLLER UNIT
Symbol MCC-1595 Inverter P.C.Board(Compressor)
PMV4 PMV1 No. color color
3ph　60Hz 208/230V MCC-1673 Interface Control P.C.Board
ＭＭ *1 PD PS TD1 CN502 WHI YEL
Connector for optional P.C.Board MCC-1608A Noise filter P.C.Board A
TD2 CN503 PNK RED
3 3 TE1 CN520 GRN BLU MCC-1608B Noise filter P.C.Board B
TB2 U1 U2 S U3 U4 U5 U6 S MCC-1673 5 5
TB1 L1 L2 L3 TK1 CN531 BLK BLK MCC-1610 Inverter P.C.Board(Fan)
RED WHI BLK 1 TK2 CN532 GRN BLU
2 CN03 Symbol Parts name
(WHI)
TK4 CN534 YEL WHI
1 2 3 4 6 1 2 3 4 6 CN508 CN509 CN510 CN511 CN512 CN513 CN514 1 3 4 2 3 4
(RED)
TK5 CN535 RED GRN 4WV1 4-way valve coil
CN303 CN300 (BLK) (WHI) (GRN) (BLU) (BLU) (GRN) CN501 CN500
CN-R 1 TL1 CN523 WHI YEL
CN01 (RED) (WHI) (RED) (WHI) 1
63H1,63H2 High pressure switch
2 (BLU) CN502 TD1 TL3 CN902 PNK RED
(WHI) 3
t° CM1,CM2 Compressor
TO CN507 YEL －
1 CN-R Relay connector
CN503 TD2 TS1 CN505 WHI GRY
CN31 (PNK) t° CN** Connector
SW04 SW05 SW15 3 TS3 CN903 PUR BLK
CN317 (BLU) SW06 SW07 SW09 SW10
1 ON ON ON ON 1 (MCC-1595) Fuse(Compressor)
4WV1 OFF OFF OFF OFF CN505 TS1 30A 250V AC
3 (WHI) 2
t° F02,F03
MCC-1608A 1 2 34 1 2 34 1 2 34 1 2 34 CN30 CN32 Color indication
SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14 1 (MCC-1673) Fuse(Interface)
ON ON
CN903 TS3 RED:RED
A.HEATER CN334 (RED) ON ON t° F01,F02 T6.3A 250V AC
(PUR) 2
1 OFF OFF OFF OFF WHI:WHITE
CN31
CN33
CN32
F01 1 2 34 1 2 34 1 2 34 1 2 34 (MCC-1608A) Fuse(Noise filter)
1 YEL:YELLOW
3 D600 D601 D602 D603 D604 CN507 TO
F02 SW16 SW17 t° F01,F02,F03 T6.3A 250V AC
(YEL) 2 BLU:BLUE
ON ON SW01 SW02 SW03
F03 OFF 1 (MCC-1610) Fuse(Fan)
OFF BLK:BLACK
1 2 34 1 2 34 CN520 TE1
(GRN) 2
t°
GRY:GRAY F500 15A 250V AC
U
2-1. Outdoor Unit
HEATER2 CN332 (BLU) PNK:PINK FM Fan motor

1 *2 Compressor case heater
SW30 ORN:ORANGE HEATER1,HEATER2
U U U 3 ON A.HEATER Accumulator case heater
1
CN41
CN43
BRN:BROWN
CN42
OFF CN523 TL1
HEATER1 CN331 (WHI) (WHI) 2
t° L-CM1,L-CM2 Reactor for compressor
1 1 2 GRN:GREEN
RED WHI BLK L-FM Reactor for fan
3 PUR:PURPLE
PD Pressure sensor(High)
Models: MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL
CN335 (GRY)
1 1 PS Pressure sensor(Low)
CN800 CN902 TL3
3 SWRT (PNK) 2
t° PMV1 Pulse motor valve(Main)
(Service)
1 PMV4 Pulse motor valve(Sub)
CN531 TK1
MCC-1608B (BLK) 3
t° SV2,SV3A,SV3B,SV3C
CN530
CN50(BLK) (BLK) 1 SV3D,SV3E,SV41,SV42 2-way valve coil
1 1 CN532 TK2
(GRN) 3
t° SV52
2 2
3 3
4 1 SW01,SW02,SW03 Rotary switch
4 4 CN534 TK4
Wiring Diagrams
(YEL) 3
t° SW04,SW05,SW15 Push button switch
CN400
RED CN11 CN22(RED) (WHI) F01 1 SW06,SW07,SW09,SW10
CN535 TK5
1 1 (RED) 2
t° SW11,SW12,SW13,SW14 Dip switch
WHI CN12
3 2
F02
SW16,SW17,SW30,SW800
BLK CN13 TD1,TD2 Pipe temp.sensor(Discharge)
CN600 (BLU) CN851 (WHI)
1 3 5 7 3 4 1 3 1 4 2 5 3 6 1 2 3 4 1 3 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 TE1 Heat exchange temp.sensor
− 27 −
Oil temp.sensor
CN322 (WHI)
TK1,TK2,TK4,TK5
CN321 (WHI)
CN311 (WHI)
CN312 (BLU)
CN315 (WHI)
CN314 (WHI)
TL1,TL3 Liquid temp.sensor
SV41 SV42 SV52 SV2 SV3C SV3B SV3A SV3D SV3E 5 TO Air temp.sensor
NFC module TS1,TS3 Pipe temp.sensoer
CN23
CN24
MCC-1610 4 4
RED (MCC-1667) TB1 Terminal block(Power supply)
GRY CN505(RED) TB2 Terminal block(Control wiring)
CN500
BLK (WHI)
WHI
1 2 3 4 5 TB3 Terminal block(Relay wiring)
1 CN511
RED F500 L-FM Compressor terminal
3
BLK FRONT BACK
WHI CN510 Ｗ Parts layout
RED
2
3
4 L3 MCC-
4 + L2
RED WHIBLK RED WHI BLK 5 MCC-1610 MCC-1673 1608A
L1 TB1
RED WHI BLK MCC-1595(1) MCC-1595(2) CN504
(BLU) -
TB3 1 2 3 Ｖ U
Ｕ
CN01
CN02
CN01
CN02
CN03
CN03
CN851 CN851
F02 F03 (RED) F02 F03 (RED)
MCC-
2 - Field wiring 1608B
3 -
++
SW800 SW800
ON 4 4 ON U1 U2 S U3 U4 U5 U6 S
OFF 5 OFF Protective earth MCC-1595 MCC-1595

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 TB2
Terminal block (CM1) (CM2)
1 2 3
+ - 2 + - 2 Terminal
3 3 TB３
4 4 4 4 CN705
CN704
CN703
Connector
5 5
+ - CN852 + - CN852 U V W P.C.board
*Noise filter P.C. boards are installed
(WHI) (WHI) RED WHI BLK
on a back of terminal block.
CN-R
+ - + - MS *1 The installation of the optional board is up to four pieces.
3ph FM
CN251 CN251
(BLK) (BLK)
CN04
CN04
CN201
CN202
CN201
CN202
CN05
CN05
CN203
CN203
1 2 1 2
U V W U V W
P> RED WHI BLK P>
RED WHI BLK 63H1 63H2
MS MS
3ph CM1 3ph CM2
L-CM1 L-CM2
*2 Temperature sensor color I/D P.C.Board
Wire mark Symbol Parts name
TO INDOOR TO CENTRAL TO OUTDOOR
Symbol MCC-1595 Inverter P.C.Board(Compressor)
POWER　SUPPLY UNIT CONTROLLER UNIT
PMV4 PMV3 PMV1 No. color color MCC-1673 Interface Control P.C.Board
3ph　60Hz 208～230V
ＭＭＭ *1 PD PS TD1 CN502 WHI YEL MCC-1608A Noise filter P.C.Board A
Connector for optional P.C.Board
TD2 CN503 PNK RED MCC-1608B Noise filter P.C.Board B
5 5 5 3 3
TB1 L1 L2 L3 TB2 U1 U2 S U3 U4 U5 U6 S MCC-1673 TE1 CN520 GRN BLU MCC-1610 Inverter P.C.Board(Fan)
RED WHI BLK 1 TE2 CN521 RED RED Symbol Parts name
2 CN03
(WHI) TK1 CN531 BLK BLK 4WV1
1 2 3 4 6 1 2 3 4 6 1 2 3 4 6 CN508 CN509 CN510 CN511 CN512 CN513 CN514 1 3 4 2 3 4 4-way valve coil
CN303 CN302 CN300 (RED) (BLK) (WHI) (GRN) (BLU) (BLU) (GRN) CN501 CN500
CN-R 1 TK2 CN532 GRN BLU 63H1,63H2 High pressure switch
CN01 (RED) (BLU) (WHI) (RED) (WHI) 1
2 (BLU) CN502 TD1 TK4 CN534 YEL WHI CM1,CM2 Compressor
(WHI) 3
t°
1 TK5 CN535 RED GRN CN-R Relay connector

CN503 TD2
CN31 (PNK) t° TL1 CN523 WHI YEL CN*** Connector
CN317 (BLU) SW04 SW05 SW15 3
SW06 SW07 SW09 SW10
1 ON ON ON ON 1 TL2 CN524 GRY GRY (MCC-1595) Fuse(Compressor)
4WV1 3 OFF OFF OFF OFF CN505 TS1
(WHI) 2
t°
MCC-1608A 1 2 34 1 2 34 1 2 34 1 2 34 CN30 CN32 TL3 CN902 PNK RED F02,F03 30A 250V AC
SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14 1 (MCC-1673)
ON ON ON ON
CN903 TS3 TO CN507 YEL － Fuse(Interface)
A.HEATER CN334 (RED) (PUR) 2
t°
1 OFF OFF OFF OFF F01,F02 T6.3A 250V AC
CN31
CN33
CN32
F01 1 2 34 1 2 34 1 2 34 1 2 34 1
TS1 CN505 WHI GRY
3 D600 D601 D602 D603 D604 CN507 TO (MCC-1608A)
F02 SW16 SW17 (YEL) t° TS3 CN903 PUR BLK Fuse(Noise filter)
ON SW01 SW02 SW03 2
ON F01,F02,F03 T6.3A 250V AC
F03 1 TG1 CN525 BLU BLU
OFF OFF
1 2 34 1 2 34 CN520 TE1 (MCC-1610)
(GRN) 2
t° TG2 CN526 WHI RED Fuse(Fan)
U
HEATER2 CN332 (BLU) 1 F500 15A 250V AC
1 CN521 TE2
(RED) 2
t° *2 FM Fan motor
SW30 Color indication
U U U 3 ON 1 HEATER1,HEATER2
CN41
Compressor case heater
CN43
CN42
HEATER1 OFF CN523 TL1
CN331 (WHI) (WHI) 2
t° RED:RED
1 1 2 A.HEATER Accumulator case heater
RED WHI BLK
1 WHI:WHITE
3 CN524 TL2 L-CM1,L-CM2 Reactor for compressor
(GRY) 2
t°
CN335 (GRY) YEL:YELLOW L-FM Reactor for fan
1 1
CN800 CN902 TL3 BLU:BLUE PD Pressure sensor(High)
3 SWRT (PNK) 2
t°
(Service) BLK:BLACK PS Pressure sensor(Low)
1
CN531 TK1
MCC-1608B (BLK) 3
t° GRY:GRAY PMV1 Pulse motor valve(Main)
CN530
CN50(BLK) (BLK) 1 PMV3 Pulse motor valve(Sub)
1 1 CN532 TK2 PNK:PINK
(GRN) 3
t° PMV4
2 2 Pulse motor valve(Sub cool)
3 3
ORN:ORANGE
4 1 SV2,SV3A,SV3B,SV3C
4 4 CN534 TK4
(YEL) 3
t° BRN:BROWN
CN400 SV3D,SV3E,SV41,SV42 2-way valve coil
RED CN11 CN22(RED) (WHI) F01 1 GRN:GREEN
CN535 TK5 SV61
(RED) 2
t°
WHI CN12 1 1 PUR:PURPLE
3 2 F02 1
SW01,SW02,SW03 Rotary switch
CN525 TG1 SW04,SW05,SW15
BLK CN13 (BLU) 2
t° Push button switch
CN600 (BLU) CN851 (WHI)
6 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 SW06,SW07,SW09,SW10
− 28 −
1 3 5 7 3 4 1 3 1 4 2 5 3 1 2 3 4 1 3
CN526 TG2
(WHI) 2
t° SW11,SW12,SW13,SW14 Dip switch
CN322 (WHI)
CN321 (WHI)
CN311 (WHI)
CN312 (BLU)
CN315 (WHI)
CN314 (WHI)
SV41 SV42 SV2 SV3C SV3B SV3A SV3D SV3E SV61 5 TD1,TD2 Pipe temp.sensor(Discharge)
NFC module
CN23
CN24
TE1,TE2 Heat exchange temp.sensor
MCC-1610 4 4
RED (MCC-1667) TK1,TK2,TK4,TK5 Oil temp.sensor
GRY CN500
BLK (WHI)
CN505(RED) TL1,TL2,TL3 Liquid temp.sensor
1 2 3 4 5
WHI TO Air temp.sensor
1 CN511
Models : MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL,MMY-MAP1206HT9-UL
RED F500 L-FM

3 TS1,TS3 Pipe temp.sensor(Suction)
BLK
WHI CN510 TG1,TG2 Gas temp.sensor
RED
2 TB1 Terminal block(Power supply)
3
RED WHI BLK 4 4 + TB2 Terminal block(Control wiring)
RED WHI BLK RED WHIBLK 5
MCC-1595(1) MCC-1595(2) CN504
TB3 Terminal block(Relay wiring)
(BLU)
Compressor terminal
TB3 1 2 3 - TB4 Terminal block(Relay wiring)
CN01
CN02
CN01
CN02
CN03
CN03
CN851 CN851 Ｗ
F02 F03 (RED) F02 F03 (RED)
Parts layout FRONT BACK
2
SW800 3 SW800
++ --
ON 4 4 ON
OFF 5 OFF
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 L3 MCC-
L2
L1 TB1 1608A
MCC-1610
+ - 2 + - 2 Ｖ U
Ｕ MCC-1673
3 3
4 4
CN705
CN704
4 4
CN703
5 5
+ - CN852 + - CN852 U V W Field wiring TB4
(WHI) (WHI) MCC-
RED WHIBLK Protective earth 1608B
+ - + - MS Terminal block U1 U2 S U3 U4 U5 U6 S
3ph FM TB2
L-CM2 L-CM1 Terminal MCC-1595 MCC-1595
CN251 CN251
(BLK) (BLK) (CM1) (CM2)
Connector 1 2 3
CN04
CN04
CN201
CN202
CN201
CN202
CN05
CN05
CN203
CN203
TB4 1 2 1 2 TB３
P.C.board
U V W U V W
P> RED WHI BLK P> CN-R
RED WHI BLK 63H1 63H2
MS MS
3ph CM1 3ph CM2 *1 The installation of the optional board is up to four pieces.
TO INDOOR
UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
*2 OPTIONAL *3 Temperature sensor color I/D P.C.Board
3ph 60Hz 208/230V CLAMP 5 TO CENTRAL TO OUTDOOR
FILTER CONTROLLER UNIT PMV4 PMV3 PMV1 Wire mark Symbol Parts name
3
*2 ＭＭＭ *1 PD PS Symbol MCC-1687A Inverter P.C.Board(Compressor)
OPTIONAL Connector for optional P.C.Board
CLAMP No. color color
FILTER MCC-1687B Fuse P.C.Board
5 5 3 3 TD1 CN502 WHI YEL
TB1 L1 L2 L3 1 MCC-1673 5
TB2 U1 U2 S U3 U4 U5 U6 S MCC-1673 Interface Control P.C.Board
TD2 CN503 PNK RED
RED WHI BLK 1 1 2 1 2 MCC-1680 Noise filter P.C.Board
2 CN03 TE1 CN520 GRN BLU
(WHI) 1 2 3 4 6 1 2 3 4 6 1 2 3 4 6 MCC-1610 Inverter P.C.Board (Fan)
CN508 CN509 CN510 CN511 CN512 CN513 CN514 1 3 4 2 3 4 CN305 CN306
CN303 CN302 CN300 (RED) (BLK) (WHI) (GRN) (BLU) (BLU) (GRN) CN501 CN500 (RED) (RED) TE2 CN521 RED RED
CN-R 1
CN01 (RED) (BLU) (WHI) (RED) (WHI) 1 TK1 CN531 BLK BLK Symbol Parts name
2 (BLU) CN502 TD1
(WHI) 3 t°
MCC-1680(1) CN304 (RED)
TK2 CN532 GRN BLU 4WV1 4-way valve coil
A1 RED 1 1
Mg-CTT1 CN503 TD2 TK4 CN534 YEL WHI
Coil A2 3
CN31 (PNK) 3 t° 63H1,63H2 High pressure switch
F01 SW06 SW07 SW09 SW10 SW04 SW05 SW15 TK5 CN535 RED GRN
CN33
CN31
CN32
GRY ON ON ON ON 1 CM1,CM2 Compressor
A1 OFF OFF OFF OFF CN505 TS1 TL1 CN523 WHI YEL
(WHI) 2 t°
U Mg-CTT2 1 2 34 1 2 34 1 2 34 1 2 34 CN30 CN32 CN-R Relay connector
Coil A2 TL2 CN524 GRY GRY
SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14 CN903 1
ON ON ON ON t° TS3 TL3 CN902 PNK RED CN*** Connector
F03 U U CN317 (BLU) (PUR) 2
OFF OFF OFF OFF
1 (MCC-1687B) Fuse (Compressor)
1 2 34 1 2 34 1 2 34 1 2 34 1 TO CN507 YEL －
4WV1 3 D600 D601 D602 D603 D604 CN507 TO
U SW16 SW17 (YEL) t° TS1 CN505 WHI GRY F01,F02 70A 250V AC
ON ON SW01 SW02 SW03 2
A.HEATER CN334(RED)
1 OFF OFF 1 TS3 CN903 PUR BLK (MCC-1673) Fuse (Interface)
1 2 34 1 2 34 CN520 TE1
(GRN) 2 t°
CN50 3 TG1 CN525 BLU BLU F01,F02 T6.3A 250V AC
(BLK)
HEATER2 CN332 (BLU) 1
1 1 CN521 TE2 TG2 CN526 WHI RED (MCC-1680) Fuse (Noise filter)
2 (RED) 2 t°
2 SW30
CN10 3 ON F01,F03 T6.3A 250V AC
1 Color indication
(RED) OFF CN523 TL1
HEATER1 CN331(WHI) (WHI) t° (MCC-1610) Fuse (Fan)
1 1 12 2
2 2 1
RED:RED
CN70 3 CN524 TL2 *3 F500 15A 250V AC
CN41
CN43
CN42
(GRY) 3 t° WHI:WHITE
RED WHI BLK CN335(GRY) FM1, FM2 Fan motor
1 1 YEL:YELLOW
CN800 CN902 TL3 HEATER1,HEATER2 Compressor case heater
3 SWRT (PNK) 3 t°
(Service)
BLU:BLUE
1
BLK:BLACK A.HEATER Accumulator case heater
CN531 TK1
(BLK) 3 t°
CN530 GRY:GRAY L-CM1,L-CM2 Reactor for compressor
MCC-1680(2) (BLK) 1
1 CN532
t° TK2 PNK:PINK L-FM1,L-FM2 Reactor for fan
2 (GRN) 3
2 Mg-CTT1,Mg-CTT2 Magnet contactor
F01 1 ORN:ORANGE
CN33
CN31
CN32
CN534 TK4
(YEL) 3 t° PD Pressure sensor (High)
CN400
BRN:BROWN
U (WHI) F01 1 PS Pressure sensor (Low)
CN535 TK5 GRN:GREEN
1 (RED) 2 t°
F03 U U F02 PUR:PURPLE PMV1 Pulse motor valve (Main)
2 1
CN525 TG1 PMV3 Pulse motor valve (Sub)
2 (BLU) 2 t°
U CN600(BLU) CN851 (WHI)
1 3 5 7 3 4 1 3 1 4 2 5 3 6 1 2 3 4 1 3 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 PMV4 Pulse motor valve (Sub cool)
CN526 TG2
(WHI) 2 t°
RB Rush current protect resistor
CN322 (WHI)
CN311(WHI)
CN312 (BLU)
CN315 (WHI)
CN321(WHI)
CN314 (WHI)
CN50
(BLK) SV2,SV3A,SV3B,SV3C
1 SV41 SV42 SV2 SV3C SV3B SV3A SV3D SV3E SV61 5
2 NFC module SV3D,SV3E,SV41,SV42 2-way valve coil
CN10 4
(RED)
4 SV61
1 (MCC-1667) SW01,SW02,SW03 Rotary switch
2
CN70 Push button switch
CN41
SW04,SW05,SW15
CN43
CN42
WHI
RED WHI BLK SW06,SW07,SW09,SW10
BLK
L-CM2
3 SW11,SW12,SW13,SW14 Dip switch
MCC-1687B(2) 4
Mg-CTT(2) MCC-1687A(2) MCC-1610(1) MCC-1610(2)
+
CN03 F02 CN04 RED 2T1 1L1 RED BLK CN12 CN851 CN504 (BLU) CN504 (BLU)
− 29 −
(RED) 3 4 5 2 3 4 5
4T2 3L2 WHI YEL BLU 1 F500 1 F500 J655,J656,J657,J658 Setting jumper
U
2 CN511 CN511
CN01 F01 CN02 6T3 5L3 BLK TD1,TD2 Pipe temp. sensor (Discharge)
L-FM1
L-FM2
Mg-CTT
- BLU
3
4 RED
CN304
4 WHI 3 3
5 CN500 CN500 TE1,TE2 Heat exchange temp. sensor
RB
CN11
(WHI) (WHI)
CN510
CN510
CN401 CN852
TK1,TK2,TK4,TK5 Oil temp. sensor
(BLK) (BLU) 1 + +
L-CM1 WHI CN601 1 2 3 TL1,TL2,TL3 Liquid temp. sensor
2
MCC-1687B(1) + 3 3
RB
MCC-1687A(1) CN402 5 4 3 4 TO Air temp. sensor
CN03 F02 CN04 1 (WHI) SW801
+
RED 2T1 1L1 RED BLK CN12 CN851 5 5
(RED) 2 ON TS1,TS3 Pipe temp. sensor (Suction)
4T2 3L2 3 CN505 CN505
WHI YEL BLU OFF - + (RED) (RED)
U
4 CN502 TG1,TG2 Gas temp. sensor
Models : MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL,MMY-MAP1686HT69-UL
CN01 F01 CN02 6T3 5L3 BLK 2 5 1 2 3 4

- 3 (BLU) Setting Setting
Mg-CTT BLU 4 6 TB1 Terminal block(Power supply)
CN304
4 1 jumper + - jumper + -
Mg-CTT(1) 5 CN403 2 J655 J655 TB2 Terminal block(Control wiring)
CN11
1 (WHI) J656 J656
CN401 CN852 2 CN501 J657 J657
(BLK) (BLU) 3 (GRN) J658 J658
BLK CN601 1 2 3 63H2 *1 The installation of the optional board is up to four pieces.
4 1 P>
CN203
CN202
CN201
+ 2 5 CN101 1 2 CN404 1 2 2
CN402 6 (BLU) (BLU) *2 Install the optional Clamp filter on-site (43T60472).
CN705
CN704
CN703
CN705
CN704
CN703
1 (WHI)
SW801 3
4
Field wiring ON 4 U V W U V W
2 UVW
3 OFF - +5 RED WHI BLK RED WHI BLK RED WHI BLK
Protective earth 4 1 2 3 4 CN502
5 (BLU)
6 MS MS MS
1
Terminal block CN403 2 3ph 3ph 3ph
1 (WHI)
Terminal 2 CN501 CM2 FM1 FM2
3 (GRN) 63H1
4 1
Parts layout
Connector P>
CN203
CN202
CN201
5 CN101 1 2 CN404 1 2 2
6 (BLU) (BLU) MCC-1680(1) MCC-1680(2)
P.C.board UVW
RED WHI BLK L3
L2
CN-R MCC-1610 L1
TB1
MS (FM1) MCC-1673
3ph
Compressor terminal CM1
MCC- MCC-
1687B(1) 1687B(2)
Ｗ
U1 U2 S U3 U4 U5 U6 S
MCC-1687A MCC-1687A TB2

MCC-1610 (CM1) (CM2)
(FM2) Mg- Mg-
CTT(1) CTT(2)
Ｖ U
3 Parts Rating
3-1. Outdoor Unit (MMY-MAP***6HT9P-UL)
MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL
MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL
MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL
MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL
MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL
Name Model Specification
1 Compressor DA421A3TB-20M1 Output:2.1kW×2 ○

1 Compressor RA641A3TB-20M Output:3.0kW×2 ○
2 4-way valve coil SHF AC208-230V 60Hz ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
AC208-230V 60Hz
3 2-way valve coil VPV ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
SV3B
AC208-230V 60Hz
3 2-way valve coil TEV ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
SV2，3A，3C，3D，3E
AC208-230V 60Hz
○ ○ ○ ○ ○
SV41，42
AC208-230V 60Hz
3 2-way valve coil FQ-D640 ○
SV52
AC208-230V 60Hz
○ ○ ○ ○
SV61
4 Pulse motor valve coil PAM DC12V ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
4 Pulse motor valve coil UKV DC12V ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
5 High-presure SW ACB-4UB160W OFF:602psi (4.15MPa) ON:464psi (3.2MPa) ○ ○ ○
5 High-presure SW ACB-4UB176W OFF:602psi (4.15MPa) ON:464psi (3.2MPa) ○ ○
6 Pressure sensor(For high pressure) NSK-BH038F-460 0.5~4.3V/0~568psi (3.92MPa) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
6 Pressure sensor(For low pressure) NSK-BH010F-460 0.5~3.5V/0~142psi (0.98MPa) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
7 Fan motor WDF-620A1000-1 DC280-340V ○ ○ ○
7 Fan motor WDF-620A1000-2 DC280-340V ○ ○
8 Case heater(For comp.) AC240V/29W ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
8 Case heater(For accum.) AC240V/55W ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
9 Fusible plug 163.4°F (73℃) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
− 30 −
3-2. Outdoor inverter (MMY-MAP***6HT9P-UL)
MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL
MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL
MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL
MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL
MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL
No Name Model Specification
1 Power supply terminal block HP-T3015-31-3PL3S AC600V/100A, 3P ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Relay terminal block for power
2 JXO-6003 AC600V/60A, 3P ○ ○ ○ - -
supply
3 Relay terminal block for reactor JXO-3004 AC600V/30A, 4P - ○ ○ - -
4 Communication terminal block JXO-B2J AC30V (or no more than DC42V) /1A,8P ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
5 Reactor (For comp. & fan) CH-55 5.8mH/14A ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
6 Reactor (For comp. & fan) CH-80 1.4mH/25A ○ ○ ○ - -
7 Reactor (For comp. & fan) CH-95 0.62mH/50A - - - ○ ○

8 P.C.board (Noise filter) MCC-1608 - ○ ○ ○ - -
9 P.C.board (Noise filter) MCC-1680 - - - - ○ ○
10 Line filter - 0.9mH/AC500V/65A ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
11 P.C.board (I/F board) MCC-1673 - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
12 P.C.board (IPDU for comp.) MCC-1595 - ○ ○ ○ - -
13 P.C.board (IPDU for comp.) MCC-1687 - - - - ○ ○

14 Fuse (MCC-1595) CES15 30AF924 30A/AC250V (P.C.board) ○ ○ ○ - -
15 Fuse (MCC-1687) GAC1 70A 70A/AC250V (P.C.board) - - - ○ ○
16 Comp.motor drive IPM PS21A79 50A/DC600V (P.C.board) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
17 P.C.board(IPDU for fan) MCC-1610 - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
18 Fuse(MCC-1610) CES15 15AF924 15A/AC250V (P.C.board) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
19 Fan motor drive IPM (MCC-1610) FSBB20CH60C 20A/DC600V (P.C.board) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
20 Magnet switch (MG-CTT) (60Hz) FC-2SUL AC240-260V - - - ○ ○
21 PTC thermistor MZ32-101RMARD01E 13A/AC500V - - - ○ ○
22 Pipe temp. sensor (TD) - -22°F(-30℃) - 275°F(135℃) (Ambient temp. range) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
23 Pipe temp. sensor (TS) - -4°F(-20℃) - 176°F(80℃) (Ambient temp. range) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
24 Heatexchanger temp. sensor (TE) - -4°F(-20℃) - 176°F(80℃) (Ambient temp. range) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
25 Outside temp. sensor (TO) - -4°F(-20℃) - 176°F(80℃) (Ambient temp. range) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
26 Oil temp. sensor (TK) - -22°F(-30℃) - 275°F(135℃) (Ambient temp. range) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
27 Liquid temp. sensor (TL) - -4°F(-20℃) - 176°F(80℃) (Ambient temp. range) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
28 Gas temp. sensor (TG) - -22°F(-30℃) - 266°F(130℃) (Ambient temp. range) - ○ ○ ○ ○
− 31 −
Outdoor Unit (6 ton)
TO sensor
Modal: MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL
TE1 sensor TS1 sensor

Low pressure sensor SV3D valve
Check joint
(Low pressure)
TK4 sensor
PMV 1 SV2 valve
High pressure SW2 SV3E valve TK1 sensor
SV52 valve PMV 4
SV41 valve
− 32 −
4-way valve SV3C valve TK2 sensor
SV42 valve
3-3. Parts Layout in Outdoor Unit
Check joint SV3A valve

TD1 sensor Fusible plug
(High presssure) TS3 sensor
High pressure SW1 High pressure sensor SV3B valve
TD2 sensor TK5 sensor
TL1 sensor
Accumulator TL3 sensor
Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Check joint Fusible plug Liquid tank

(Liquid pipe)
TO sensor
Outdoor Unit (8, 10 Ton)
TE1 sensor
TE2 sensor
TG1 sensor SV3D valve

Low pressure sensor Check joint SV3E valve
(Low pressure) SV61 valve
High pressure SW1 PMV1
SV3C valve TK1 sensor
High pressure SW2
− 33 −
SV2 valve
PMV3
PMV 4
TG2 sensor TK2 sensor
TS1 sensor
Modal: MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL,MAP1206HT9P-UL
SV41 valve TL1 sensor SV3A valve

SV42 valve 4-way valve TS3 sensor Fusible plug
TD1 sensor
TL2 sensor TK4 sensor
TD2 sensor
Check joint SV3B valve
(High presssure)
TK5 sensor
High pressure sensor
Accumulator TL3 sensor
Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Check joint Fusible plug Liquid tank

(Liquid pipe)
TO sensor
Outdoor Unit (12, 14 Ton)
TE1 sensor
TE2 sensor
SV3D valve
High pressure SW2 Check joint SV3E valve
(Low pressure)
SV3C valve
High pressure SW1 TG1 sensor
Fusible plug
TG2 sensor
SV2 valve TK1 sensor
− 34 −
TS1 sensor
SV41 valve Low pressure sensor PMV 4
Model: MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL,MAP1686HT9P-UL
SV42 valve PMV1 TS3 sensor

TK2 sensor
PMV3 SV3A valve
TD1 sensor
TL1 sensor TK4 sensor
TD2 sensor
TL2 sensor SV3B valve
Reactor assembly TK5 sensor
4-way valve
Check joint
(Liquid pipe)
Check joint
Compressor 1 Compressor 2 TL3 sensor High pressure sensor (High presssure) Accumulator Fusible plug Liquid tank
SV61 valve
3-4. Parts layout in inverter assembly
Model: MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL
Inverter P.C. board for fan Interface P.C. board

[FAN IPDU] [Outdoor control P.C. board]
(MCC-1610) (MCC-1673)
Noise Filter
P.C. board
(MCC-1608)
Power supply
terminal block
Relay
connector for
central control
Communication
terminal block
Relay
terminal block
for power supply
Inverter P.C. board Inverter P.C. board

for Compressor 1 for Compressor 2
[A3 IPDU] [A3 IPDU]
(MCC-1595) (MCC-1595)
− 35 −
Outdoor Unit(8, 10 ton)
Model: MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL, MAP1206HT9P-UL

[FAN IPDU] [Outdoor control P.C. board]
(MCC-1610) (MCC-1673) Noise Filter
P.C. board
(MCC-1608)
Power supply
terminal block
Relay
connector for
central control
Communication
terminal block
Relay
terminal block
for power supply
Relay terminal block Inverter P.C. board Inverter P.C. board

for reactor for Compressor 1 for Compressor 2
[A3 IPDU] [A3 IPDU]
(MCC-1595) (MCC-1595)
− 36 −
Outdoor Unit(12, 14 ton)
Model: MMY-MAP1446HT6P9-UL, MAP1686HT9P-UL
Inverter P.C. board Interface P.C. board

for fan1 [Outdoor control P.C. board]
[FAN IPDU] (MCC-1673) Noise Filter
(MCC-1610) P.C. board
(MCC-1680)
Power supply
terminal block
Relay
connector for
central control
Fuse P.C Board

(MCC-1687B)
Communication
terminal block
Inverter P.C. board Inverter P.C. board Inverter P.C. board Magnet Switch
for fan2 for Compressor 1 for Compressor 2 for power supply
[FAN IPDU] [A3 IPDU] [A3 IPDU]
(MCC-1610) (MCC-1687A) (MCC-1687A)
− 37 −
3-5. Outdoor (Inverter) Print Circuit Board
3-5-1. Interface P.C. board (MCC-1673)
Sensor input
PMV4output PMV1 output
- - - - TO CN507 - -
CN303 CN300
TD2 CN503 TK2 CN532 TK5 CN535 TE2 CN521 - -
Option input/output TD1 CN502 TK1 CN531 TK4 CN534 TE1 CN520 TS1 CN505
PMV3 output
CN302 CN511 CN508 CN510 CN513 TG2 CN526 TL2 CN524
CN514 CN509 CN512 TG1 CN525 TL1 CN523
High pressure SW
CN305, 306
UART
communication
CN600
SW04, 05, 15
7-segment LED
SW06, 07, 09, 10
SW11, 12, 13, 14 SW01, 02, 03
PD sensor
SW16, 17 CN501
Jumper select
PS sensor
CN500
SW30
For inter-unit cable between
indoor and outdoor units
CN01
Sensor input
For inter-unit cable
between outdoor units TS3 CN903 TL3 CN902
CN03
Dyna-doctor
connecting terminal
NFC CN800
connecting terminal
CN851
4-way valve output
CN317
Accumulator heater
CN334
SV61
CN315
Comp. case heater 2

CN332
Comp. case heater 1

CN331
SV2 SV3E
SV42,SV41 CN311 SV3D
CN312 SV52
CN322
SV51
CN314 SV3A,SV3B,SV3C
CN321
− 38 −
3-5-2. Inverter P.C. board for compressor (MCC-1595) A3-IPDU
Outdoor Unit (6 ton) / (8, 10 ton)
Model: MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL / MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL, MAP1206HT9P-UL
Power supply Power supply

input L1 input L3
CN01 CN03
Power supply
input L2
CN02
Reactor connecting
terminal
CN04
Reactor connecting
terminal
CN05
Compressor
output U-phase
CN201
Compressor
output V-phase
CN202
Compressor
output W-phase
CN203
For inverter UART UART

address setting communication communication
SW800 CN851 CN852
− 39 −
3-5-3. Inverter P.C. board for compressor (MCC-1687) A3-IPDU
Outdoor Unit (12, 14 ton)

Compressor Compressor Compressor

output U-phase output V-phase output W-phase
CN203 CN202 CN201
UART
communication
CN851
UART
communication
CN852
For inverter
address setting
SW801
DC Power
Relay Connector
CN11
CN502
Varistor
Assembly Reactor connecting
CN304 terminal
CN12
For DCCT Sensor

CN401
Power Supply input

L1 (from NF Board)
CN03
Power Supply input

L3 (from NF Board)
CN01
Power Supply output Power Supply output

DC Power Supply Communication L3 (for Magnet SW) L1 (for Magnet SW)
CN101,CN404 CN402,CN403 CN02 CN04
− 40 −
3-5-4. Inverter P.C. board for fan motor (MCC-1610) FAN-IPDU
UART communication UART communication For Inverter

address setting
CN504 CN505 CN655,CH656,CN657,CN658
Fan Motor
Output U-phase
CN705
Fan Motor
Output V-phase
CN704
Fan Motor
Output W-phase
CN703
Power supply Reactor connecting Reactor connecting

Input terminal terminal
CN500 CN511 CN510
− 41 −
3-5-5. Noise Filter PC board (MCC-1608 -A, -B)
Outdoor Unit (6 ton) / (8, 10 ton)
Model: MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL / MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL, MAP1206HT9P-UL
Power supply Power supply Power supply Power supply Power supply Power supply
input L1 input L2 input L3 output to FAN output to I/F output to FAN
CN31 CN32 CN33 CN23 CN22 CN24
MCC-1608-A MCC-1608-B
Power supply Power supply Power supply

input L1 input L2 input L3
CN11 CN12 CN13

output L1 output L2 output L3
CN41 CN42 CN43
− 42 −
3-5-6. Noise Filter PC board (MCC-1680)
input L1 input L2 input L3
CN31 CN32 CN33
Power supply 200V Power supply Power supply Power supply

output for I/F Board output L1 output L2 output L3
CN10 CN41 CN42 CN43
− 43 −
4 Refrigerant Piping Systematic Drawing
Outdoor unit (6 ton)
Model： MMY-MAP072*
Fan
M Fan motor
Right side
Main heat exchanger
(TO)
Reducer
Left side
(PMV1) Main heat exchanger
(TE1)
(TL1)
SV
(SV52) Reducer 4-way valve
High-pressure
sensor (TS1)
(TS3) SV Low-pressure
Oil separator sensor
Fusible
plug (SV2)
FP Fusible
(SV3D) SV plug
FP
(SV41) (SV42)
SV SV
Accumlator
Liquid Tank High-

pressure High-
(TD1) switch pressure (TD2)
switch
SV
(SV3C) (TK4)
Sub cool Compressor Compressor
1 2
heat exchanger (Inverter) (Inverter)
Check Check
valve valve
(PMV4) (TK1) (TK2)
(TK5)
(TL3) Oil Header
(SV3E)
SV
(SV3A)
SV
SV (SV3B)
Liquid side Gas side Balance pipe

Service valve Service valve Service valve
Symbol
SV
Solenoid Capillary Check Check Temperature

Strainer Distributor
valve tube valve joint sensor
− 44 −
Outdoor unit (8, 10 ton)
Model： MMY-MAP096*，MMY-MAP120*
Fan
M Fan motor
Right side
Main heat exchanger
(TO)
Right side Sub heat exchanger

(PMV1) (TG1)
(PMV3) Left side
(TL1) Main heat exchanger
(TE1)
(TG2)
(TL2) Left side Sub heat exchanger

(TE2)
4-way valve
High-pressure
sensor (TS1)
仮
SV
(SV61) Low-pressure
Oil separator SV
sensor
(TS3)
Fusible (SV2)
plug
(SV3D) Fusible
FP SV plug
FP
(SV41) (SV42)
SV SV Accumlator
Liquid Tank High- High-

pressure pressure
(TD1) switch (TD2)
switch
SV
(SV3C)
Sub cool Compressor (TK4) Compressor
heat exchanger 1
(Inverter)
2
(Inverter)
(PMV4) (TK1) (TK2)
(TL3) (TK5)
Oil Header
(SV3E)
SV
(SV3A)
SV
SV (SV3B)

Service valve Service valve Service valve Symbol
SV

Strainer sensor Distributor
valve tube valve joint
− 45 −
Outdoor unit (12 , 14 ton)
Model： MMY-MAP144*，MMY-MAP168*
Fan Fan
M Fan motor M
Fan motor
Right side
Main heat exchanger
(TO)
(PMV1) Right side Sub heat exchanger
(TG1)
(PMV3) Left side
(TE1) (TG2)

(TE2)
4-way valve
仮
High-pressure
sensor (TS1)
SV
(SV61) Low-pressure
Oil separator SV
sensor
(TS3)
Fusible (SV2)
plug
(SV3D)
FP
SV
Fusible
plug
(SV41) (SV42) FP
SV SV Accumlator

pressure pressure
(TD1) switch (TD2)
switch
SV
Sub cool (SV3C)

Compressor (TK4) Compressor
heat exchanger 1
(Inverter)
2
(Inverter)
(PMV4) (TK1) (TK2)
(TK5)
(TL3) Oil Header
(SV3E)
SV
SV
(SV3A)
(SV3B)
SV

Service valve Service valve Service valve Symbol
SV

Strainer sensor Distributor
valve tube valve joint
− 46 −
Explanation of Functional Parts
Functional part name Functional outline
(Hot gas bypass) (Connector CN311: White)
1) Low pressure release function
SV2
2) High pressure release function
3) Gas balance function during stop time
(Connector CN321: White)
SV3A
1) Supplies oil reserved in the oil header during ON time.
SV3B
1) Returns oil supplied in the balance pipe to the compressor.
SV3C
1) Pressurizes oil reserved in the oil header during ON time.
SV3D 1) Reserves oil in the oil separator during OFF time.
2) Returns oil reserved in the oil separator to the compressor during ON time.
SV3E (Connector CN322: White)

1) Turns on during operation balances oil between compressors.
Solenoid valve
(Start assure valve of compressor)
SV41 (SV41 Connector CN312: Blue, SV42 Connector CN312: Blue.
SV42 1) For gas balance start
2) High pressure release function
3) Low pressure release function
SV52 1) Preventive function for high-pressure rising in heating operation
2) Gas injection function during hot fas defrost in heating operation

SV61 1) Liquid bypass function for discharge temperature release.(cooling bypass function)
(Connector CN317:Blue)
4-way valve 1) Cooling/heating exchange
2) Reverse defrost
(PMV1 Connector CN300: White,　PMV3 Connector CN302: Blue)

1) Super heat control function in heating operation
2) Liquid line shut-down function while follower unit stops
PMV1, 3
Pulese motor 3) Subcool adjustment function in cooling operation
valve 4) Exchange function between main and sub exchangers in cooling operation
(Connector CN303: Red)

1) Subcool adjustment function in cooling operation
PMV4
2) Liquid bypass function for discharge temperature release (cooling bypass function)
1) Prevention for rapid decreasing of oil (Decreases oil flowing to the cycle)
Oil separator
2) Reserve function of surplus oil
(TD1 Connector CN502: White,　TD2 Connector CN503: Pink )

TD1
1) Protection of compressor discharge temp.
TD2
2) Used for dischage temperature release

TS1 1) Controls PMV1 super heat in heating operation
2) Protection of compressor
(Connector CN903: Purple)

TS3
1) Controls PMV4 super heat in heating operation
TG1 (TG1 Connector CN525: Blue,　TG2 Connector CN526:

TG2 White ) 1) Controls PMV1 super heat in heating operation
Temp. Sensor (TE1 Connector CN520: Green,　TE2 Connector CN521: Red )

TE1
1) Controls defrost in heating operation
TE2
2) Controls outdoor fan in heating operation
(TK1 Connector CN531: Black,　TK2 Connector CN532: Green, TK4 Connector CN534: Yellow,
TK1,TK2
TK5 Connector CN535: Red)
TK4,TK5
1) Judges oil level of the compressor
TL1,TL2 (TL1 Connector CN523: White,　TL2 Connector CN524: Gray, TL3 Connector CN902:
TL3 Pink) 1) Detects subcool in cooling operation
TO
(Connector CN507: Yellow)
1) Detects outside temperature
(Connector CN501: Red)

High pressure 1) Detects high pressure and controls compressor capacity
sensor 2) Detects high pressure in cooling operation, and controls the fan in low ambient cooling operation
Pressure sensor 3) Detects subcool in indoor unit in heating operation
Low pressure
1) Detects low pressure in cooling operation and controls compressor capacity
sensor
2) Detects low pressure in heating operation, and controls the super heat
Compressor (Compressor 1 Connector CN331: White, Compressor 2 Connector CN332: Blue.
case heater 1) Prevents liquid accumulation to compressor
Heater
Accumulator (Connector CN334: Red)
case heater 1) Prevents liquid accumulation to accumulator
High-pressure High pressure SW 1 (High pressure SW1,2 Connector CN251:BLK)

switch (601.9psi) High pressure SW 2 1) Piping resisting pressure protection
− 47 −
Indoor Unit
Liquid
side Gas side
Strainer
Capillary tube
Heat exchanger
at indoor side
Pulse Motor
Valve
(PMV) Sensor
Sensor (TCJ) Fan
(TC2) Sensor
(TC1)
Sensor M Fan motor
(TA)
Explanation of functional parts in indoor unit

Functional part name Functional outline
Pulse Motor Valve (Connector CN082 (6P): Blue)
1) Controls super heat in cooling operation
PMV 2) Controls subcool in heating operation
3) Recovers refrigerant oil in cooling operation
4) Recovers refrigerant oil in heating operation
Temp. Sensor (Connector CN104 (2P): Yellow)
1.TA
1) Detects indoor suction temperature
(Connector CN100 (3P): Brown)
2.TC1
1) Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation
(Connector CN101 (2P): Black)
3.TC2
1) Controls PMV subcool in heating operation
(Connector CN102 (2P): Red)

4.TCJ
1) Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation
− 48 −
5 Combined Refrigerant Piping System
Schematic Diagrams
5-1. Normal Operation (COOL Mode / DEFROST Mode) -
High Outside Air Temperature (Roughly 68°F (20° C)
or Above)
Header unit (MMY-MAP1206HT*) Follower unit (MMY-MAP0726HT*)
Fan Fan
M Fan motor M Fan motor
Right side
Main heat exchanger TO Right side TO
Main heat exchanger
PMV1 TG1
Left side
PMV1
PMV3 Main heat exchanger Left side
TL1 TE1 TG2 Main heat exchanger
Left side Sub heat exchanger TE1
TL2 TE2
SV SV52
TL1
4-Way valve 4-Way valve
SV61
Check Check
SV TS1 Joint Joint
Check Joint
TS1
Check Joint
Pressure sensor Pressure sensor Pressure sensor Pressure sensor
TS3 (high pressure) (low pressure) TS3 (high pressure) (low pressure)
SV2 Accumulator SV2 Accumulator
FP FP
Fusible SV3D Oil SV Fusible SV3D Oil SV
Plug separetor Plug separetor
SV SV
Liquid tank Liquid tank

SV41 SV42 SV41 SV42
SV
SV3C SV SV
SV3C SV
SV
SV
Sub cool
TD1 TD2 Sub cool
TD1 TD2
heat exchanger heat exchanger
HPS TK4 HPS HPS TK4 HPS
圧縮機圧縮機
１１
(ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ)
Compressor Compressor Compressor Compressor

1 2 1 2
PMV4 PMV4
TK1 TK2 TK1 TK2
Oil Oil
TL3 TL3
SV3E TK5 Header SV3E TK5 Header
SV
SV
Check joint Check joint
SV3A SV3A
SV
SV
SV SV3B SV SV3B
Indoor Unit
PMV
PMV
PMV
PMV
TC2 TCJ TC1 TC2 TCJ TC1 TC2 TCJ TC1 TC2 TCJ TC1
Cooling Cooling Cooling Cooling
Outdoor Unit
4-Way valve OFF SV3A Control
SV4(n) OFF(*1) SV3B Control High-pressure gas refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure)
SV52 Control SV3C Control
Condensed liquid refrigerant Low-pressure circuit (Refrigerant recovery line)
SV61 OFF SV3D Control
PMV1 Control SV3E ON
PMV3 Control Outdoor fan Control ( 192 kBtu/h system of spce saving model described in the example of (120 kBtu/h + 72 kBtu/h))
PMV4 Control
(*1) SV4 (n) of stopped compressor (n)=ON

(*2) It may be controlled.
The outdoor unit which communication line between indoor and outdoor is connected is the "Header unit".
Other outdoor units are called "Follower units".
− 49 −
5-2. Normal Operation (COOL Mode) - Low Outside Air
Temperature (Roughly Below 68°F (20°C))
Fan Fan
Right side
Main heat exchanger
PMV1 TG1
Left side
PMV1
PMV3 Main heat exchanger TG2
Left side
TL1 TE1 Main heat exchanger
TL2 TE2
SV SV52
TL1
SV61
Check Check
SV TS1 Joint Joint
Check Joint
TS1
Check Joint
FP FP
SV SV

SV41 SV42 SV41 SV42
SV
SV3C SV SV
SV3C SV
SV
SV
Sub cool
TD1 TD2 Sub cool
TD1 TD2
圧縮機圧縮機
１１

1 2 1 2
PMV4 PMV4
TK1 TK2 TK1 TK2
Oil Oil
TL3 TL3
SV
SV
SV3A SV3A
SV
SV
SV SV3B SV SV3B
Indoor Unit
PMV
PMV
PMV
PMV
Outdoor Unit
4-Way valve OFF SV3A Control
SV52 OFF SV3C Control
SV61 OFF SV3D Control
PMV1 Close(*2) SV3E ON
PMV4 Close(*2)

− 50 −
5-3. Normal Operation (HEAT Mode)
Fan Fan
Right side
Main heat exchanger
PMV1 TG1
PMV1
Left side
TL2 TE2
SV SV52
TL1

SV61
Check Check
SV TS1 Joint Joint
Check Joint
TS1
Check Joint
SV2 Accumulator
SV2 Accumulator
FP FP
SV SV

SV41 SV42 SV41 SV42
SV
SV3C SV SV
SV3C SV
SV
SV
Sub cool
TD1 TD2 Sub cool
TD1 TD2
圧縮機圧縮機
１１

1 2 1 2
PMV4 PMV4
TK1 TK2 TK1 TK2
Oil Oil
TL3 TL3
SV
SV
SV3A SV3A
SV
SV
SV SV3B SV SV3B
Indoor Unit
PMV
PMV
PMV
PMV
Heating Heating Heating Heating
Outdoor Unit
4-Way valve ON SV3A Control
SV52 OFF SV3C Control
SV61 Control SV3D Control
PMV1 Control SV3E ON
PMV4 Close(*2)

− 51 −
5-4. Emergency Operation (Cooling Operation under
Header Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario)
Set Up as Temporary
Header unit (MMY-MAP1206HT*) Follower unit (MMY-MAP0966HT*) Header Unit during
Trouble Emergency Operation
Fan Fan
Right side Right side

Main heat exchanger TO Main heat exchanger TO
Right side Sub heat exchanger Right side Sub heat exchanger
TG1 TG1
PMV1 PMV1
Left side Left side
PMV3 Main heat exchanger TG2 PMV3 Main heat exchanger TG2
TL1 TE1 TL1 TE1
Left side Sub heat exchanger Left side Sub heat exchanger
TL2 TE2 TL2 TE2
SV61 SV61
Check Check
SV TS1 Joint SV Joint
TS1
Check Joint Check Joint
Pressure sensor Pressure sensor Pressure sensor
TS3 (high pressure) (low pressure) TS3 Pressure sensor
(low pressure)
(high pressure)
FP FP
SV SV

SV41 SV42 SV41 SV42
SV
SV3C SV SV
SV3C SV
SV
SV
Sub cool
TD1 TD2 Sub cool
TD1 TD2
圧縮機圧縮機
１１

1 2 1 2
PMV4 PMV4
TK1 TK2 TK1 TK2
Oil Oil
TL3 TL3
SV
SV
Leakage form PMV Check joint Check joint

Liquid-side service
SV3A SV3A
SV
SV
valve = Full closure
SV SV3B SV SV3B
Balance pipe service valve

= Full opening
Gas-side service valve
= Full closure
Indoor Unit
PMV
PMV
PMV
PMV
Trouble header outdoor unit Temporal header outdoor unit

4-Way valve OFF SV3A OFF 4-Way valve OFF SV3A Control
SV4(n) ON SV3B ON SV4(n) OFF(*1) SV3B Control
SV61 OFF SV3C OFF PMV1 Control SV3C Control
PMV1 Close SV3D OFF PMV3 Control SV3D Control
PMV3 Close SV3E ON PMV4 Control SV3E ON
PMV4 Close Outdoor fan OFF Outdoor fan Control
(*1) SV4 (n) of stopped compressor (n)=ON High-pressure gas refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure)
( 216 kBtu/h system described in the example of (120 kBtu/h + 96 kBtu/h))
− 52 −
5-5. Emergency Operation (Heating Operation under
Header Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario)
Set Up as Temporary
Header unit (MMY-MAP1206HT*) Follower unit (MMY-MAP0966HT*) Header Unit during
Emergency Operation
Trouble
Fan Fan
Right side Right side

Main heat exchanger TO Main heat exchanger TO
Right side Sub heat exchanger Right side Sub heat exchanger
TG1 TG1
PMV1 PMV1
Left side Left side
PMV3 Main heat exchanger PMV3 Main heat exchanger
TL1 TE1 TG2 TL1 TE1 TG2
Left side Sub heat exchanger Left side Sub heat exchanger
TL2 TE2 TL2 TE2
SV61 SV61
Check Check
SV TS1 Joint SV Joint
TS1
Check Joint Check Joint
SV2 Accumulator
SV2 Accumulator
FP FP
SV SV

SV41 SV42 SV41 SV42
SV
SV3C SV SV
SV3C SV
SV
SV
Sub cool
TD1 TD2 Sub cool
TD1 TD2
圧縮機圧縮機
１１

1 2 1 2
PMV4 PMV4
TK1 TK2 TK1 TK2
Oil Oil
TL3 TL3
SV
SV
Leakage form PMV Check joint Check joint

Liquid-side service
SV3A SV3A
SV
SV
valve = Full closure
SV SV3B SV SV3B

= Full opening
Gas-side service valve
= Full closure
Indoor Unit
PMV
PMV
PMV
PMV
Heating Heating Heating Heating
Trouble header outdoor unit Temporal header outdoor unit

4-Way valve ON SV3A OFF 4-Way valve ON SV3A Control
SV4(n) ON SV3B ON SV4(n) OFF(*1) SV3B Control
SV61 Control SV3C OFF PMV1 Control SV3C Control
PMV1 Close SV3D OFF PMV3 Control SV3D Control
PMV3 Close SV3E ON PMV4 Close(*2) SV3E ON
PMV4 Close Outdoor fan OFF Outdoor fan Control
( 216 kBtu/h system described in the example of (120 kBtu/h + 96 kBtu/h))
− 53 −
5-6. Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit
(Pump-Down Operation under Follower Outdoor Unit
Backup Scenario)
Header unit (MMY-MAP1206HT*) Follower unit (MMY-MAP0726HT*) Trouble
Fan Fan
Right side
Main heat exchanger
TG1
PMV1
Left side PMV1
TL2 TE2
SV SV52
TL1

SV61
Liquid line bypass
Check Check
SV TS1 Joint Joint
Check Joint
TS1
Check Joint
Pressure sensor Pressure sensor Pressure sensor
TS3 Pressure sensor
(low pressure) TS3 (high pressure) (low pressure)
(high pressure)
FP FP
SV SV

SV41 SV42 SV41 SV42
SV
SV3C SV SV
SV3C SV
Sub cool
SV
SV
Sub cool
TD1 TD2 heat TD1 TD2
exchanger
heat exchanger
圧縮機圧縮機
１１

1 2 1 2
PMV4 PMV4
TK1 TK2 TK1 TK2
Oil Oil
TL3 TL3
SV3E TK5 Header SV3E SV
TK5 Header
SV
SV3A SV3A
SV
SV
SV SV3B SV SV3B

= Full opening
Gas-side service valve = Full opening

⇒ Full closure 10 minutes after system startup
Liquid-side service valve

= Full closure
Indoor Unit
PMV
PMV
PMV
PMV
TC2 TCJ TC1 TC2 TCJ TC1 TC2 TC1 TC2 TCJ TC1
TCJ
Header outdoor unit Trouble outdoor unit

4-Way valve OFF SV3A Control 4-Way valve ON SV3A Control
SV4(n) OFF(*1) SV3B Control SV4(n) OFF(*1) SV3B Control
SV52 ON SV3C Control SV52 OFF SV3C Control
SV61 OFF SV3D Control PMV1 Open(*2) SV3D Control
PMV1 Control SV3E ON PMV3 Open(*2) SV3E ON
PMV3 Control Outdoor fan Control PMV4 Open(*2) Outdoor fan Control
PMV4 Control
( 192 kBtu/h system of spce saving model described in the example of (120 kBtu/h + 72 kBtu/h))
− 54 −
6 Control Outline
Outdoor Unit
Item Description of operation, numerical data, and other information Remarks
1. Pulse 1. PMV1, 3 control (PMV1 and 3)
motor valve 1) During air conditioner operation, the pulse count of a PMV1 (pulse motor valve 1)
(PMV) is controlled between 120pls and 3000pls. During air conditioner operation,
control the pulse count of PMV3 is controlled between 45pls and 500pls.
2) During cooling, the PMV opening is controlled on the basis of measurements
provided by the TL temperature sensor and the PD pressure sensor (subcool
control).
3) During heating, the PMV opening is controlled on the basis of measurements
provided by the TS, TD and TG temperature sensors and the PS
pressure sensor (super heat control).
4) PMV are fully closed when the air conditioner is in thermostat OFF state or upon
being turned off normally or shut down due to an abnormality.
3000 500
Opening of PMV3 (pls)
Opening of PMV1 (pls)
PMV1 PMV3
120 45
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
2. PMV4 control
1) During cooling, the pulse count of a PMV4 (pulse motor valve 4 ) is controlled
between 45pls and 400pls.
The PMV4 opening is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the
TL3 tenperature sensor and PD pressure sensor (Subcool control),
or TS3 temperature sensor and PS pressure sensor (super heat control).
500 400
during heating (pls)
during cooling (pls)
Opening of PMV4
Opening of PMV4
PMV4 PMV4
45 0
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
− 55 −
2. Outdoor 1. Cooling fan control
fan control 1) Outdoor fan speed (mode) is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by
the PD pressure sensor.
2) For a specified period after the start of cooling operation, the header outdoor unit
controls outdoor fan speed (mode) on the basis of measurements provided by the
PD pressure sensor. Follower units, on the other hand, control outdoor fan speed
(mode) on the basis of measurements provided by the TE1 temperature sensor.
PD pressure
Psi (MPa)
435(3.00)
[Current mode + 1]
(Mode raised as rapidly
as every second)
384(26.5) [Highest mode]
[Current mode + 1]/50 seconds
355(2.45)
[Current mode + 1]/75 seconds
(Mode raised up to 13)
341(2.35) [Hold]
(Mode 1 to highest)
312(2.15)
[Current mode - 1]/50 seconds Mode being raised: mode 0 → 1
Mode being lowered:
290(2.00)
Highest mode - 1 → 1
283(1.95)
[Current mode - 1] Interval control • The fan speed
(Mode lowered as rapidly as [Mode [0]: 180 seconds corresponding to the highest
every two seconds) Mode [1]: 30 seconds] mode varies with the
(down to mode 0) outdoor unit capacity type.
* Available control modes are 0 (at rest) to 63.
2. Heating fan control
1) Outdoor fan speed (mode) is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by
the TE1 or TE2 temperature sensor.
2) If TE1 or TE2 > 77°F (25°C) is continuously detected for 8 minutes, the fan may
be turned off.
However, this condition is the same as normal thermostat OFF, so that fan
operation will be restarted.
3) For a specified period after air conditioner startup and during defrosting, this
control is disabled.
4) When refrigerant is in extremely short supply, this control may cause the air
conditioner to be repeatedly turned on and off.
TE1 temperature
°F (°C)
Zone A: Lowest mode, timer count for forced compressor shutdown
77(25)
Zone B: -2/30 seconds (down to lowest mode)
46.4(8)
Zone C: -1/30 seconds (down to lowest mode)
42.8(6)
Zone D: Hold (staying at current mode)
39.2(4)
Zone E: +1/30 seconds (up to highest mode)
35.6(2)
Zone F: Highest mode • The fan speed
corresponding to the highest
3. Control while follower unit at rest mode varies with the ton
The fan is operated at mode 1 to prevent the accumulation of refrigerant inside the capacity of the outdoor unit.
outdoor heat exchanger.
3. Capacity 1) The compressors of the header and follower units are controlled on the basis of
control capacity demand issued by indoor control.
2) The two compressors featured in an outdoor unit operate on a rotational
basis, so that, every time they come to a stop, their order of startup changes.
3) Where two follower units are connected, every time the system goes
thermostat OFF or all the compressors featured in the follower units come to a
stop, the priority startup order of the follower units changes, as they are also
subject to rotational operation.
− 56 −
4. Oil level 1) Judgment as to whether an optimum amount of oil is present in the compressor • Oil level detection takes
detection cases is made on the basis of the temperature readings of sensors TK1 to TK5. place regardless of the
control This control function is performed by the header unit and each follower unit number of compressors,
whether one or two.
individually.
• Rough guide for oil level
2) In concrete terms, judgment is based on the relationship between the temperature
judgment
measurements provided by TK1, TK2, on the one hand, and those provided by 1) If TK1 - TK4
TK4 or TK5, on the other. If there is depletion, oil equalization control takes over. 57.2 °F(14 °C),
3) This control function is performed whenever at least one compressor is in oil level of compressor
operation. 1 is optimum.
2) lf TK2 - TK4
57.2 °F (14 °C),
oil leve of compressor 2
Oil separator
is optimum.
(TS3) SV
(SV2)
(SV3D)
SV
(SV41) (SV42)
SV SV
High- High-
pressure pressure
(TD1) switch switch (TD2)
SV
(SV3C)
1 2
(TK1) (TK2)
(SV3E) (TK5)
Oil Header
SV
SV
(SV3A)
SV
(SV3B)
Balance pipe
Service valve
− 57 −
5. Oil This control function is aimed at preventing compressors from running out of oil by
equation evening out the oil supply to outdoor units, and is basically performed by opening/
control closing solenoid valves SV3A, SV3B, SV3C, SV3D. There are three control patterns
as described below. (Refer to "Schematic diagram of pil equalization control", see
page 48)
• Oil accumulated in the oil
1. Preparatory control separator is returned to the
If the oil level judgment result in the memory continues to be “low” for 30 seconds, compressor.
SV3B is turned on, with SV3D turned on and off intermittently.
• This is normal oil
2. Oil equation control equalization control.
This control function is performed to transfer oil to the outdoor unit whose oil level is
low from other outdoor units. It takes place whenever the header unit registers a low
oil level result while at least one of its compressors is turned on or at least one of the
follower units issues an oil level equation request.
This control function does not apply to a header unit-only system (no follower units
connected).
• This protective control is
3. Oil depletion protection control performed when a
This control function is performed if oil equation control fails to achieve an optimum prolonged low oil level is
oil level. In concrete terms, if a low oil level situation continues for 30 minutes, the unit detected.
is brought to a protective shutdown, followed by a restart 2 trouble minutes and 30
seconds later. If protective shutdown is repeated three times, the trouble is
confirmed as final.(There will be no more restarts.) The check code is “H07”.
6. 1. Cooling oil (refrigerant) recovery control • Cooling oil recovery control

Refrigerant/ Performed during cooling, this control function aims to: periodically collect any takes place approximately
oil recovery refrigerating oil condensate that has built up in inter-unit gas pipes and indoor units every 2 hours.
• Control duration is about 2 to
control and return it to outdoor units when the compressor operation command is 5 minutes, though it varies
inadequate; and prevent the accumulation of refrigerant in outdoor heat exchangers according to the operating
while cooling operation is in progress under low outside air temperature conditions. conditions of the system.
It is managed by the header outdoor unit.
1) Control commencement conditions
• When cooling operation has continued for at least 2 hours
• When cooling operation has started (compressors have just been turned on, though
this does not always happen depending on outside air temperature conditions).
2) Control details
• All compressors currently in operation are operated at the minimum speed, with those
currently not in operation turned on.
• Indoor units are set to the cooling oil (refrigerant) recovery control mode, with their
indoor PMVs opened to a certain degree.
• Compressors are operated at the target speed.
• After recovery control is performed for a specified period of time, it is terminated, and
normal cooling operation resumes.
2. Heating refrigerant (oil) recovery control • Heating oil recovery control
Performed during heating, this control function aims to recover any liquid refrigerant takes place approximately
trapped inside indoor units that have been turned off. It also serves the additional every hour.
• Control duration is about 2 to
purposes of recovering indoor/outdoor refrigerant after defrosting and recovering oil 10 minutes, though it varies
present in outdoor heat exchangers during heating overload operation. according to loading
This control function is managed by the header outdoor unit. conditions.
1) Control commencement conditions • Compressor rotational
• When heating operation has started (compressors have just been turned on) speed varies with control
• When heating takes over upon completion of defrosting conditions, indoor unit
• When heating operation has continued for 60 minutes capacity, and outdoor unit
specification.
2) Control details
• All compressors currently in operation are operated at the minimum speed, with those
currently not in operation turned on.
• Indoor units are set to the heating refrigerant (oil) recovery control mode, with their
indoor PMVs opened to a certain degree.
• Compressors are operated at the target speed.
• Upon completion of refrigerant recovery for all the indoor units, normal cooling
operation resumes.
− 58 −
7. Defrosting 1. Defrosting commencement conditions • Frost formation temperature
control • During heating operation, the cumulative duration of operation in which TE1 and is 29.3 °F(-1.5 °C).
(reverse TE2 sensor temperature falls below frost formation temperature is measured, and • If the outdoor units are a
combination of different
defrosting when this reaches 55 minutes, defrosting control is introduced. (Just after startup models, defrosting
method) or upon changeover from cooling to heating, the target cumulative duration is 25 operation, once started,
minutes.) cannot be manually
* If the outdoor units are a combination of different models, all the units begin engaging terminated for about 2
in defrosting control as soon as one of them satisfies defrosting commencement minutes.
conditions.
2. Details of defrosting control • To protect the refrigerating
1) All compressors currently in operation are operated at the minimum speed. cycle circuit, the fan mode
2) When a specified amount of time passes from the time the compressors reached may be controlled during
defrosting.
the minimum speed, the outdoor fans are turned off by closing the 4-way valves.
And the PMV4 opening operated at the target opening for defrosting control.
3) All compressors currently not in operation are turned on and operated at the target
rotational speed for defrosting control.
3. Defrosting termination conditions • During defrosting control,

• Defrosting termination conditions are met when the TE1 and TE2 temperature compressors are controlled
sensor measurement reaches a specified value (roughly 53.6 °F (12 °C) a certain so that their speeds do not
exceed 76.6 rps.
period of time after the commencement of defrosting control. In that event,
defrosting termination control takes over.
* If the outdoor units are a combination of different models, defrosting termination
control commences when all the units satisfy the defrosting termination conditions.
As long as one or more outdoor units are yet to satisfy the defrosting termination
conditions, those that have engage in standby operation.
4. Details of defrosting termination control • During standby operation,

1) Compressors are operated at the standby operation speed. compressor speed is in the
2) When a specified amount of time passes, the 4-way valves are opened. 24-33.5 rps range.
(It varies from outdoor unit to
3) Indoor heating refrigerant recovery control is performed.
outdoor unit.)
For control details, see “ 6. Refrigerant/oil recovery control”.
− 59 −
8. Release 1. SV2 gas balance control
valve control This control function is aimed at achieving gas balance by opening SV2 while
compressors are turned off so as to reduce their startup load the next time they are
turned on. It is individually performed by the header outdoor unit and each follower
outdoor unit.
1) Control conditions
• In cooling, compressors have been turned off.
• In heating, the header unit has been shut down.
2) Control details
• The control point is changed according to P (PD pressure - PS pressure) registered
just before the compressors were turned off.
• When P P1, SV2 is opened. When this results in P < P2, SV2 is closed.
• When P < P1, SV2 is closed.
(Unit: psi (MPa))
Control points Heating Cooling
for PD Header unit compressors Header unit compressors Header unit compressors
pressure OFF OFF ON
P1, P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2
Header unit 188.5 (1.3) 159.5 (1.1) 188.5 (1.3) 159.5 (1.1) — —
Follower unit 188.5 (1.3) 159.5 (1.1) 188.5 (1.3) 159.5 (1.1) 72.5 (0.5) 58.0 (0.4)
2. SV2 high pressure release control

This control function is aimed at mitigating pressure rise while a compressor is in
operation at low speeds.
1) Control conditions
• Heating operation is in progress (except periods of defrosting control).
• A lone compressor from the header unit is in operation at low speeds of up to 76 rps.
2) Control details
• When PD pressure becomes 493psi (3.4 MPa), SV2 is opened.
• When PD pressure becomes 406psi (2.8 MPa), SV2 is closed.
3) Termination conditions
• Shutdown, thermostat OFF, defrosting operation, or cooling operation.
• The number of header unit compressors in operation increases to two .
• At least one follower unit compressor is turned on.
• The speed of the compressor rises to 82 rps or more.
3. SV2 low pressure release control

This control function is aimed at preventing a rapid fall in pressure during transient
operation. It is individually performed by the header outdoor unit and each follower
outdoor unit.
The control is always provided except during periods of stoppage or thermostat OFF.
1) Control details
• When PS pressure becomes 23.2psi (0.16 MPa), SV2 is opened.
• When PS pressure becomes > 29.0psi (0.20 MPa), SV2 is closed.
− 60 −
8. Release 4. SV41, 42 low pressure release control
valve control This control function is aimed at providing low pressure protection, and is individually
(Continue) performed by the header unit and each follower unit.
The control takes place during defrost operation, heating startup pattern control
operation, and cooling operation.
1) Control details (heating)
When PS pressure becomes 14.5psi (0.1 MPa), SV41 and 42 are opened;
when PS pressure becomes 21.8psi (0.15 MPa), SV41 and 42 are closed.
2) Control details (cooling)
When PS pressure and PD pressure become 20.3psi (0.14 MPa) and
247psi (1.7 MPa), respectively, SV41 and 42 are opened; when PS
pressure and PD pressure become 31.9psi (0.22 MPa) and 276psi
(1.9 MPa),respectively, SV41 and 42 are closed.
5. SV52 high pressure release control
This control function is aimed at mitigating pressure rise and is only performed by the
header unit.
When PD pressure and compressor speed become 493psi (3.4 MPa) and 38
rps, respectively, during heating, with a single
compressor in operation, SV52 is opened; when PD pressure
becomes 391.5psi (2.7 MPa), or compressor speed 64 rps, SV52 is closed.
6. SV61 cooling bypass control

This control is provided for controlling liquid refrigerant bypass to control discharge
temperature-up or temperature inside of compressor.
When TD temperature 203.0 °F(95 °C) and compression ratio 3.0, SV61
is opende, and
When TD temperature 181.4 °F(83 °C) or compression ratio 2.0, SV61
is closed.
9. High This control function is aim Correct at automatically shutting down a compressor in • When PD P01 compressor
pressure an outdoor unit depending on PD pressure. It is individually performed by the No. 2 (the last one of two
release header unit and each follower unit. compressors in terms of
compressor 1) Control details startup order in a two
compressor configuration) is
shutdown • Compressors are shut down when Pd pressure reaches or exceeds P01 and P02.
shut down.
control • The compressor restart prevention timer (2 minutes 30 seconds) is set, and the control •
When PD P02 compressor
terminated. No. 1 (the first compressor in
terms of startup order) is shut
down.
Header Unit: psi (MPa)
P01 P02
Heating 516 (3.56) 522 (3.60)
Cooling 551 (3.80) 558 (3.85)
Follower
P01 P02
Heating 505 (3.48) 511 (3.52)
Cooling 551 (3.80) 551 (3.80)
10. Case There are two types of case heaters: a compressor case heater and an accumulator
heater case heater. This control function is aimed at preventing the accumulation of refrigerant
control in those cases, and is performed by all outdoor units.
If the power supply has not been turned on for a specified period before a post-
installation test run, compressor failure may occur. Similarly, when starting
compressors after a long period of no power supply, it is recommended that the power
supply be turned on for a while before operation is resumed, just like a post-installation
test run.
This control function is sometimes used alongside an electrical charging of the
compressor motor windings. In this case, a charging sound may be heard, but this is
normal.
1) Control details
• The heaters are turned on while the compressors are turned off.
• The heaters are turned off when T0 sensor temperature becomes 82.4 °F(28 °C) ,
and are turned back on when T0 sensor temperature becomes 77.0 °F(25 °C).
• When the compressors are turned on, the heaters are kept on for 10 minutes.
− 61 −
11. A3-IPDU IPDU controls inverter compressors by issuing commands relating to compressor
control speeds, speed increases/decreases, and current release control values via the
interface P.C. board.
The main control functions of the IPDU P.C. board are described below.
1. Current release control
To prevent inverter input current from exceeding the specified value, output
frequency is controlled with AC input current as detected by T02 mounted on the
control P.C. board.
Current
Zone B
I1
Zone D Zone C
I2
Zone A
Zone A:Compressors are operated normally.
Zone D:The current operating frequency is maintained.
Zone B:Operating frequency is lowered.
Zone C:The lowering of operating frequency is halted
to maintain the current frequency.
Current control values for various outdoor units are shown below.
Outdoor unit capacity type I1 (A) I2 (A)

168 30.0 29.5
144 22.7 22.2
120 18.1 17.6
96 15.3 14.8
72 11.0 10.5
2. Heat sink temperature detection control • A3-IPDU1 and 2 are each

1) This control function is aimed at protecting IPM from overheating via a thermistor provided with a TH sensor.
(TH sensor) mounted in the compressor drive module (Q201) of A3-IPDU.
*1 It changes depending on
2) When TH about 161.6 °F(72 °C) *1 is detected, the fan operation mode is raised by
the model and temperature
one step, followed by a series of additional step-ups right up to the highest mode condition.
at a rate of one step/5 seconds.
3) After step 2), the normal fan mode is restored when TH falls to < about
152.6 °F(75 °C) *1.
4) When TH 206.7 °F(97 °C), compressors are shut down.
5) Compressors are restarted 2 minutes and 30 seconds later, with a failure count of 1
recorded. If this is repeated four times (failure count reaches 4), the check code is
confirmed as final. The check code [P07] is displayed. (There will be no more restarts.)
* Possible causes of the confirmed failure include a heat buildup in the outdoor unit, fan
abnormality, blockage of the cooling duct, and IPDU P.C. board fault.
* The TH temperature used in this control function is the highest registered by A3-IPDU1,
A3-IPDU2.
3. Overcurrent protection control
1) When the overcurrent protection circuit on an IPDU P.C. board detects an
abnormal current, the compressor is shut down.
2) The compressor is restarted 2 minutes and 30 seconds later, with a failure count
of 1 recorded. If the compressor successfully operates for at least 10 minutes after
a restart, the failure count is cleared.
3) If the failure count reaches 8, the check code is confirmed as final.
4. High pressure SW control • Connected to A3-IPDU, the
1) When the high pressure SW of an inverter compressor is activated, the high-pressure SW is
compressor is shut down with a failure count of 1 recorded. normally closed.
2) The compressor is restarted 2 minutes 30 seconds later, and, if it successfully
operates for at least 10 minutes, the failure count is cleared.
3) If the failure count reaches 4, the check code is confirmed as final. The check
code “P04” is displayed.
− 62 −
<Other points to note>
1 Cooling operation under low outside temperature conditions
1) If pressure falls to extremely low levels, indoor units may be shut down via freeze prevention control based
on the indoor TC sensor.
2) If pressure falls to extremely low levels, frequency may be reduced via cooling capacity control.
3) When the discharge temperature sensor reading falls below 140 ° F(60°C), the frequency may be
increased above the level called for by the command received from the indoor unit.
2 PMV (Pulse Motor Valve)

1) When the power is turned on, PMVs generate a tapping sound as they are initialized. If this sound is not
heard, there is a possibility of faulty PMV operation. However, in a noisy environment, it may simply be
drowned out by ambient noise.
2) Do not separate the actuator (head section) from any PMV during operation. It may result in an inaccurate
opening.
3) When transporting (relocating) the set, do not, under any circumstances, keep the actuator separated. It
may damage the valve by causing it to close and exposing it to pressure from sealed liquid.
4) When reattaching the actuator after its removal, push it in firmly until a click sound is heard. Then, turn the
power off and back on again.
<Schematic diagram for oil equation control>
Unit Unit
transferring oil Header unit (MMY-MAP1206HT*) receiving oil Follower unit (MMY-MAP0726HT*)
Fan
M M
TO TO
PMV1 TG1
PMV1
PMV3
TL1 TE1 TG2
TE1
TL2 TE2
SV SV52
TL1
SV61
SV TS1
TS1
Check Joint
SV2 SV2
FP FP
Fusible SV3D SV SV3D SV
Plug
SV SV
SV41 SV42 SV41 SV42

SV
SV3C SV SV
SV3C SV
SV
SV
TD1 TD2 TD1 TD2

圧縮機圧縮機
１１

1 2 1 2
PMV4 PMV4
TK1 TK2 TK1 TK2
Oil Oil
TL3 TL3
SV
SV
SV3A SV3A
SV
SV
ON SV SV3B SV SV3B ON
− 63 −
7. Applied control for Outdoor Unit
7-1. Applied Control for Outdoor Unit
The outdoor fan high static pressure support and priority operation mode setting (cooling / heating / number of
units / or priority indoor unit) functions are available by setting relevant switches provided on the interface P.C.
board of the outdoor unit.
7-1-1. Outdoor Fan High Static Pressure Shift

Purpose/characteristics
This function is used when connecting a duct to the discharge port of an outdoor unit (as part of, for example, unit
installation on the floor by floor installation.)
Setup
Turn ON the DIP switch [SW10, Bit 2] provided on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit.
This function must be enabled with every discharge duct connected outdoor unit for both of the header and follower
units.
Specification
Increase the speed of the propeller fan units on the outdoor fan to allow the installation of a duct with a maximum
external static pressure not greater than specified in the table below. If a discharge duct with a resistance greater
than 0.061 In WG (15 Pa) is to be used, enable this function. The maximum external static pressures of single
units are shown below (Table 1). In the case of combined use of multiple outdoor units, set all the units to the
same maximum external static pressure as the one with the lowest maximum external static pressure (see
table2).
Table 1: Maximum External Static Pressures of Single Outdoor Units
Model MMY- MAP072* MAP096* MAP120* MAP144* MAP168*
Maximum external static pressure 0.24 InWG (60Pa) 0.16 InWG (40Pa) 0.16 InWG (40Pa) 0.16 InWG (40Pa) 0.16 InWG (40Pa)
(*) Outdoor unit air flow (CFM) 8016 8185 8185 9499 9499
(*) Calculate duct resistance from outdoor unit air flow.
Table 2: Maximum External Static Pressures for Combined Use of Single Units
Maximum external static pressures for combined use of base unit
Outdoor unit Combination Maximum external
capacity type Header Follower Follower static pressure
outdoor unit outdoor unit1 outdoor unit2 inWG
072 type 072 type - - Standard Model 0.24
096 type 096 type - Standard Model 0.16
192 type
120 type 072 type - Space Saving Model 0.16
216 type 120 type 096 type - Standard Model 0.16
240 type
288 type
360 type 120 type 120 type 120 type Standard Model 0.16
144 type 144 type 120 type Standard Model 0.16
408 type
168 type 120 type 120 type Space Saving Model 0.16
− 64 −
7-1-2. Priority Operation Mode Setting
Purpose/characteristics
This function allows switching between priority cooling and priority heating.
Four patterns of priority operation mode setting are available as shown in the table below. Select a suitable priority
mode according to the needs of the customer.
Setup
CAUTION
In the case of the priority indoor unit mode, it is necessary to set up the specific indoor unit chosen for priority operation
(a single unit only).
(1) Outdoor unit setup method (header unit)

SW11
Operation
Bit 1 Bit 2
OFF OFF Priority heating (factory default)
ON OFF Priority cooling
Priority operation based on No. of units in operation (priority given to the operation mode with the
OFF ON
largest share of units in operation)
Priority indoor unit (priority given to the operation mode of the specific indoor unit set up for priority
ON ON
operation)
− 65 −
(2) Indoor unit setup method for priority indoor unit mode
The setting can be changed only when the system is at rest. (Be sure to turn
off the system prior to this operation.)
1 Push the + + buttons simultaneously and hold for at
least 4 seconds. The display window will start flashing in a little
TEMP. ON / OFF
while.
Verify that the displayed CODE No. is 10.
ë If the displayed CODE No. is not 10, press the button to erase the TIMER SET FAN MODE
display and repeat the procedure from the beginning. TIME SAVE VENT
(Note that the system does not respond to remote control operation FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL SWING/FIX UNIT LOUVER
for about 1 minute after the button is pushed.)

(In the case of group control, the indoor unit No. displayed first indicates
the header unit.) 3 5 4
6 1 2
2 Each time the

UNIT LOUVER
button is pushed, one of the indoor
unit Nos. under group control is displayed in turn. Select
the indoor unit whose setting is to be changed.
The fan and flap of the selected indoor unit then come on, so
that the position of this unit can be confirmed.
3 Use the button to select the CODE No. 04.

4 Use the button to select the SET DATA 0001.
Priority set 0001 No priority set 0000
5 Push the button.

The setup is finished when the display changes from flashing to steady.
6 Upon finishing the setup, push the button. (This

finalizes the setting.)
When the button is pushed, the display goes blank, and the
system returns to normal off state.
(Note that the system does not respond to remote control
operation for about 1 minute after the button is pushed.)
NOTE
Priority can be given to only one indoor unit. If more than one indoor unit is accidentally set to priority, a check code
(L5 or L6: Duplicated indoor unit priority setting) will be displayed.
All units displaying L5 have been set to 0001 (priority). Keep the unit to which priority should be given as it is, and
change the value back to 0000 (no priority) for all the rest.
Check code Description

Duplicated indoor unit priority setting (The unit is set to 0001.)
Duplicated indoor unit priority setting (The unit is set to 0000.)
− 66 −
7-2. Applied Control of Outdoor Unit
Optional control P.C. boards provide access to a range of functions as listed below.
Outdoor unit Control P.C. board to be used Outdoor unit interface P.C. board setting*
for control
No. Function Jumper to be
P.C. board PCDM4UL PCMO4UL PCIN4UL Connector No. DIP SW No. Bit
connection removed
Power peak-cut Control (Standard) Header unit – – CN513(blue) SW07 1 –

1 Power peak-cut Control (For one
Header unit – – CN513(blue) SW07 1 J16
input function)
Power peak-cut Control (Enhanced
2 Header unit – – CN513(blue) SW07 1.2 –
Functions)
3 Snowfall Fan Control Header unit – – CN509(black) – – –
4 External master ON/OFF Control Header unit – – CN512(blue) – – –
Night operation (sound reduction)
5 Header unit – – CN508(red) – – –
Control
Operation Mode Selection Control Header unit – – CN510(white) – – –
6 Operation Mode Selection Control
Header unit – – CN510(white) – – J01
(forced choice)
7 Trouble/Operation output Header unit – – CN511(green) – – –
Individual
8 Compressor Operation Output – – CN514(green) – – –
outdoor unit
9 Operating Rate Output Header unit – – CN514(green) SW16 1 –
Layout of Outdoor Unit Interface P.C. Board

* DIP switch settings and jumper wire statuses vary from function to function.
Connector layout
Jumper wire layout DIP switch layout
Interface P.C. Board
− 67 −
7-2-1. Power peak-cut Control (Standard)
Mode name : TCB-PCDM4UL
(1) Four-core cable support
Header outdoor unit L1: Display lamp ensuring power peak cut control
Locally procured
Optional PCB Power

Outdoor unit Display supply
TB1 L1
interface PCB relay
[OPERATION] Shield
PJ17 TB2 wire
CN513
SW07 COM
[ON] SW1
ON ON SW1
OFF
COM SW2
1 2 3 4 [OFF] SW2
Bit 2 OFF OFF
Shield
Connection cable wire
For SW1 and SW2, be sure to provide no-
voltage contacts for each terminal.
The input signals of SW1 and SW2 may be pulse
input (100 msec or more) or continuous make.
Operation
An external power peak-cut control signal limits the peak capacity of the outdoor unit.
L1: Power peak-cut control indication lamp
SW1: Power peak-cut control ON switch (ON as long as target power peak-cut control has been reached or
exceeded, normally OFF)*1
SW2: Power peak-cut control OFF switch (OFF as long as target power peak-cut control has not been reached or
exceeded, normally ON)*1
*1 The inputs of SW1 and SW2 can be either pulse (100 msec or longer) or step signals.
Do not turn on SW1 and SW2 simultaneously.
* Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal.
Power peak-cut control settings
Power peak-cut control P.C. Interface P.C. board of header outdoor unit
SW1 SW2 L1
board SW07 B it 1 OFF SW0 7 Bit 1 ON
Power peak-cut control ON
ON OFF ON 0% (forced stop) 60% capacity (upper limit regulated)
signal received
Power peak-cut control OFF
OFF ON OFF 100% (normal operation) 100% (normal operation)
signal received
(2) Two-core cable support

SMMS-e models allows ON/OFF power peak-cut control to be implemented using a power peak-cut control ON
input (SW1) alone, provided that the J16 jumper wire on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit has
been removed.
Locally procured
Optional PCB
Power
TB1 L1
interface PCB relay
J16 Cut
[OPERATION] Shield wire
CN513 PJ17 TB2
SW07 COM
[ON] SW1
ON ON
OFF
COM Shield wire
1 2 3 4
Bit 2 ON
[OFF]
OFF
Connection cable
− 68 −
<SW07 Bit 2 OFF (two-step control)>
Power peak-cut control is enabled as long as SW1, as shown on the wiring diagram, is ON (continuously).
Jumper wire Input SW07 Bit 1 Indic ator relay
J16 SW1 Bit 1 OFF Bit 1 ON (L1)
OFF 100% (normal operation) 100% (normal operation) OFF
Cut
ON 0% (forced stop) Approx. 60% (upper limit regulated) ON
Note 1: Specifications of display relay contact

• Please insert the following electrical rating load to the terminal for display output ([Operation terminal])
<Electrical Rating>
200-240 VAC, 10 mA or more, 1 A or less (non-conductive load)
24 VDC, 10 mA or more, 1 A or less (non-conductive load)
When connecting a conductive load (e.g. relay coil) to the display relay load, insert a surge killer CR (for an AC
power supply) or a diode for preventing back electromotive force (for a DC power supply) on the bypass circuit.
The optional P.C. board should be connected to the header outdoor unit (U1).
7-2-2. Power peak-cut Control (Extended)

Mode name: TCB-PCDM4UL
Locally procured
Optional PCB
Power
TB1 L1
interface PCB relay
[OPERATION] Shield wire
CN513 PJ17 TB2

SW07 COM
[ON] SW1
ON
OFF
ON
1 2 3 4 COM [OFF]
Bit 2 ON SW2
OFF
Shield wire
For SW1 and SW2, be sure to provide
Connection cable no-voltage contacts for each terminal.
Operation
An external power peak-cut control signal limits the peak capacity of the outdoor unit.
L1: Power peak-cut control indication lamp
SW1: Power peak-cut control ON switch*1
SW2: Power peak-cut control OFF switch*1
*1 The inputs of SW1 and SW2 can be either pulse (100 msec or longer) or step signals.
* Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal.
Extended power peak-cut control settings
Specifications of display relay contact
External power peak-cut control Peak capacity
Indication lamp signals I/F SW07 Bit 1
L1 SW1 SW2 OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF 100% (normal operation) 100% (normal operation)
ON ON OFF 80% (upper limit regulated) 85% (upper limit regulated)
ON OFF ON 60% (upper limit regulated) 75% (upper limit regulated)
ON ON ON 0% (forced stop) 60% (upper limit regulated)
Note 1: Specifications of display relay contact

• Please insert the following electrical rating load to the terminal for display output ([Operation terminal])
<Electrical Rating>
200-240 VAC, 10 mA or more, 1 A or less (non-conductive load)
When connecting a conductive load (e.g. relay coil) to the display relay load, insert a surge killer CR (for an AC
− 69 −
7-2-3. Snowfall Fan Control
Mode name : TCB-PCMO4UL
Header outdoor unit
Locally procured
Outdoor unit Connection Optional PCB
interface PCB cable Snowfall sensor
TB1
COM
C N5 09 PJ17 COOL
SW1
HEAT Shield
wire
SW1: Snowfall detection switch (snowfall sensor)

Operation
An external snowfall signal turns on the outdoor unit fan.
Terminal Input signal Operation
ON All indoor units
operate together
OFF
COOL
(SW1) ON All indoor units
operate together
OFF
The input signal is recognized during its rising/falling phase.

(After reaching the top/bottom of the rising/falling edge, the signal must remain there for at least 100 mses.)
7-2-4. External master ON/OFF Control

Mode mane: TCB-PCMO4UL
Header outdoor unit
Locally procured
Outdoor unit Connection

cable Optional PCB
interface PCB TB1
COM
CN512 PJ17 COOL
SW1
HEAT
SW2
Shield
wire
SW1: Operation input switch
SW2: Stop input switch
Operation
The system is started/stopped from the outdoor unit.
ON Turns on all indoor
COOL
units
(SW1) OFF
ON Turns off all indoor

HEAT
units
(SW2) OFF
The input signal is recognized during its falling phase. (After reaching the bottom of the falling edge, the signal
must remain there for at least 100 msec.)
CAUTION
(1) Do not turn on the COOL (SW1) and HEAT (SW2) terminals simultaneously.
(2) Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal.
External signal: No-voltage pulse contact
− 70 −
7-2-5. Night operation (sound reduction) Control
Mode name: TCB-PCMO4UL
Header outdoor unit
Locally procured
Connection
Outdoor unit Optional PCB
cable
interface PCB TB1
COM
CN508 PJ17 COOL
SW1
HEAT
Shield
wire
SW1: Night time signal switch

Operation
This function decreases noise at night or other times as necessary.
ON Night time control
OFF
COOL
(SW1) ON Normal operation
OFF
The input signal is recognized during its rising/falling phase.

(After reaching the top/bottom of the rising/falling edge, the signal must remain there for at least 100 msec.)
The system's capacity is reduced during low-noise operation.

The table below provides a rough guide to this capacity reduction.
Outdoor unit During low noise Capacity

(base unit) mode dB(A) Cooling Heating
072 type 50 Approx. 85% Approx. 80%
168 type 54 Approx. 65% Approx. 65% Relative to maximum capacity
* Position of noise measuring device: 3.3" (1 m) from the front face of the set and 4.9" (1.5 m) above ground
(in anechoic chambers)
− 71 −
7-2-6. Operation Mode Selection Control
Mode name : TCB-PCMO4UL
Header outdoor unit
Locally procured
Outdoor unit Connection
Optional PCB
interface PCB cable
TB1
COM
CN510 PJ17 COOL
SW1
HEAT
SW2
Shield
wire
SW1: Cooling mode specified input switch
SW2: Heating mode specified input switch
NOTE
SW1: COOL mode selection switch
SW2: HEAT mode selection switch
Input signal
Operation Remarks
COOL (SW1) HEAT (SW2)
Only cooling
ON OFF *
operation allowed
Only heating
OFF ON *
operation allowed
OFF OFF Normal operation
* The display “ (Operation mode selection control in progress)” appears on the remote control
Indoor unit operation intervention function

The statuses of indoor units operating in a mode different from the selected operation mode can be changed
by changing the status of a jumper wire (J01) provided on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit.
Jumper lead Details of Processing

Unallowed indoor units in a mode other than the selected operation mode
are not treated as priority (thermostat OFF state).
(Unallowed indoor units)
Operation Operation State Remote control

J01 connected Mode
(factory Air blow operation at fan speed
default) Cooling
set on remote control
Air blow operation at ultra-low , indicator is
Heating fan speed displayed.
Fan Regular air blow operation at fan

speed set on remote control
Indoor units in a mode other than the selected operation mode are forcibly
switched to the selected operation mode.
PC board
selection Remote control operation/display
mode
J01 cut
Normal , , , orcan be selected When using the remote
control, (mode
Cool Only , , or can be
selected select control)
indicator is displayed.
Heat Only or can be selected
− 72 −
7-2-7. Trouble/Operation Output
Mode name : TCB-PCIN4UL
Locally procured
Header outdoor unit
(See “NOTE”)
Outdoor unit Optional PCB TB1
C1 L1 PS
interface PCB 1
K1 OUTPUT1
2
L2 PS
SW16 3
ON CN511 PJ20 K2 OUTPUT2
OFF 4
1 2 3 4
5
6
OUTPUT3 Shield
wire
Operation
In-operation output: An in-operation indication signal is output as long as at least one indoor unit is in
operation in the line.
Failure output: A failure indication signal is output if a check code occurs in at least one indoor/outdoor unit in
the line.
Note 1: Output Relay (K1, K2) Contact Specifications
• Please insert the following electrical rating to output the terminals (Output 1,2)
• When connecting a conductive load (e.g. relay coil) to loads K1 and K2 insert a surge killer CR (for an AC
power supply) or a diode for perventing back electromotive force (for a DC power supply) on the bypass circuit.
<Electrical Rating>
200-240 VAC, 10 mA or more, 1A or less (non-conductive load)
C1 Attached connection cable 1 (4wires)

CN511 Connector on interface side (green)
K1, K2 Relays
L1 Failure indication Lamp
L2 Operation indication Lamp
OUTPUT1 Failure output
OUTPUT2 Operation output
PJ20 Connector on optional PCB side
PS Power supply unit
TB1 Terminal block
− 73 −
7-2-8. Compressor Operation Output
Locally procured
Outdoor unit
Optional PCB (See“NOTE”)

Outdoor unit
interface PCB C2
TB1
L1 PS
1 CTR1
K1 OUTPUT1
2
L2 PS
SW16 3 CTR2
ON CN514 PJ20 K2 OUTPUT2
OFF 4
1 2 3 4
5
6
Shield
wire
Operation
When a compressor is in operation, a relay connected to the output terminal assigned to it is turned on (closed).
When it is at rest, the relay is turned off (open).
The output terminals are named OUTPUT1 and OUTPUT2 from left to right when facing the front of the outdoor
unit, as shown in the diagram.
Note 1: Output Relay (K1, K2) Contact Specifications

• Please insert the following electrical rating to output terminals(Output1,2).
• When connecting a conductive load (e.g. relay coil) to loads K1and K2 insert a surge killer CR (for an AC
<Electrical Rating>
Model featuring
two compressors
1 2
OUTPUT1 OUTPUT2
C2 Connector cable 2 ( 2 )
CTR1 Elapsed operation counter 1
CTR2 Elapsed operation counter 2
K1, K2 Relays
L1, L2 Operation indication LEDs
OUTPUT1 Compressor 1 operation output terminal
OUTPUT2 Compressor 2 operation output terminal
PS Power supply unit
TB1 Terminal block
− 74 −
7-2-9. Operating Rate Output
Locally procured
Header outdoor unit
Optional PCB (See “NOTE”)

Outdoor unit
interface PCB C2
TB1
1
K1 OUTPUT1
2
SW16 3
ON CN514 PJ20 K2 OUTPUT2 MONITOR
OFF 4
1 2 3 4
K3
5
OUTPUT3
6
Shield
wire
Operation
At the output terminals, a signal is present (relay closed) or absent (relay open) in various combinations according
to the system operation factor, as shown in the diagram.
The operation rate (FA) is the percentage ratio of the current output of the system to the maximum output (100%).
Function SW16 OUTPUT1 OUTPUT2 OUTPUT3 Operation factor (FA)
System operation ON
off off off FA=0%
rate output OFF
1 2 3 4 on off off 0%<FA<20%
Bit 1: ON off on off 20% FA<35%
Bit 2: OFF
on on off 35% FA<50%
off off on 50% FA<65%
on off on 65% FA<80%
off on on 80% FA<95%
on on on 95% FA
off = Relay open
on = Relay closed
C2 Connector cable 2 ( 2 )
K1, K2, K3 Relays
MONITOR Monitoring device
OUTPUT1 Output terminal for each function
TB1 Terminal block
* Connect the optional P.C. board to the header outdoor unit.
Note 1: Output Relay (K1, K2, K3) Contact Specifications

• Please insert the following electrical rating load to output terminals(Output1,2,3).
• When connecting a conductive load (e.g. relay coil) to loads K1, K2 and K3, insert a surge killer CR (for an AC
<Electrical Rating>
− 75 −
8 TEST OPERATION
8-1. Procedure and Summary of Test Operation
A test operation is executed with the following procedure. When a problem occurs at any step, remove the
causes of the problem referring to “9 TROUBLESHOOTING.”
Check basic items, mainly the installation work.
Checks before test operation
Be sure to enter the check results in checklist 1 and 2.
This main power supply check shall be done before operation

Check that the main
switch turns ON.
power supply is turned
on.
Start the address setup in the outdoor/indoor units.

Set up the addresses.
Note: Operation does not start simply by powering-on.
Test operation Carry out a test operation. Check air blowing and
cooling/heating operation in the indoor unit.
END
− 76 −
8-2. Check Items before Test Operation (before powering-on)
Prior to the test operation, check the following items to verify there are no problems with the installation work.
Main check items for electric wiring

The communication system differs from that of R22 or R407 refrigerant “Modular Multi System” air conditioners.
Check wiring points again carefully.
(1) In the case that a central control system is not connected:
(1) (2) (4) (3)
Header unit (A) Follower unit (B) Follower unit (C)

U3 U4 U3 U4 U3 U4
Outdoor unit
U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6
(6) (5)
U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2
Indoor unit
A B A B A B A B
Remote Remote Remote

control control control
Main check items Check

(1) Are the indoor and outdoor communication lines of the header unit connected to the U1/U2 terminals?
(2)Is the relay connector between the U1/U2 terminal and the U3/U4 terminal disconnect? (Set up at
shipment from the factory)
(3) Is the communication line between outdoor units connected to the U5/U6 terminal?
(4)Is the terminator resistor (SW30-bit 2) on the interface PC board of the header unit turned on? (Set
up at shipment from the factory)
(5) Is the end terminal of the shield wire open?
(6) Is the end terminal of the shield wire grounded at the header unit side?
NOTE
The figure above does not show all the electric wires.
For details, refer to the installation manuals for the outdoor unit, indoor unit, remote control, or optional devices.
− 77 −
(2) In the case that a central control system is connected (before address setup)
Central remote control (1) (4) (2)(5) (3)

U1 U2
U3 U4
To other refrigerant line
Other
refrigerant line Header unit (A) Follower unit (B) Follower unit (C)
U3 U4 U3 U4 U3 U4 U3 U4
Outdoor unit
U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6
To indoor unit
(7) (6)
U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2
Indoor unit
A B A B A B A B


(1) Are the indoor and outdoor communication lines of the header unit connected to the U1/U2 terminals?
(2)Is the relay connector between the U1/U2 terminal and the U3/U4 terminal disconnect? (Set up at
shipment from the factory)
(Keep the relay connector disconnected before address setup.)
(3) Is the communication line between outdoor units connected to the U5/U6 terminal?
(4) Is the communication line of the central control system connected to the header unit U3/U4 terminals
of each refrigerant line?
(The communication line of the central control system may be connected to the communication lines
of the indoor/outdoor communication lines.)
(5) Is the terminator resistor (SW30-bit 2) on the interface PC board of the header unit turned on? (Set
up at shipment from the factory)
* After address setup and test operation check, turn on the SW30-bit 2 of the header unit for the
smallest line address, and turn off SW30-bit 2 of the header unit for other refrigerant
lines.(See “8-4-3. Address Setup Procedure”)
(6) Is the end terminal of the shield wire open?
(7) Is the end terminal of the shield wire grounded at the header unit side?
(8) When the refrigerant line and the central control system of the DI-SDI series are connected:
Are Network adapter (TCB-PCNT31TLUL) correctly connected?
When the SDI series operates with group, twin, or triple operation, are the adapters connected to
the header unit of the indoor unit?
NOTE
− 78 −
Checklist 1
• Using Checklist 1, check that there are no problems with the installation work.
Is the capacity of the Outdoor total capacity A Header unit (A) A Indoor unit A
circuit breaker Follower unit (B) A
appropriate?
Follower unit (C) A
Is the gauge of the Header unit (A) AWG Indoor unit
power cable correct? Follower unit (B) AWG
Follower unit (C) AWG
Is the control Indoor-outdoor connection terminals (U1, U2)
communication line Outdoor-outdoor connection terminals (U5, U6)
correct?
Central control system connection terminals (U3, U4)
Is the power of indoor units supplied collectively?
Is a ground grounded?
Is the insulating resistance sufficient? (10 MΩ or higher) M or higher
Is the main power voltage sufficient? (within 208/230 V ±10%) V
Is the diameter of connecting pipe correct?
Is the branch kit correct?
Is the water drain of the indoor unit arranged so that it flows without accumulation?
Is the heat insulation of pipes sufficient? (connecting pipes, branch kit)
Is there no short circuit of discharge air in the indoor/outdoor units?
After an airtightness test of the pipes, are vacuuming and adding of refrigerant executed?
Are the valves of all the outdoor units fully opened?
Gas side Liquid side Balance side
Header unit (A)
Follower unit (B)
Follower unit (C)
− 79 −
• Check the additional amount of refrigerant.
Checklist 2
Calculate the additional amount of refrigerant from the additional amount of refrigerant (A) by the pipe diameter on
the liquid side, the pipe length to be connected, and the corrective amount of refrigerant (B) according to Indoor
unit capacity, and the corrective amount of refrigerant (C) according to system capacity.
Additional amount Actual liquid pipe length × Additional amount

of refrigerant
= of refrigerant per 1ft of liquid pipe
(A)
Corrective amount of refrigerant Corrective amount of refrigerant
+ according to indoor unit capacity
+
according to systemt capacity
(B) (C)
First, enter the total length for each liquid pipe diameter in the following table, and then calculate the additional
amount of refrigerant by pipe length.
<Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length>

Pipe diameter on the Standard amount of Total pipe length on each liquid side Additional amount of refrigerant pipe
liquid side refrigerant diameter on each liquid side
ft lbs
φ1/4" 0.017 × 1.2 × = lbs
φ3/8" 0.037 × 1.2 × = lbs
φ1/2" 0.071 × 1.2 × = lbs
φ5/8" 0.108 × 1.2 × = lbs
φ3/4" 0.168 × 1.2 × = lbs
φ7/8" 0.235 × 1.2 × = lbs
Next, refer to the following table for the corrective amount of refrigerant (B) according to indoor unit capacity.
<Corrective amount of refrigerant according to indoor unit capacity>

Additional refrigerant charge amount Indoor unit Standard Indoor Fresh air intake 4-way cassette type
unit Indoor unit MMU-AP0072H2UL-1 MMU-AP0122H2UL
Additional refrigerant charge amount lbs/(kBtu/h) 0.095 0.046 0.181 0.181
Capacity of Indoor unit kBtu/h kBtu/h kBtu/h kBtu/h kBtu/h
Corrective amount of refrigerant lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs
Next, refer to the following table for the corrective amount of refrigerant (C) according to system capacity.
<Corrective amount of refrigerant according to system capacity>

Outdoor unit Combination Compensation by Compensation by
capacity type Header Follower Follower capacity type outdoor unit capacity type outdoor unit
outdoor unit outdoor unit1 outdoor unit2 (lbs) kg
072 type 072 type - - Standard Model -7.7 -3.5
096 type 096 type - - Standard Model -2.2 -1
120 type 120 type - - Standard Model -2.2 -1
144 type 144 type - - Standard Model 7.7 3.5
168 type 168 type - - Standard Model 7.7 3.5
096 type 096 type - Standard Model -6.6 -3
192 type
120 type 072 type - Space Saving Model -11.0 -5
216 type 120 type 096 type - Standard Model -6.6 -3
144 type 096 type - Standard Model 0.0 0
240 type
120 type 120 type - Space Saving Model -6.6 -3
264 type 144 type 120 type - Standard Model 0.0 0
144 type 144 type - Standard Model 6.6 3
288 type
168 type 120 type - Space Saving Model 0.0 0
360 type 120 type 120 type 120 type Standard Model -9.9 -4.5
384 type 144 type 120 type 120 type Standard Model -3.3 -1.5
144 type 144 type 120 type Standard Model 5.5 2.5
408 type
168 type 120 type 120 type Space Saving Model -3.3 -1.5
432 type 168 type 144 type 120 type Standard Model 5.5 2.5
456 type 168 type 168 type 120 type Standard Model 5.5 2.5
Lastly, add the additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length (A) and the corrective amount of refrigerant by indoor unit horsepower (B)
to the corrective amount of refrigerant by combined horsepower (C). This is the final additional amount of refrigerant.
If a minus sign is indicated as the result, do not reduce or add the refrigerant (= 0 lbs).
<Additional amount of refrigerant>

Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length (A) lbs lbs
Corrective amount of refrigerant according to indoor unit horsepower (B) lbs lbs
Corrective amount of refrigerant according to combined horsepower (C) lbs lbs
Additional amount of refrigerant lbs lbs
− 80 −
8-3. Check at Main Power-on
After turning on the main power of the indoor units and outdoor unit in the refrigerant line to conduct a test
operation, check the following items in each outdoor and indoor unit.
(After turning on the main power, be sure to check in order: indoor unit outdoor unit.)
<Check on the outdoor unit>

(1) Check that all the rotary switches, SW01, SW02, and SW03, on the interface PC board of the header unit are
set to “1.”
(2) If another check code is displayed on the 7-segment display [B], remove the cause of the problem referring to
Section, “9 TROUBLESHOOTING”.
(3) Check that “L08” is displayed on the 7-segment display [B] on the interface PC board of the header unit. (L08:
Indoor address not set up)
(If the address setup operation has already been completed during servicing, etc., the above check code is not
displayed, and only “U1” is displayed on the 7-segment display [A].)
Interface PC board
SW04 SW05 SW15
Push switches
D600 D601 D602 D603 D604
7-segment display 7-segment display

[A] [B]
SW01 SW02 SW03
Rotary switches
<Check on the indoor unit>

(1) Display check on the remote control (in the case of a wired remote control)
Check that a frame, as shown in the following figure at left, is displayed on the LC display section of the
remote control.
CORRECT INCORRECT
TEMP. ON / OFF TEMP. ON / OFF
TIMER SET FAN MODE TIMER SET FAN MODE
TIME SAVE VENT TIME SAVE VENT
FILTER FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL SWING/FIX UNIT LOUVER RESET TEST SET CL SWING/FIX UNIT LOUVER
Normal status When power is not supplied normally

(power supplied and operation stopped)
If no frame is displayed, as shown in the above figure at right, the remote control does not have a normal
supply of power; check the following items.
• Check the power supply of the indoor unit.
• Check the cabling between the indoor unit and the remote control.
• Check whether there is a cutoff of wire around the indoor control PC board or not, and check for connection
failures of the connectors.
• Check for failure of the transformer for the indoor electrical control box.
• Check for failure of the indoor control PC board.
− 81 −
8-4. Address Setup
This product requires address setup before operation.
Follow this procedure for address setup.
8-4-1. Precautions
(1) Address setup is not performed simply by turning on the power supply.
(2) For indoor units, address setup can be done either by manual address setup or by automatic address setup:
Automatic address setup: Setup from SW15 on the interface PC board of the header unit
Manual address setup: Setup from the wired remote control. (For details, refer to “8-4-3. Address Setup
Procedure.”)
(3) Automatic setup usually takes about 5 minutes per line. In some cases, however, it may take up to 10 minutes.
(4) It is unnecessary to operate the air conditioner to achieve address setup.
8-4-2. Address Setup and Check Procedure

Procedure Item Operation and check contents
1 Indoor unit power-on Turn on the power of the indoor unit for the refrigerant line for which the address is to be set up.
Outdoor unit power-on Turn on the power of all the outdoor units for the refrigerant line for which the address is to be
2
set up.
7-segment display Check that “L08” is displayed on the 7-segment display [B] on the interface PC board of the
3
check header unit in the system where the address is to be set up.
Address setup start Confirm the items in “8-4-3. Address Setup Procedure,” and then set up the address
according to the operation procedure.
(Be careful to note that the setup operation may differ in group control and central control
4 systems.)
Note:
The address cannot be set up if switches are not operated.
Display check after • After address setup, “U1” “ ” is displayed on the 7-segment display.
setup • For follower outdoor units, “U2” to “U3” are displayed on the 7-segment display [A].
5
• If a check code is displayed on the 7-segment display [B], remove the cause of the problem
referring to “9 TROUBLESHOOTING.”
System information Using the 7-segment display function, check the system information of the scheduled system.
check after setup (This check is executed on the interface PC board of the header unit.)
Rotary switch setup 7-segment display

SW01 SW02 SW03 [A] [B]
[Number of
System capacity 1 2 3
6 capacity]
Number of connected
1 3 3 [Number of units]
outdoor units
Number of connected [Number of
1 4 3
indoor units connected units]
After the above checks, return rotary switches SW01, SW02, and SW03 to 1/1/1.
Interface PC board
SW04 SW05 SW15
Push switches
D600 D601 D602 D603 D604

[A] [B]
SW01 SW02 SW03
Rotary switches
− 82 −
8-4-3. Address Setup Procedure
No central control: go to Address setting procedure 1
Central control of 2 or more refrigerant lines: go to Address setting procedure 2
When controlling a single refrigerant line When controlling 2 or more refrigerant lines
(Example)
centrally centrally
Address setting
To procedure 1 To procedure 2
procedure
Outdoor Central Outdoor Central Outdoor Outdoor Central

remote remote remote
System wiring
diagram Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor
Remote Remote Remote Remote Remote Remote

control control control control control control
Address setting procedure 1

1 Turn on indoor units first, and then turn on outdoor units.
2 About one minute after turning the power on, confirm that the 7-segment display on the interface
P.C. board of the header outdoor unit indicates U. 1. L08 (U. 1. flash) .
3 Press SW 15 to start the automatic address setting.
(It may take up to 10 minutes (normally about 5 minutes) to complete one line’s setting.)
4 The 7-segment display indicates Auto 1 Auto 2 Auto 3 .

After the indication, U. 1. - - - (U. 1. flash) starts flashing on the display.
When the flashing stops and U. 1. - - - (U. 1. light) remain lit on the display, the setting is
complete.
Interface P.C. board on the header outdoor unit
SW04 SW05 SW15

3
D600 D601 D602 D603 D604
2,4
SW01 SW02 SW03
REQUIREMENT
• When 2 or more refrigerant lines are controlled as a group, be sure to turn on all the indoor units in the group
before setting addresses.
• If you set the unit addresses of each line separately, each line’s header indoor unit is set separately. In that
case, the CODE No. “L03” (Indoor header unit overlap) is indicated as running starts. Change the group address
to make one unit the header unit using wired remote control.
− 83 −
(Example) Controlling 2 or more refrigerant lines as a group
Outdoor Outdoor
System wiring
diagram Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor
(Group control)
Remote
control
Address setting procedure 2

1 Set a system address for each system using SW 13 and 14 on the interface P.C. board on the
header outdoor unit of each system.
(Factory default: Address 1)
NOTE
Be sure to set a unique address on each system. Do not use a same address as another system
(refrigerant line) or a "Digital Inverter" side.
Interface P.C. board on the header outdoor unit
SW06 SW07 SW09 SW10
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Line address switches on the outdoor interface PC board ( : switch on, : switch off)
Line SW13 SW14 Line SW13 SW14

address 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 address 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 × × × × × 15 × × O O O
2 × O × × × 16 × O O O O
3 × × O × × 17 O × × × ×
4 × O O × × 18 O O × × ×
5 × × × O × 19 O × O × ×
6 × O × O × 20 O O O × ×
7 × × O O × 21 O × × O ×
8 × O O O × 22 O O × O ×
9 × × × × O 23 O × O O ×
10 × O × × O 24 O O O O ×
11 × × O × O 25 O × × × O
12 × O O × O 26 O O × × O
13 × × × O O 27 O × O × O
14 × O × O O 28 O O O × O
Not used for setup of line address (do not change setup.)
− 82 −
2 Be sure to disconnect the relay connectors between the [U1U2] and [U3U4] terminals on all the
header outdoor units that will be connected to the central control. (Factory default: disconnected)
3 Turn on indoor units first, and then turn on outdoor units.

4 About 1 minute after turning the power on, confirm that the 7-segment display on the interface
P.C. board of the header outdoor unit indicates U. 1. L08 (U. 1. flash) .
5 Press SW 15 to start the automatic address setting.
(It may take up to 10 minutes (normally about 5 minutes) to complete one line’s setting.)
6 The 7-segment display indicates Auto 1 Auto 2 Auto 3 .

After the indication, U. 1. - - - (U. 1. flash) starts flashing on the display.
When the flashing stops and U. 1. - - - (U. 1. light) , remains lit on the display, the setting is
complete.
7 Repeat steps 4 to 6 for other refrigerant lines.

8 After completing address setting of all systems, turn off DIP switch 2 of SW30 on the interface P.C.
boards of all the header outdoor units connected to the same central control, except the unit
that has the smallest address.
(For unifying the termination of the wiring for the central control of indoor and outdoor units)
9 Connect the relay connectors between the [U1, U2] and [U3, U4] terminals of the header outdoor
unit of each refrigerant line.
U1 U2 S U3 U4 U5 U6 S
TO INDOOR UNIT SHIELD TO CENTRAL CONTROL TO OUTDOOR UNIT SHIELD
− 85 −
10 Set the central control address.
(For the setting of the central control address, refer to the installation manuals of the central control devices.)
Header unit interface P.C. board
5 SW15
SW04 SW05
4, 6 7-segment D600 D601 D602 D603 D604

display
SW13 SW14 SW01 SW02 SW03
8
SW30 SW30
* Header units are connected to the same
central control, except the header unit
1 2
with the smallest line address number.
SW30 SW30
* Header unit with the least number of the
line address.
1 2
− 86 −
Switch setting (setting example when controlling 2 or more refrigerant lines centrally)
Outdoor units (setting manually)
*The items in bold font must be set manually.
Outdoor unit’s interface
P.C. board Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit Factory default
SW13, 14 (No setting (No setting

1 required) 2 required) 3 1
(Line (system) address)
DIP switch 2 of SW30
(Terminator of indoor/ Set to OFF Set to OFF
(No setting (No setting
outdoor communication ON after setting after setting ON
required) required)
line and central control addresses. addresses.
line)
Connect after Connect after Connect after
Relay connector setting Open setting Open setting Open
addresses. addresses. addresses.
Central
remote
Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit control
U3 U4 U3 U4 U3 U4 U3 U4 U3 U4
U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6
Relay Relay Relay

connector connector connector
U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2
A B A B A B A B A B
Remote Remote Remote Remote

control control control control
Individual Group
Indoor units
(automatic setting)
Line (system) address 1 1 2 2 3

Indoor unit address 1 2 1 2 1
Group address 0 0 1 2 0
CAUTION
Relay connector connection
Never connect relay connectors between the [U1, U2] and [U3, U4] terminals before completing address setting of all
the refrigerant lines. Otherwise, the addresses cannot be set correctly.
− 87 −
Manual address setup from the remote control
With indoor wiring work completed and outdoor wiring work not done—in cases where indoor unit addresses are
decided in advance from the wired remote control, or in cases where addresses are change after address setup.
(Wiring example for 2 refrigerant lines) 1 Arrange one indoor unit and one remote control
Line 1 Line 2
set to 1 by 1.
Outdoor Outdoor
2 Turn on the power.
3 Push the + + buttons simultaneously for 4
seconds or more.
Indoor 1 Indoor 2 Indoor 3 Indoor 1 Indoor 2 LCD begins blinking.
Remote
control (Refrigerant line address)
(Remote control group control)
Line address 1 1 1 2 2 4 Using the buttons, set the DN code to 12.
Indoor address 1 2 3 1 2
Group
address
1 2 2 2 2 5 Using the buttons, set up the line address
Header Follower Follower Follower Follower
(match it with the line address on the interface PC
In the above example, where remote control are not
yet wired, set the address manually after individually board of the header unit on the same refrigerant
connecting the wired remote control. line).
(Wiring during manual address setup) 6 Push the button (OK when the display goes on).
Line 1 Line 2
(Indoor address)
Outdoor Outdoor
7 Using the buttons, set the DN code to 13.
8 Using the buttons, set up the indoor address.
(0001~0064)
Indoor 1 Indoor 2 Indoor 3 Indoor 1 Indoor 2
9 Push the button (OK when the display goes on).
Remote Remote Remote Remote Remote
control control control control control
(Group address)
After address setup, return to the
original wiring over remote control. 10 Using the buttons, set the DN code to 14.
Group address 11 Using the buttons, set Individual = 0000,

Individual: 0000 Header unit = 0001, Follower unit = 0002.
In cases of
Header unit: 0001 remote control
Follower unit: 0002 group control
12 Push the button (OK when the display goes on).
(Central control address)

13 Using the buttons, set DN code to 03.
14 Using the buttons, set up the central control
address. (0001~0064)
Set
data TEMP. ON / OFF
DN code 15 Push button. (OK when display goes on).
(CODE No.)
4 TIMER SET FAN MODE
16 Push the button.
7 TIME SAVE VENT Setup is finished (“Setting up” blinks; when “Setting up”
10 FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL SWING/FIX UNIT LOUVER goes off, operation is possible).
13
17 Return to the original wiring over remote
control.
5, 8, 11, 14
6, 9, 12, 15
16 3
− 88 −
NOTE
(1) When setting the line address from the remote control, do not use addresses 29 and 30.
Addresses 29 and 30 cannot be set up on the outdoor unit. If they are incorrectly used, the code “E04” (indoor/outdoor
communication circuit trouble) is output.
(2) When manual address setup has been done from a remote control, and central control over refrigerant lines is to be done,
setup the header unit of each line as follows:
• Using SW13 and SW14 on the interface PC board of the header unit of each line, setup the line address for each
line.
• Except for the line with the smallest line address number, set SW03-bit 2 to “off” for the interface PC board of the
header unit of lines connected to the same central control (put the terminator resistor of the central control line,
indoors and outdoors, into one).
• Connect the relay connector between U1/U2 and U3/U4 of the header unit for each refrigerant line.
• After that, set up the central control address. (For central control address setup, refer to the installation manual of
the central control devices.)
Confirming the indoor unit addresses and the position of an

indoor unit using the remote control
Confirming the numbers and positions of indoor units

To see the indoor unit address of an indoor unit having location data
When the unit is individual (the indoor unit is paired with a wired remote control one-to-one), or it
is a group-controlled one.
CODE No.
UNIT No.
°F
TEMP. ON / OFF
TIMER SET
1
Starts
running
TIME
FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL
2
(Execute it while the units are running.)
1 Push the button if the units stop.

UNIT LOUVER
2 Push the button (left side of the button).
A unit numbers is indicated on the LCD (it will disappear after a few seconds). The indicated number
shows the system address and indoor unit address of the unit.
When 2 or more indoor units are connected to the remote control (group-controlled units), a number of other
connected units appears each time you push the UNIT LOUVER button (left side of the button).
− 89 −
To find an indoor unit’s position from its address
When checking unit numbers controlled as a group
CODE No.
SET DATA SETTING

UNIT No.
R.C. No.
TEMP. ON / OFF
TIMER SET
3
Stop FILTER
RESET TEST
TIME
SET CL 1
1 2
(Execute it while the units are stopped.)
The indoor unit numbers in a group are indicated one after another. The fan and louvers of the indicated units are
activated.
1 Push and hold the and buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds.
• appears on UNIT No. on the LCD display.
• The fans and louvers of all the indoor units in the group are activated.
UNIT LOUVER
2 Push the button (left side of the button). Each time you push the button, the indoor unit
numbers are indicated one after another.
• The first-indicated unit number is the address of the header unit.
• Only the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor unit are activated.
3 Push the button to finish the procedure.

All the indoor units in the group stop.
To check all the indoor unit addresses using an arbitrary wired remote control.
(When communication wirings of 2 or more refrigerant lines are interconnected for central control)
CODE No.
SET DATA SETTING

UNIT No.
R.C. No.
TEMP. ON / OFF
TIMER SET
1 TIME
FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL
2
6 4
3 5
You can check indoor unit addresses and positions of the indoor units in a single refrigerant line.
When an outdoor unit is selected, the indoor unit numbers of the refrigerant line of the selected unit are indicated
one after another and the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor units are activated.
− 90 −
1 Push and hold the TIME and buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds.
At first, the line 1 and CODE No. (Address Change) are indicated on the LCD display. (Select
an outdoor unit.)
UNIT LOUVER SWING/FIX
2 Push the (left side of the button) and buttons repeatedly to select a system address.
3 Push the button to confirm the system address selection.
• The address of an indoor unit connected to the selected refrigerant line is indicated on the LCD display and
its fan and louvers are activated.
UNIT LOUVER
4 Push the button (left side of the button). Each time you push the button, the indoor unit
numbers of the selected refrigerant line are indicated one after another.
• Only the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor unit are activated.
To select another system address

5 Push the button to return to step 2.
• After returning to step 2, select another system address and check the indoor unit addresses of the line.
Changing the indoor unit address using a remote control

To change an indoor unit address using a wired remote control.
The method to change the address of an individual indoor unit (the indoor unit is paired with a wired
remote control one-to-one), or an indoor unit in a group.
(The method is available when the addresses have already been set automatically.)
CODE No.
SET DATA SETTING

UNIT No.
R.C. No.
TEMP. ON / OFF
3 TIMER SET
5 FILTER
RESET TEST SET
TIME
CL
4
8
Finish
1 2, 6, 7
1 Push and hold the , , and buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds.
(If 2 or more indoor units are controlled in a group, the first indicated UNIT No. is that of the head unit.)
UNIT LOUVER
2 Push the button (left side of the button) repeatedly to select an indoor unit number to
change if 2 or more units are controlled in a group. (The fan and louvers of the selected indoor
unit are activated.)
(The fan of the selected indoor unit is turned on.)
3 Push the TEMP. / buttons repeatedly to select for CODE No..
− 91 −
4 Push the TIME / buttons repeatedly to change the value indicated in the SET DATA section
to that you want.
5 Push the button.
UNIT LOUVER
6 Push the button (left side of the button) repeatedly to select another indoor UNIT No. to
change.
Repeat steps 4 to 6 to change the indoor unit addresses so as to make each of them unique.
UNIT LOUVER
7 Push the button (left side of the button) to check the changed addresses.
8 If the addresses have been changed correctly, push the button to finish the procedure.
To change all the indoor unit addresses using an arbitrary wired remote control.
(The method is available when the addresses have already been set automatically.)
(When communication wirings of 2 or more refrigerant lines are interconnected for central control)
NOTE
You can change the addresses of indoor units in each refrigerant line using an arbitrary wired remote control.
* Enter the address check/change mode and change the addresses.
CODE No.
SET DATA SETTING

UNIT No.
R.C. No.
TEMP. ON / OFF
TIMER SET
1
TIME
FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL
3 Cancels the line selection

2
If no number appears on UNIT No., no outdoor unit exists on the line. Push button and select another line
following step 2.
1 Push and hold the TIME and buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds.
At first, the line 1 and CODE No. (Address Change) are indicated on the LCD display.
UNIT LOUVER SWING/FIX
2 Push (left side of the button) and buttons repeatedly to select a system address.
− 92 −
3 Push the button.
• The address of one of the indoor units connected to the selected refrigerant line is indicated on the LCD
display and the fan and louvers of the unit are activated.
At first, the current indoor unit address is displayed in SET DATA.
(No system address is indicated.)
CODE No.
SET DATA SETTING

UNIT No.
R.C. No.
TEMP. ON / OFF
TIMER SET
4 FILTER
RESET TEST SET
TIME
CL
8
Finish
5, 7 Press to finish
6
setting.
4 Push the TIME / buttons repeatedly to change the value of the indoor unit address in SET
DATA.
Change the value in SET DATA to that of a new address.
5 Push the button to confirm the new address on SET DATA.
UNIT LOUVER
6 Push the button (left side of the button) repeatedly to select another address to change.
Each time you push the button, the indoor unit numbers in a refrigerant line are indicated one
after another. Only the fan and louvers of the selected indoor unit are activated.
Repeat steps 4 to 6 to change the indoor unit addresses so as to make each of them unique.
7 Push the button.

(All the segments on the LCD display light up.)
Resetting the address

(Resetting to the factory default (address undecided))
Method 1
Clearing each address separately using a wired remote control.
Set the system address, indoor unit address and group address to “0099” using a wired remote control.
(For the setting procedure, refer to the address setting procedures using the wired remote control on the
previous pages.)
Method 2
Clearing all the indoor unit addresses on a refrigerate line at once from the outdoor unit.
1 Turn off the refrigerant line to reset to the factory default and set the header outdoor unit of the
line as below.
1) Disconnect the relay connectors between the [U1, U2] and [U3, U4] terminals.
(Leave them as they are if they have already been disconnected.)
− 93 −
2) Turn on DIP switch 2 of SW30 on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit if the switch is OFF.
(Leave it as it is if it has already been set to ON.)
Central remote
control
U1 U2
U3 U4
Header Header Header
unit Follower unit unit Follower unit unit
U3 U4 U3 U4 U3 U4 U3 U4 U3 U4
U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6
U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2
A B A B A B A B A B
Remote Remote Remote Remote

control control control control
Indoor units to have their addresses initialized
2 Turn on the indoor and outdoor units of the refrigerant line to be initialized in
addresses. About one minute after turning on the power, confirm that the 7-segment display on
the header outdoor unit indicates “U.1. - - -” and operate the interface P.C. board on the header
outdoor unit of the refrigerant line as follows.
SW01 SW02 SW03 SW04 Clearable addresses
Confirm that the 7-segment display indicates
2 1 2 “A.d.buS” and turn SW04 ON for more than five System/indoor unit/group address
seconds.
Confirm that the 7-segment display indicates
2 2 2 “A.d.nEt” and turn SW04 ON for more than five Central control address
seconds.
3 Confirm that the 7-segment display indicates “A.d. c.L.” and set SW01, SW02 and SW03 to 1, 1, 1
respectively.
4 After a time “U.1.L08” appears on the 7-segment display if the address clearing has been
completed successfully.
If the 7-segment display indicates “A.d. n.G.”, the outdoor unit may still connected with other
refrigerant lines. Check the connection of the relay connectors between [U1, U2] and [U3, U4].
NOTE
Take care to carry out the procedure above correctly; otherwise, addresses in other refrigerate lines may also be
cleared.
5 Set the addresses again after finishing the clearance.
− 94 −
In the case of an increase in address-undefined indoor units
(extension, etc.)
To set up the indoor address of a unit with an address that is undefined due to the extension of indoor units or
replacement of PC board, etc., follow the methods below.
Method 1
Set up an address individually from a wired remote control.
(Line address, Indoor address, Group address, Central address)
For the setup method, refer to “Manual address setup from the remote control.” above.
Method 2
Set up an address from the outdoor unit.
* Leave the addresses of the units for which addresses have already been set up as they are. Set up an address
only for the unit where the address is undefined.
Addresses are allocated from lower numbers.
Setup procedure
Set up the outdoor header units in the refrigerant line to which indoor units have been added, as follows.
1 Disconnect the relay connector between U1/U2 and U3/U4.
2 If it is off, turn on SW30-bit 2 on the interface PC board at outdoor header unit side.
*Turn off the power, and then execute the operation.
Central
control device
Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit
Remote Remote
Remote Remote control control
control control
Added indoor unit
3 Turn on the indoor/outdoor power for the refrigerant line for which an address is to be set up.
After approximately 1 minute, check that “U.1. - - -” is displayed on the 7-segment display.
4 Execute the following operation on the interface PC board of the header unit.
SW01 SW02 SW03 SW04
2 14 2 After checking that “In.At” is displayed on the 7-segment display, push SW04 for 5 seconds or more.
“AUTO1” “AUTO2” “AUTO3” ... “AUTO9” ... is counted and displayed on the 7-segment display.
5 When “U.1. - - -” is displayed on the 7-segment display, the setup operation finished.
Turn off the indoor/outdoor power.
6 Return to the following setup as before.

• Relay connector
• SW30-bit 2
• SW01, SW02, SW03
− 95 −
8-4-4. Check after Address Setup when Central Control System Is
Connected
When the central control system is connected, check that the following setup has finished after address setup.
(4) (1) (5) (3) (2)

Central remote
control
U1 U2
U3 U4
To other refrigerant line

Line address = 2 Line address = 1
Other refrigerant line Header unit (A) Header unit (A) Follower unit (B) Follower unit (C)
U3 U4 U3 U4 U3 U4 U3 U4
Outdoor unit
U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6
(5)
U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2
Indoor unit
A B A B A B A B


Relay (1) Is the relay connector of the header unit connected after address setup?
connector (2)Is the relay connector of the follower unit disconnect?
Terminator (3)Is the terminator resistor (SW30-bit 2) of the header unit with the smallest line address
resistor number in the central control turned on? (Setup is unnecessary for follower units.)
(4)Is the terminator resistor (SW30-bit 2) of the header units, except for the line with the
smallest central control line address, turned off? (Setup is unnecessary for follower units.)
Line address (5) Are addresses in the line address (SW13, SW14) not duplicated in each refrigerant line?
NOTE
− 96 −
8-5. Troubleshooting in Test Operation
If there are phenomena such as the output of a check code or the remote control is not accepted when powered-
on after wiring work or during address setup operation, the following causes are considered.
8-5-1. A Check Code is Displayed on the Remote Control

Check the code Header
displayed on the unit 7-
Cause Countermeasures
indoor remote segment
control display
– W h e n o u t d o or p ow er i s o f f Check that the header outdoor unit power is on
Address setup trouble Set up the address again.
• Only line addresses of the connected indoor units
are undefined.
• The outdoor line address and the line addresses
L08 of all the indoor units do not match.
• The indoor addresses are duplicated. (Units
except those displaying E04 are duplicated.)
• A header unit is not set up in group control (except
groups displaying E04).
E08 -XX Duplication of indoor addresses (address number in Set up the address again.
Alternate the subcode of the check code are duplicated).
blinking
E04
There is no outdoor terminator resistor or ON Check SW30 bit 2 of the header unit.
there are two or more terminator resistor. 1 2 No connection between multiple refrigerant lines:
(After address setup, when terminator SW30 bit 2 is on.
resistor setup is changed after powering-on) SW30 Connection between multiple refrigerant lines:
E07 SW30 bit 2 of the connected header unit is turned on
only for one line.
Transmission circuit trouble at the interface side Replace the interface PC board.
(PC board failure)
After address setup, communication from all the Check and correct disconnection of the indoor/
indoor units is interrupted under the condition that a outdoor communication line (the communication line
E06 normal operation can be performed. between the header unit and the leading indoor
unit).
Check for the influence of communication noise.
E16 -XX Exceeded the number or capacity of connected Adjust the number or capacity of connected indoor
E16 Alternate indoor units units.
blinking
Communication between outdoor units has stopped. Check the number of connected outdoor units.
E23 E23
Check that outdoor unit power is on.
Duplication of outdoor addresses (only when an Do not use manual setup for outdoor addresses.
E25 E25
outdoor address was manually set up)
Number of connected outdoor units has decreased. Correction of the cause of trouble occurrence
E26 -XX • When installing an outdoor backup • If it occurs when installing a backup, clear the
E26 Alternate • The power of a follower unit is not turned on. trouble after setup finishes.
blinking • If the power of a follower unit is not turned on, turn
on the power.
Duplication of outdoor line addresses Modify the line address setup of the header unit
• Line address setup trouble (occurred between lines. (Set up SW13 and SW14 on the
L04 L04
after connection between U1/U2 and interface PC board.)
U3/U4 connectors)
L05(*) L06 Duplication of indoor units with priority Set up priority only for one indoor unit.
There are two or more indoor units set up with Among indoor units indicating “L05,” set one unit
L06(*)
priority. with priority.
Address setup trouble Set up the addresses again.
L08 L08 • Only indoor addresses of all the connected indoor Modify the setup.
units are undefined.
* “L05”: Displayed on the indoor unit set up with priority

“L06”: Displayed on the indoor units except the one set up with priority
− 97 −
8-5-2. Operation from the indoor remote control is not accepted,
and a check code is displayed on the 7-segment display of the
interface PC board of the header unit.
Indoor remote Header unit
control 7-segment Cause Countermeasures
status display
Line addresses and indoor addresses of all the connected Set up addresses.
L08 indoor units are not set.
There is no header unit of group control. Set up a group address.
Indoor unit power is not turned on. Turn on the power again. (In the order:
indoor outdoor)
Indoor/outdoor communication line is not correctly connected Correct wiring
to the U1/U2 terminal of the header unit ( Fig. 1). (Indoor/
E19 -00 outdoor cannot communicate before address setup.)
Alternate
blinking There is no of outdoor terminator resistor, or there ON Check SW30 bit 2 of the header unit.
are two or more resistances (before address setup). 1 2 No connection between multiple refrigerant
lines: SW30 bit 2 is on.
No response
SW30 Connection between multiple refrigerant
lines: SW30 bit 2 of the connected header
unit is turned on only for one line.
When connecting an indoor/outdoor communication line Correct wiring
E19 -02 between outdoor units under the condition of a connected
Alternate communication line between outdoor units ( Fig. 2).
blinking
SW08 setup trouble T u r n a l l SW 0 8 s w i tch es t o “ of f. ”
Address setup is performed with connecting an indoor/ Correct wiring
E20 -01 outdoor communication line between outdoor units ( Fig. 3).
Alternate
blinking Address setup is performed under the condition of Correct wiring
connecting multiple refrigerant lines ( Fig. 3).
8-5-3. There is no display of a check code on the 7-segment display

on the interface PC board of the header unit, although there
is indoor unit that is not accepting operation from the indoor
remote control.
Indoor remote Header unit
control 7-segment Cause Countermeasures
status display
The communication line is not connected between indoor Improve the wiring.
and outdoor (the unit that does not respond to the indoor
remote control).
Line address and indoor address are not set (the unit that Set up the address.
does not respond to the indoor remote control).
No response None The power of the header unit of the group is not turned on in Turn on the power.
indoor group control (the unit that does not respond to the
indoor remote control).
Group address is set to the follower unit for individual control Set the group address to “0” in the case of
(the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote individual control.
control).
The power is not turned on (the unit that is not displayed on Turn on the power.
the indoor remote control).
The indoor remote control is not connected with a wire (the Improve the wiring.
unit that is not displayed on the indoor remote control).
No display on the
indoor remote Miswiring of the indoor remote control (the unit that is not Improve the wiring.
None displayed on the indoor remote control)
controller (no line
is output.)
Indoor remote control communication circuit trouble (the Remove the quick connect terminal
unit that is not displayed on the indoor remote control) connected to indoor remote control
If 460 V is incorrectly applied to the indoor remote control terminals A/B, and check the voltage. If
terminal, the remote control communication circuit fails. voltage is not applied (normally 15 to 18 V),
replace the PC board.
− 98 −
8-5-4. In checking the number of connected outdoor units and
connected indoor units after address setup, a lower number of
connected units is displayed. (There are outdoor/indoor units
that do not operate in a test operation.)
Status Cause Countermeasures
The number of Miswiring of communication lines between outdoor units After improvement of wiring, set up the addresses again
connected or an unconnected wire ( Fig. 4). (Address setup and check the number of connected outdoor units.
outdoor units is operation finished without recognizing a miswired
too few. follower unit.)
Miswiring of communication lines between indoor units After modification of wiring, set up the addresses again and
The number of or an unconnected wire ( Fig. 5). (Address setup check the number of connected indoor units.
connected indoor
units is too few. operation finished without recognizing a miswired indoor
unit.)
The indoor remote control is not connected with wire. Using the main indoor remote control connected to a group,
Miswiring of the indoor remote control start a test operation, specify the unit that is not operating (the
The number of unit not connected to the group), and then check the wiring.
indoor units
connected to a Indoor remote control communication circuit trouble Using the main indoor remote control connected to a group,
group is too few in If 208/230 V is incorrectly applied to the remote control start a test operation and then specify the unit that is not
group operation terminal, the remote control communication circuit fails. operating (the unit not connected to the group). Remove the
from an indoor
remote control. quick connect terminal connected to remote control terminals
A/B, and check the voltage. If voltage is not applied (normally
15 to18 V), replace the PC board.
− 99 −
Miswiring example
Remote Header unit
Figure control 7-segment Miswiring example
status display
Header unit Header unit
U3 U4 U5 U6
No
Fig. 1 E19-00
response
U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2
Header unit Follower unit
U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U5 U6
No
Fig. 2 E19-02
response
U1 U2 U1 U2
Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit
[Line 1] [Line 2]
U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 U5 U6 U1 U2 U1 U2
No
Fig. 3 E20-01
response
U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 U1U2 U1 U2
Figure Status Miswiring example

The number of connected
outdoor units is too few.
Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit
U1 U2 U3 U4 U1 U2 U3 U4 U1 U2 U5 U6
Fig. 4
U1 U2 U1 U2
or or
U3 U4 U3 U4
or
U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2
U5 U6
The number of connected

indoor units is too few.
Header unit Follower unit
U1 U2 U1 U2
Fig. 5
Wiring forgotten
U1 U2 A B U1 U2 U1 U2
− 100 −
8-6. Test Operation Check
8-6-1. Fan Check
START
Check code
appears
Push the Start/Stop button on the remote control. When a check code has been
displayed on the remote
control, remove the cause of
the trouble, referring to
Check code "Check code and check
appears position displayed on remote
Select the " Fan" operating mode. control and outdoor unit."
Is air discharged from the discharge port of NO Check the indoor fan, fan
the indoor unit? motor, and fan circuit.
YES
NO Check positions around the

Is the sound normal?
fan.
YES
Normal
Check every indoor unit in turn.
− 101 −
8-6-2. Cooling/heating Test Operation Check
The cooling/heating test operation check can be performed on both the indoor remote control and the
outdoor header unit interface PC board.
(1) Test operation start/stop operation
Test operation from the indoor remote control
• Wired remote control: Refer to the items below in “Test operation” of the wired remote control.
• Wireless remote control: Refer to the items below in “Test operation” of the wireless remote control.
• Wired (Lite-Vision plus) remote control : Refer to the installation manual of RBC-AMS54-UL
Wired remote control Wireless remote control (Except the 4-
way Cassette type and the Ceiling type)
Procedure Operation content
When the Test button is pushed for 4 seconds or Test run (Forced cooling operation)
more, “TEST” is displayed in the display section,
and the unit enters test operating mode. Requirement:
• Finish the forced cooling operation in a short
1 time because it applies excessive strength to the
air conditioner.
How to perform forced cooling operation
1. When TEMPORARY button is pushed for 10
seconds or more, “Pi!” sound is heard and the
2 Push the button. operation changes to a forced cooling operation.
After approx. 3 minutes, a cooling operation starts
Using the Select Mode button, select the
“ COOL” or “ HEAT” operating mode. forcedly.
• Do not use an operating mode other than Check cool air starts blowing. If the operation does
“ COOL” or “ HEAT”. not start, check wiring again.
• Temperature adjustment is unavailable during
test operation.
2. To stop a test operation, push TEMPORARY
3 • Check code is detected as usual. button once again (Approx. 1 second).
• Check wiring / piping of the indoor and outdoor
units after forced cooling operation.
When the test operation has finished, push the

button to stop the operation.
4 (The same display as in procedure 1 appears in
the display section.)
Push the Test button to clear the test operating mode.
TEMPORARY button
(“TEST” disappears from the display section, and
the status returns to the normal stopped status.)
2, 4
3
1, 5
− 102 −
Wireless remote control Wireless remote control
(4-way Cassette type) (Ceiling type)
Test run (Forced cooling operation) Test run (Forced cooling operation)
Requirement: Requirement:
• Finish the forced cooling operation in a short • Finish the forced cooling operation in a short
time because it applies excessive strength to the time because it applies excessive strength to the
air conditioner. air conditioner.
How to perform forced cooling operation How to perform forced cooling operation
1. When TEMPORARY button is pushed for 10 1. When TEMPORARY button is pushed for 10
seconds or more, “Pi!” sound is heard and the seconds or more, “Pi!” sound is heard and the
operation changes to a forced cooling operation. operation changes to a forced cooling operation.
After approx. 3 minutes, a cooling operation starts After approx. 3 minutes, a cooling operation starts
forcedly. forcedly.
Check cool air starts blowing. If the operation does Check cool air starts blowing. If the operation does
not start, check wiring again. not start, check wiring again.
2. To stop a test operation, push TEMPORARY 2. To stop a test operation, push TEMPORARY
button once again (Approx. 1 second). button once again (Approx. 1 second).
• Check wiring / piping of the indoor and outdoor • Check wiring / piping of the indoor and outdoor
units in forced cooling operation. units in forced cooling operation.
TEMPORARY button
TEMPORARY
button
Test operation from the outdoor unit

• Refer to “8-7-2. Function to Start/Stop (ON/OFF) Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit” in “8-7. Service Support
Function.”
Note: The test operation returns to normal operating mode after 60 minutes.
− 103 −
(2) Test operation
START
Test operation for every indoor unit in turn
Refer to "Test operation

Test operation for one indoor unit procedure" of the indoor remote
control.
The operation does not start for

approximately 3 minutes after
Operation starts powering-on or stopping operation.
Note: After powering-on, it may
require up to 10 minutes to start
the operation due to the initial
communications of the system.
NO Check the operating status of the
Is cold air or hot air discharged?
compressor.
YES
NO
Is air circulation sufficient? Check the direction of the louver.
YES
Execute a test operation using

Operate all the indoor units at once. "Start/Stop Function of the Indoor
Unit from Outdoor Unit" in the
"Service Support Function" section.
Note 1
Is there adequate temperature difference NO
between suction and discharge?
YES
• Check power voltage of

Is the operatingvoltage correct? NO the main power supply.
(208/230 V ±10%) • Check the cable size of
YES the power supply.
Note 2
NO • Check the temperature load of the
Is the operating current normal?
indoor/outdoor units.
• Check the pipe length and refrigerant
YES amount.
Note 3
NO • Check the operating Hz of the
Is the operating pressure normal? compressor.
• Check the operation of the outdoor
fans.
• Check for abnormal sound in the
outdoor unit.
(Abnormal sound, etc. of the
YES compressor and other components)
Normal
Notes 1-3 are on the next page.
− 104 −
8-7. Service Support Function
8-7-1. Check Function for Connecting of Refrigerant and Control Lines
This function is provided to check misconnection of the refrigerant pipes and the control transmission line (Wiring
over lines) between indoor unit and outdoor unit by using the switch on the interface P.C. board of the header unit.
However, be sure to check the following items prior to executing this check function.
1 This check function does not work when a group operation by remote control is performed and
it is used over outdoor units.
2 When using this check system, be sure to check for each 1 line in the unit of outdoor unit. If
checking the multiple lines at the same time, misjudgment may be caused.
(Check procedure)
Power ON Be sure to turn on the power at indoor

side before power-ON of outdoor unit.
System capacity check (7-segment display)

Set the rotary switches SW01/SW02/SW03 on the interface [A] [B]
P.C. board of the header unit to [1/2/3]. Then the system
[ .] [ t]
capacity is displayed on 7-segment display [A]. Check that
this display surely matches with the expected system
capacity. System capacity
Check No. of outdoor units (7-segment display)

Set the rotary switches SW01/SW02/SW03 on the interface
[A] [B]
P.C. board of the header unit to [1/3/3]. Then No. of outdoor
units connected to the system is displayed on 7-segment [ .] [ P]
display [A]. Check that this display surely matches with the
expected No. of outdoor units. No. of
connected
outdoor units
Check No. of indoor units/No. of units with cooling thermostat (7-segment display)
ON
[A] [B]
P.C. board of the header unit to [1/4/3]. Then No. of indoor [ .] [C ]
units connected to the system is displayed on 7-segment
display [A]. Check that this display surely matches with the No. of No. of units
expected No. of indoor units. connected with cooling
outdoor thermostat ON
units
Check No. of indoor units/No. of units with heating (7-segment display)

thermostat ON
[A] [B]
P.C. board of the header unit to [1/5/3]. Then No. of indoor [ .] [H ]
units connected to the system is displayed on 7-segment
No. of No. of units
display [A]. Check that this display surely matches with the
connected with heating
expected No. of indoor units. outdoor thermostat ON
units
Indoor temperature [ °F (°C)]
89.6 (32)
Check incorrect wiring (7-segment display) SW02 to SW02 to

According to the indoor temperature, select one of the [A] [B] [2] [1]
following items for setup of the rotary switches on the (Heating) (Cooling)
interface P.C. board of the header unit. Cooling [ J .C ] [ ]
54.4 (18)
Cooling: SW01/SW02/SW03 to [2/1/1] Heating [ J .H ] [ ]
Heating: SW01/SW02/SW03 to [2/2/1]
14 (-10) 50 (10) 122 (50)
Outdoor temperature [°F (°C)]
− 105 −
Note 1: Criteria for the difference between suction and discharge temperatures
(1) Cooling operation
After operating for a minimum of 30 minutes in “COOL” mode, if the T dry bulb temperature difference between
suction and discharge air of the indoor unit is 46.4°F (8°C) or more, it is
normal.(2) Heating operation
After operating for a minimum of 30 minutes in “HEAT” mode, if the T dry bulb temperature difference
between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit is 59°F (15°C) or more, it is normal.
* If demand from the indoor unit on the outdoor unit is low because the difference between the temperature set
by the remote control and the temperature of the room is small, then the T temperature difference is small.
* Consider that T temperature difference may diminish in cases of a system in which the connected indoor unit
capacity exceeds the outdoor unit capacity, the pipe length is long, or a large difference exists among outdoor
units.
Note 2: Criteria for operating power current

The table below shows the maximum current for each outdoor unit. Under standard conditions, operating current
is about 80% of the value shown in the table below.
Outdoor unit MMY- MAP072* MAP096* MAP120* MAP144* MAP168*
Current value (A) 27 36 45.4 54 69
Note 3: Criteria for cycle status

(1) These data are based on operating a 4-way Air Discharge Cassette type air conditioner of 100% connection
with standard piping length.
Data may vary depending on temperature conditions, installed pipe length, and room shape combinations, or
indoor unit connection capacity.
For pressure criteria in different temperature conditions, refer to (2).
Number of compressor
Pressure Pipe surface tenperature Air temperature
rations
(psi) (oF) condition (°F)
(rps)
Outdoor unit Operating
Indoor Outdoor Indoor fan
MMY- mode Liquid
Discharge Suction heat heat Compressor Compressor
PD PS temperature Indoor Outdoor
(TD) (TS) exchanger exchanger 1 2
(TL3)
(TCJ) (TE)
Cooling 402 122 181 55 48 104 92 59 55 High 80/67 95/-
MMP072*
Heating 374 91 184 41 95 33 89 68 64 High 70/- 47/43
Cooling 426 126 182 54 50 112 99 62 58 High 80/67 95/-
MMP096*
Heating 408 84 189 36 102 29 95 71 67 High 70/- 47/43
Cooling 441 126 191 54 50 112 99 67 63 High 80/67 95/-
MMP120*
Heating 408 84 198 34 102 27 95 75 71 High 70/- 47/43
Cooling 426 123 192 57 50 107 99 70 66 High 80/67 95/-
MMP144*
Heating 408 86 200 37 102 31 96 83 79 High 70/- 47/43
Cooling 441 123 201 57 50 107 99 85 51 High 80/67 95/-
MMP168*
Heating 408 86 209 35 102 29 96 92 89 High 70/- 47/43
* This compressor is driven with a 4-pole motor. The value of the compressor frequency (rps) measured with a clamp meter at the compressor
lead line is two times the rotation count (rps) of the compressor.
* Each compressor may have a different frequency as a measure against resonance.
* The temperature of the indoor heat exchanger (TC) indicates TCJ sensor temperature when cooling, and TC2 sensor temperature when
heating, respectively.
(2) Criteria for operating pressure

Operating mode Cooling Heating
o
Indoor temperature ( F) 64-90 59-77
o
Outdoor temperature ( F) 77-95 41-50
High pressure (psi) 290-540 365-480
Pressure
Low pressure (psi) 70-130 70-105
* Criteria after 15 minutes or more has passed since operating started
(3) On rotations of outdoor fans

Outdoor fans may rotate slowly to control pressure when cooling with low outer air temperature or heating
with excessive load. For control content, also refer to items in Section 6 “Control Outline: Outdoor Unit,
Outdoor Fan Control.”
− 106 −
A
Operation start (7-segment display)

Press the push-switch SW04 on the interface P.C.
[A] [B]
board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more. The
operation starts. Cooling [ C ] [ CC ] Operation
Check that 7-segment display [B] shows [ CC] for Heating [ H ] [ HH ]
cooling and [ HH] for heating.
Confirmation of check results (1) (7-segment display) This check operation

Check that No. of misconnected indoor units is
[A] [B] requires 15 minutes
displayed on 7-segment display [B] after 15 minutes.
even if there is no
(If there is no misconnection, [00P] is displayed.) [ ] [ # # P]
misconnection or there
is any misconnection.
No. of misconnected
C or H indoor units
Confirmation of check results (2) (7-segment display)

Press the push-switch SW05 on the interface P.C. board
[A] [B]
of the header unit for 2 seconds or more. The indoor
address in which check code is being detected is [ ] [ ##]
displayed on 7-segment display [B]. If there are multiple
indoor address in which check code is being detected, Address display
C or H
they are successively exchanged and displayed. of misconnected
indoor unit
(When SW05 is turned on again, the display returns to
display of No. of units.)
After check, return the rotary switches (7-segment display)

SW01/SW02/SW03 on the interface P.C. board of the
header unit to [1/1/1]. [A] [B]
[U1] [ ]
7-segment display [A] 7-segment display [B]
SW04 SW05
SW01 SW02 SW03

<Rotary switches>
− 107 −
8-7-2. Function to Start/Stop (ON/OFF) Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit
The following functions of the indoor unit can start or stop by the switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit.
No Function Outline Setup/Release 7-segment display
Cooling test Changes the mode of all the [Setup] Section A Section B
operation connected indoor units collectively Set SW01/SW02/SW03 to [2/5/1], and [C. ] [ – C]
to cooling test operation. press SW04 for 2 seconds or more.
1 Note) [Release]
Control operation same as usual Return SW01/SW02/SW03 to [1/1/1].
test operation from remote
control is performed.
Heating test Changes the mode of all the [Setup] Section A Section B
operation connected indoor units collectively Set SW01/SW02/SW03 to [2/6/1], and [H. ] [ – H]
to heating test operation. press SW04 for 2 seconds or more.
2 Note) [Release]
Control operation same as usual Return SW01/SW02/SW03 to [1/1/1].
test operation from remote
3 Fan test Changes operation mode of all the [Setup] Section A Section B
operation connected indoor units collectively Set SW01/SW02/SW03 to [2/9/1], and [F. ] [ – F]
to test operation mode. push SW04 for 2 seconds or more.
Note) Control operation same as [Release]
usual test operation from remote Return SW01/SW02/SW03 to [1/1/1].
Batch start Starts all the connected indoor [Setup] Section A Section B
units collectively. Set SW01/SW02/SW03 to [2/7/1], and [C.H] [ 11]
Note) press SW04 for 2 seconds or more.
[ 00] is displayed on Section B for 5
The contents follow to the [Release]
seconds.
setup of remote control. Return SW01/SW02/SW03 to [1].
4
Batch stop Stops all the connected indoor [Setup] Section A Section B
units collectively. Set SW01/SW02/SW03 to [2/7/1], and [C.H] [ 00]
press SW05 for 2 seconds or more.
[ 00] is displayed on Section B for 5
[Release]
seconds.
Return SW01/SW02/SW03 to [1].
Individual Starts the specified indoor unit. [Setup] Section A Section B
start Notes) Set SW01 to [16], set SW02 and SW03 [ ] [ ]
• The contents follow to the to address No. (1 to 64) to be started,
Section A: Displays the
setup of remote control. and press SW04 for 2 seconds or more.
corresponding indoor address.
• The other indoor units keep [Release]
Section B: Displays [ 11] for 5
the status as they are. Return SW01/SW02/SW03 to [1/1/1].
seconds from operation-ON.
Individual Stops the specified indoor unit. [Setup] Section A Section B
stop Note) Set SW01 to [16], set SW02 and SW03 [ ] [ ]
The other indoor units keep the to address No. (1 to 64) to be stopped,
5 Section A: Displays the
status as they are. and press SW05 for 2 seconds or more.
[Release]
Section B: Displays [ 00] for 5
Return SW01/SW02/SW03 to [1/1/1].
seconds from operation-OFF.
Individual Operates the specified indoor unit. [Setup] Section A Section B
test Note) Set SW01 to [16], set SW02 and SW03 [ ] [ ]
operation The other indoor units keep the to address No. to be operated, and
Section A: Displays the
status as they are. press SW04 for 10 seconds or more.
[Release]
Section B: Displays [ FF] for 5
Return SW01/SW02/SW03 to [1/1/1].
seconds from test operation-ON.
NOTE 1) This start/stop function only sends the signals from the outdoor unit to the indoor unit, such as start, stop,
operation mode, etc. It does not resend the signals even if the indoor unit does not follow the sent signals.
NOTE 2) The above controls are not used during abnormal stop.
SW04 SW05
SW01 SW02 SW03

<Rotary switches>
− 108 −
(1) Cooling test operation function
This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for
the cooling test operation mode, by using switches on the interface board of the header unit.
<Operation procedure>
Power ON Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side

before power-ON of outdoor unit.
Set SW01/SW02/SW03 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit

to [2/5/1]. ([C. ] is displayed on 7-segment display [A].)
Press SW04 on the same board for 2 seconds or more. Start
[Test run] is displayed on the remote control of

the indoor unit to be operated. [A] [B]
Check that [ – C] is displayed on 7-segment
display [B] on the interface P.C. board of the [C. ] [ – C] Operation check
header unit.
Return SW01/SW02/SW03 on the interface P.C. board of the header

unit to [1/1/1], Stop/End
or press the push-switch SW05 for 2 seconds or more.
SW04 SW05
SW01 SW02 SW03

<Rotary switches>
NOTE) The test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes.
− 109 −
(2) Heating test operation function
This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for
the heating test operation mode, by using switches on the interface board of the header unit.
0
Power ON Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side

before power-ON of outdoor unit.

to [2/6/1].
([H ] is displayed on 7-segment display [A].)

the indoor unit to be operated. Check that [ – H] [A] [B]
is displayed on 7-segment display [B] on the Operation check
[H. ] [ – H]
interface P.C. board of the header unit.
Return SW01/SW02/SW03 on the interface P.C. board of the header

unit to [1/1/1], Stop/End
or press the push-switch SW05 for 2 seconds or more.
SW04 SW05
SW01 SW02 SW03

<Rotary switches>
NOTE) The test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes.
− 110 −
(3) Fan test operation function
This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same
system for the fan test operation mode by using switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit.
Power ON Be sure to turn on power of the indoor unit
and then turn on power supplies at outdoor unit side.
Match [SW01/SW02/SW03] on the interface P.C.board of the header

unit to [2/5/1]. (7-segment display [A] changes to [F. ].)
Push the push switch SW4 for 2 seconds or more on the P.C. board. Operation

the indoor unit to be operated. Check that [A] [B]
7-segment display [B] on the interface P.C. board
[F. ] [ – F] Operation check
of the header unit changed to [– C]
Return [SW01/SW02/Sw03] on the interface P.C. board of the header

unit to [1/1/1]. Stop/End
or push the push switch [SW05] for 2 seconds or more.
SW04 SW05
SW01 SW02 SW03

<Rotary switches>
NOTE) The test operation ends after 60 minutes and the operation returns to normal status.
− 111 −
(4) Batch start/stop (ON/OFF) function
This function is provided to start/stop collectively all the indoor units connected to the same system by using
switches on the interface board of the header unit.
0
Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side

Power ON before power-ON of outdoor unit.
If a check code is already displayed with SW01/SW02/SW03

being [1/1/1], return the status to normal one according to
troubleshooting and then execute a test operation.
Set up the operation mode of the remote control. The unit which is not given with priority by heating
(If it is not set up, the operation continues with the current mode.) priority control, cooling priority control, and selection
(FAN/COOL/HEAT) of cooling or heating mode is not operated.
In this case, " operation ready" or " operation
mode controlled" is displayed on the remote control.

to [2/7/1].
([C.H ] is displayed on 7-segment display [A].)
The indoor unit to be started operates. Operation check

If the discharge temperature does not change
though COOL or HEAT has been set up from
the remote control, misconnection is considered.
Press the push-switch SW05 on the interface P.C. board of the

header unit for 2 seconds or more. Stop
After test operation, return the rotary switches SW01/SW02/SW03 on

the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [1/1/1]. End
SW04 SW05
SW01 SW02 SW03

<Rotary switches>
− 112 −
(5) Individual start/stop (ON/OFF) individual test operation function
This function is provided to start/stop (ON/OFF) individually each indoor unit connected to the same system by
using switches on the interface board of the header unit.
Set SW01 [16] and set SW02, SW03 to indoor address No. (1 to 64) to be started (Refer to the following table*) -
only the setup indoor unit starts operation.
(In the rotary switches of the indoor unit which operates in a group by the remote control, the follower unit cannot
be individually started or stopped. In this case, [ - - ] is displayed on 7-segment display [B] on the interface P.C.
board of the header unit.)
0
Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side

Power ON before power-ON of outdoor unit.
If a check code is already displayed with SW01/SW02/SW03
being [1/1/1], return the status to normal one according to
troubleshooting and then execute a test operation.
The unit which is not given with priority by heating

priority control, cooling priority control, and selection
Set up the operation mode of the remote control. of cooling or heating mode is not operated.
(If it is not set up, the operation continues with the In this case, " operation ready" or " operation
current mode.) mode controlled" is displayed on the remote control.
SW04 SW05
Match the rotary (7-segment display)

switches on the [A] [B]
interface P.C. [ ] [ ]
board of the
header unit to the Address display [ 00] is displayed
following table*. of corresponding for 5 seconds after
indoor unit operation-ON.
SW01 SW02 SW03

<Rotary switches>
Press the push-switch SW04 on the same board for 2 (7-segment display)
seconds or more. [A] [B]
(If pressed continuously for 10 seconds or more, the [ ] [ ] Start
operation changes to the individual test operation.)
Address display [ 11] is displayed for 5 seconds after operation-ON.
of corresponding (For individual test operation, [ FF] is displayed.)
indoor unit
The indoor unit to be started operates. Operation check
If the discharge temperature does not change

though COOL or HEAT has been set up from
the remote control, misconnection is considered.
*
Press the push-switch SW05 (7-segment display) SW01 SW02 SW03 Units to be operated
on the interface P.C. board of [A] [B] Address 1 to
the header unit for 2 seconds [ ] [ ] 16 1~16 1 Address 16 } In individual
or more. individually start/stop
Address display [ 00] is displayed
of corresponding for 5 seconds after Address 17 to
indoor unit operation-ON. 16 1~16 2 Address 32 }
individually
Address 33 to
16 1~16 3 Address 48 }
After test operation, return the display select switches individually
SW01/SW02/SW03 on the interface P.C. board of the End
Address 49 to
header unit to [1/1/1].
16 1~16 4 Address 64 }
individually
NOTE) The individual test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes.
− 113 −
8-7-3. Check code Clearing Function
(1)Clearing from the main remote control
Check code clearing in outdoor unit
Check code of the outdoor unit currently detected is cleared by the unit of one refrigerant circuit system to which
the indoor units operated by the remote control is connected. (Check code of the indoor unit is not cleared.)
For clearing check codes, the service monitor function of the remote control is used.
<Method>
1 Change the mode to service monitor mode by pushing + buttons simultaneously for 4
seconds or more.
2 Using buttons, set CODE No. to “FF”.
3 The display in Section A in the following figure is counted with interval of 5 seconds as
“0005” --> “0004” --> “0003” --> “0002” --> “0001” --> “0000”.
When the count arrives “0000”, the check code is cleared.
*However, counting from “0005” is repeated on the display.
4 When button is pushed, the status returns to the normal status.
3 Section A
TEMP. ON / OFF
TIME SAVE VENT
FILTER
4 1
Check code clearing in indoor unit
Check code in the indoor unit is cleared by button on the remote control.
(Only check code of the indoor unit connected with operating remote control is cleared.)
− 114 −
(2)Clearing check code by using switches on the interface board of the header unit
Using the switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit, this function is to clear the currently
detected check code for each refrigerant circuit system without resetting the power supply.
Check codes in both outdoor and indoor units are once cleared, and check code detection is performed again.
Set the rotary switches on the interface P.C. board of 7-segment display
the header unit as follows. [A] [B]
Set SW01/SW02/SW03 to [2/16/1] [ E r ][ ]
Press the push-switch SW04 on the same board for

5 seconds or more.
[ C L] is displayed in 7-segment display [B] on the 7-segment display

board (for 5 seconds), and Check code is completely [A] [B]
cleared. [ E r ][ C L]
Interface P.C. board

SW04 SW05
SW01 SW02 SW03

<Rotary switches>
(3)Clearing check code by resetting power

This function is provided to clear check code in a system by resetting the power of all the outdoor and the indoor
units. As same as the clearing method by the interface P.C. board, check codes of both the outdoor and the
indoor units are once cleared, and check code detection is performed again.
<Method>
(1) Be sure to reset power of both the outdoor and the indoor units.
(2) Turn on the power of the indoor unit prior to the power of the outdoor unit.
(If the power is turned on in reverse order, a check code [E19] (No. of header unit trouble is output.)
NOTE) After power reset, it requires usually 3 minutes to power-on due to the initial communication of the
system. In some cases, it requires max. 10 minutes.
− 115 −
8-7-4. Remote Control Distinction Function
This function is provided to distinguish the remote control connected to the indoor unit from the outdoor unit for a
refrigerant circuit system by using switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit.
<Distinction procedure>
Power ON Be sure to turn on the power of the indoor unit

prior to the power of the outdoor unit.
Set the display select switches on the 7-segment display

interface P.C. board of the header unit [A] [B]
as follows: [A1] [ ]
Set SW01/SW02/SW03 to [2/4/1]
Operation
Press the push-switch SW04 on the 7-segment display

same board for 2 seconds or more. [A] [B]
[ A 1 ] [ FF]
"Checking" display of the

connected remote control flashes. Check the connected remote control
Press the push-switch SW05 on the

interface P.C. board of the header End
unit for 2 seconds or more.
Other end conditions:

1. 10 minutes have passed
2. SW01, SW02, or SW03 changed to other
position.

SW04 SW05
SW01 SW02 SW03

<Rotary switches>
− 116 −
8-7-5. Pulse Motor Valve (PMV) Forced Open/Close Function in Indoor
Unit
This function is provided to open or close forcedly PMV for 2 minutes in all the indoor units by the switch operation
on the interface P.C. board of the header unit.
This function is also used to open PMV fully when turning off the power and executing an operation.
<Operation>
[Open fully]
Set the switches SW01/SW02/SW03 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [2/3/1], and press SW04 for
2 seconds or more.
(Display appears on 7-segment display for 2 minutes as follows.) [P ] [ FF]
[Close fully]
Set the switches SW01/SW02/SW03 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [2/3/1], and press SW05 for
2 seconds or more.
(Display appears on 7-segment display for one minute as follows.) [P ] [ 00]
[Clear]
After 2 minutes (1 minutes for “Close fully”) after setting up, the opening automatically returns to the normal
opening.
8-7-6. Pulse Motor Valve (PMV) Forced Open Fully/Close fully

Function in Outdoor Unit
This function is provided to forcedly open or close fully P.M.V. (PMV1/PMV3, PMV4) used in the outdoor unit for 2
minutes.
[PMV1 Open fully]

On the interface board of the outdoor unit, set the DIP switch [SW12·bit1] to [OFF], [SW12·bit2] to [OFF], and
short-circuit CN30.
[PMV1 Close fully]

On the interface board of the outdoor unit, set the DIP switch [SW12·bit1] to [OFF], [SW12·bit2] to [OFF], and
short-circuit CN31.
[PMV3 Open fully]

On the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit, set the DIP switch [SW12·bit1] to [ON], [SW12·bit2] to
[OFF], and shortcircuit CN30.
[PMV3 Close fully]

On the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit, set the DIP switch [SW12·bit1] to [ON], [SW12·bit2] to
[OFF], and shortcircuit CN31.
[PMV4 Open fully]
On the interface board of the outdoor unit, set the DIP switch [SW12·bit1] to [OFF], [SW12·bit2] to [ON], and
short-circuit CN30.
[PMV4 Close fully]

On the interface board of the outdoor unit, set the DIP switch [SW12·bit1] to [OFF], [SW12·bit2] to [ON], and
short-circuit CN31.
[Clear]
For both open fully and close fully, after 2 minutes, the opening returns to the normal opening.
Be sure to remove the cord used for short-circuit after confirmation, and set the DIP switch [SW12·bit1] to
[OFF] and [SW12·bit2] to [OFF].
− 117 −
8-7-7. Solenoid Valve Forced Open/Close Function in Outdoor Unit
This function is provided to forcedly open each solenoid valve mounted in the outdoor unit by the switch operation
on the interface P.C. board in the outdoor unit. Use this function to check there is no refrigerant clogging with ON/
OFF operation of the solenoid valve.
[Operation]
(1) Set the switches SW01/SW02/SW03 on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit to [2/1/3].
(2) When [H. r] is displayed in 7-segment display [A], keep pressing the switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more.
(3) From when [ 2 ] is displayed in 7-segment display [B], SV2 is turned on.
(4) After then, ON and OFF of each solenoid valve are exchanged by changing the setup number of the switch
SW02.
(ON/OFF output pattern of each solenoid valve is as shown below.)
NOTE 1) Display in 7-segment display [B] is exchanged just when the number of SW02 has been changed; on the
other hand, the solenoid valve output is exchanged when SW02 has been kept with the same number for
5 seconds or more.
NOTE 2) The mark [O] in the table indicates that the corresponding solenoid valve is forcedly turned on.
NOTE 3) The mark [-] in the table indicates that ON/OFF of the solenoid valve is controlled based upon the
specifications of the air conditioner.
NOTE 4) The mark [×] in the table indicates that the corresponding solenoid valve is forcedly turned off with this
operation.
NOTE 5) The case heater output is for both the compressor and accumulator heaters.
7-segment Operation pattern of solenoid valve Case heater
SW02
display [B] SV2 SV52 SV41 SV42 SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D SV3E SV61 output relay
1 [2-] 〇 - - - - - - - 〇 - 〇
3 [52] - 〇 - - - - - - 〇 - 〇
4 [41] - - 〇 - - - - - 〇 - 〇
5 [42] - - - 〇 - - - - 〇 - 〇
7 [3A] - - - - 〇 - - - 〇 - 〇
8 [3b] - - - - - 〇 - - 〇 - 〇
9 [3C] - - - - - - 〇 × 〇 - 〇
10 [3d] - - - - - - - 〇 × - 〇
11 [3-] - - - - 〇〇〇 × 〇 - 〇
12 [61] - - - - - - - - 〇〇〇
13-15 - - - - - - - - 〇 - 〇
16 [ALL] 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇
[Clear]
Return switches SW01/SW02/SW03 on the interface P.C. board to [1/1/1].
NOTE) As this function is not based on the specified general control, be sure to release this mode after checking.
− 118 −
8-7-8. Fan Operation Check in Outdoor Unit
This function is provided to check the fan operation of the outdoor unit by using switches on the interface P.C. board
in the outdoor unit. The frequency of the fan speed can be controlled by setting of the switches. Use this function
to check the operation or abnormal sound in the fan system. And, use this function while the system is stopped.
NOTE) Do not use this function during operation of the compressor. It may damage the compressor.
Two fans move synchronously in two fan model (MMY-MAP0969* to MAP1689*).
[Operation]
(1) Set the switches SW01/SW02/SW03 on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit to [2/1/4].
(2) When [F. d] is displayed in 7-segment display [A], keep pressing the switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more.
(3) When [ 63 ] is displayed in 7-segment display [B], the fan starts operation. (Max. mode operation)
(4) After that, by changing the setup number of the switches SW02 and SW03, 7-segment display [B] and the fan
mode are changed.
(Mode output pattern of the fan is as follows.)
SW02 SW03 7-segment display [B] Fan mode SW02 SW03 7-segment display [B] Fan mode
1 [ 63 ] 63 1 [ 31 ] 31
2 [ 62 ] 62 2 [ 30 ] 30
3 [ 61 ] 61 3 [ 29 ] 29
4 [ 60 ] 60 4 [ 28 ] 28
5 [ 59 ] 59 5 [ 27 ] 27
6 [ 58 ] 58 6 [ 26 ] 26
7 [ 57 ] 57 7 [ 25 ] 25
8 [ 56 ] 56 8 [ 24 ] 24
4 6
9 [ 55 ] 55 9 [ 23 ] 23
10 [ 54 ] 54 10 [ 22 ] 22
11 [ 53 ] 53 11 [ 21 ] 21
12 [ 52 ] 52 12 [ 20 ] 20
13 [ 51 ] 51 13 [ 19 ] 19
14 [ 50 ] 50 14 [ 18 ] 18
15 [ 49 ] 49 15 [ 17 ] 17
16 [ 48 ] 48 16 [ 16 ] 16
1 [ 47 ] 47 1 [ 15 ] 15
2 [ 46 ] 46 2 [ 14 ] 14
3 [ 45 ] 45 3 [ 13 ] 13
4 [ 44 ] 44 4 [ 12 ] 12
5 [ 43 ] 43 5 [ 11 ] 11
6 [ 42 ] 42 6 [ 10 ] 10
7 [ 41 ] 41 7 [ 9] 9
8 [ 40 ] 40 8 [ 8] 8
5 7
9 [ 39 ] 39 9 [ 7] 7
10 [ 38 ] 38 10 [ 6] 6
11 [ 37 ] 37 11 [ 5] 5
12 [ 36 ] 36 12 [ 4] 4
13 [ 35 ] 35 13 [ 3] 3
14 [ 34 ] 34 14 [ 2] 2
15 [ 33 ] 33 15 [ 1] 1
16 [ 32 ] 32 16 [ 0] 0
[Clear]
This function is cleared by one of the following operations.
(1) When SW01 setting number was changed to other number.
(2) Press-switch SW05 was pressed for 2 seconds or more.
− 119 −
8-7-9. Abnormal Outdoor Unit Discrimination Method By Fan
Operating Function
This function is provided to forcedly operate the fan of the outdoor unit in which a check code occurred or the
fan of the normal outdoor unit by the switch operation on the interface P.C. board in the header unit.
To specify which one of the follower units connected to the system had problem, use this function for the system
stop due to a follower unit problem (Check code [E28]).
[Operation]
<In case to operate the fan in the erroneous outdoor unit only>
(1) Check that the switches SW01/SW02/SW03 on the interface P.C. board in the header unit are set to [1/1/1].
7-segment display
[A] [B]
Outdoor unit No. Check code display

(2) Press the push-switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more.
(3) [E 1] is displayed on 7-segment display [A].
(4) The fan of the outdoor unit in which problem occurred starts operation within approx. 10 seconds after [E 1]
was displayed.
<In case to operate the fans in all the normal outdoor units>
(1) Check that the switches SW01/SW02/SW03 on the interface P.C. board in the header unit are set to [1/1/1].
(2) Press the push-switches SW04 and SW05 at the same time for 2 seconds or more.
(3) [E 0] is displayed on 7-segment display [A].
(4) The fans of all the normal outdoor units start operation with the Max. fan speed within approx. 10 seconds after
[E 0] was displayed.
[Release]
Press the push-switch SW05 on the interface P.C. board in the header unit for 2 seconds or more.
The outdoor fan which was operated stops.
* Check that [U. 1] is displayed on 7-segment display [A], and then finish the work.
− 120 −
8-7-10. Manual Adjustment Function of Outside Temperature (TO)
Sensor
This function is provided to fix TO sensor value manually by the switch operation on the interface P.C. board in the
outdoor unit. When the unit stops abnormally due to TO sensor failure, etc, an emergent operation is available by
setting up the value manually to position near the current outside temperature.
[Operation]
(1) Set the rotary switches on the interface P.C. board to numbers as follows:
• SW01/SW02/SW03 to [2/1/15]
• 7-segment display: [ t o ]
(2) Keep pressing the push-switch SW04 on the interface P.C. board for 1 second or more. The mode changes to
the TO sensor value fix manual mode.
(3) As shown in the following table, TO sensor value can be fixed by setting the rotary switch SW02 on the interface
P.C. board.
[Clear]
Return SW01/SW02/SW03 on the interface P.C. board in the outdoor unit to [1/1/1].
SW02 7-segment display [B] TO sensor value

1 [ 50 ] 50 °F
2 [ 59 ] 59 °F
3 [ 68 ] 68 °F
4 [ 77 ] 77 °F
5 [ 86 ] 86 °F
6 [ 95 ] 95 °F
7 [ 104 ] 104 °F
8 [ 109 ] 109 °F
9 [ 113 ] 113 °F
10 [ 5] 5 °F
11 [ 14 ] 14 °F
12 [ 23 ] 23 °F
13 [ 32 ] 32 °F
14 [ 35 ] 35 °F
15 [ 41 ] 41 °F
16 [ 44 ] 44 °F
NOTE) If operated with TO sensor fixed by this function, the system control operation of the air conditioner may
not be based on the specification of the product. Therefore an emergent operation should be restricted
to a day or so.
When the outside temperature is 113ºF (45ºC) or more, set to 113ºF (45ºC) (SW02="9")
− 121 −
<Service support function list>
SW01 SW02 SW03 7-segment display [A] Function contents
Refrigerant circuit and control communication line check function (Cooling
1 [J . C]
operation)
Refrigerant circuit and control communication line check function (Heating
2 [J . H]
operation)
3 [P . ] Indoor PMV forced full open function
2 4 1 [A . 1] Indoor remote control discriminating function

5 [C . ] Cooling test operation function
6 [H . ] Heating test operation function
7 [C . H] Indoor collective start/stop (ON/OFF) function
9 [F . ] Fan test operation function
11 [r . d] Outdoor refrigerant recovery operation function (Pump down function)
16 [E . r ] Check code clear function
2 1~16 3 [H . r] Solenoid valve forced open/close function

2 1~16 4~7 [F . d] Fan forced operation function
2 1~16 15 [t . o] Outside temperature sensor manual adjustment function
1 [0 1]~[1 6] Indoor No. 1 to 16 unit Indoor individual start/stop (ON/OFF) function

2 [1 7]~[3 2] Indoor No. 17 to 32 unit
16 1~16
3 [3 3]~[4 8] Indoor No. 33 to 48 unit
4 [4 9]~[6 4] Indoor No. 49 to 64 unit
SW01 SW02 SW03 7-segment display [A/B] Function contents

1 1 1 [U 1] [ E28 ] Follower unit check code / Corresponding unit fan operation function
− 122 −
8-7-11. Monitor Function of Remote Control Switch
When using a remote control with the model name RBC-AMT32UL, the
following monitor functions can be used.
Switching to the service monitor mode
<Content>
The sensor temperature or operation status of the remote control, indoor unit, or the outdoor unit can be
known by switching to the service monitor mode from the remote control.
[Procedure]
1 Push + buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more
to call up the service monitor mode.
The service monitor goes on, and temperature of the CODE No. 00
is firstly displayed.
2 Push the temperature setup buttons to select the

TEMP. ON / OFF
CODE No. to be monitored.
For displayed codes, refer to the table next page.
3 Push button to determine the item to be monitored. TIME SAVE VENT
Then monitor the sensor temperature or operation status of indoor FILTER

unit and the outdoor unit in the corresponding refrigerant line.
4 Pushing button returns the display to the normal display.

4 3 1
− 123 −
C O D E N o. Da t a n a m e Display format Unit Remote control display example
00 Room temperature (Use to control) ×1 ºC [0027] = 27 ºC
01 Room temperature (Remote control) ×1 ºC
Indoor unit data *2
02 Indoor suction air temperature (TA) ×1 ºF

03 Indoor coil temperature (TCJ) ×1 ºF [0080] = 80 º F
04 Indoor coil temperature (TC2) ×1 ºF

05 Indoor coil temperature (TC1) ×1 ºF
06 Indoor discharge air temperature (TF) *1 ×1 ºF
08 Indoor PMV opening ×1/10 pls [0150] = 1500 pls
F3 Filter sign time ×1 h [2500] = 2500h
Suction temperature of air to air heat [0080] = 80 º F
F9 ×1 ºF
exchanger (TSA) *1
FA Outside air temperature (TOA)*1 ×1 ºF
0A No. of connected indoor units ×1 unit [0048] = 48 unit
System data
0B Total horsepower of connected indoor units ×10 ton [0215] = 21.5 ton
0C No. of connected outdoor units ×1 unit [0003] = 3 unit
0D Total horsepower of outdoor units ×1 0 ton [0160] = 16 ton
CODE No.
Data name Display format Unit Remote controller display example
U1 U2 U3
10 20 30 High-pressure sensor detention pressure (PD) ×10 psi
[4350] = 435 psi
11 21 31 Low-pressure sensor detention pressure (PS) ×10 psi
Outdoor unit individual data 1 *3
12 22 32 Compressor 1 discharge temperature (TD1) ×1 ºF

13 23 33 Compressor 2 discharge temperature (TD2) ×1 ºF
15 25 35 Outdoor coil temperature (TE1) ×1 ºF
16 26 36 Outdoor coil temperature (TE2) ×1 ºF
17 27 37 Outdoor coil temperature (TG1) ×1 ºF
18 28 38 Outdoor coil temperature (TG2) ×1 ºF [0080] = 80 º F
19 29 39 Outside ambient temperature (TO) ×1 ºF
1A 2A 3A Suction temperature (TS1) ×1 ºF
1C 2C 3C Suction temperature (TS3) ×1 ºF
1D 2D 3D Temperature at liquid side (TL1) ×1 ºF
1E 2E 3E Temperature at liquid side (TL2) ×1 ºF
1F 2F 3F Temperature at liquid side (TL3) ×1 ºF
CODE No.
Data name Display format Unit Remote controller display example
U1 U2 U3
50 60 70 PMV1 opening ×1 pls
PMV3 opening ×1 [0500] = 500pls
Outdoor unit individual data 2 *4
51 61 71 pls
52 62 72 PMV4 opening ×1 pls
53 63 73 Compressor 1 curent (I1) ×10 A

[0135] = 13.5A
54 64 74 Compressor 2 current (I1) ×10 A
56 66 76 Compressor 1 revolutions ×10 rps
[0642] = 64.2rps
57 67 77 Compressor 2 revolutions ×10 rps
59 69 79 Outdoor fan mode ×1 mode [0058] = 58 mode
5A 6A 7A Compressor IPDU 1 heat sink temperature ×1 ºF
5B 6B 7B Compressor IPDU 2 heat sink temperature ×1 ºF
Outdoor fan IPDU 1 heat sink temperature ×1 ºF
[0024] = 24 ºF
5D 6D 7D
5E 6E 7E Outdoor fan IPDU 2 heat sink temperature ×1 ºF
5F 6F 7F Outdoor unit horsepower ×10 ton [0080] = 8 ton
CODE No. Data name Display format Unit Remote control display example
0: Normal [0010]=Heating recovery controlled
90 Heating/cooling recovery controlled
individual data 3 *5
1: Recovery controlled [0001]=Cooling recovery controlled

Outdoor unit
91 Pressure release [0010]=Pressure release controlled

92 Discharge temperature release [0001]=Discharge temperature release controlled
0: Normal
[0100]=U2 outdoor unit release controlled
Follower unit release 1: Release controlled
93 [0010]=U3 outdoor unit release controlled
(U2/U3 outdoor units)
[0001]=U4 outdoor unit release controlled
*1 Only a part of indoor unit types is installed with the discharge air temperature sensor. This temperature is not displayed for other types.
*2 When the units are connected to a group, data of the header indoor unit only can be displayed.
*3 The first digit of an CODE No. indicates the outdoor unit number.
*4 The upper digit of an CODE No. -4 indicates the outdoor unit number.
1 , 5 ... U1 outdoor unit (Header unit)
2 , 6 ... U2 outdoor unit (Follower unit 1)
3 , 7 ... U3 outdoor unit (Follower unit 2)
*5 Only the CODE No. 9* of U1 outdoor unit (Header unit) is displayed.
− 124 −
8-8. Additional EMC Measures
If the customer, when prompted for the larger EMC measures of effect,
please do the correspondence below.
(1) Additional CLAMP-FILTER to the Earth-line and the Communication-lines
We are preparing the CLAMP-FILTER for additional EMC measures as an option.

In accordance with these the figure below, please add to all of the outdoor unit.
Service Part No. 43T60472

This service parts, contains the CLAMP-FILTER below.
No Type name Q’ty
A ZCAT-3035-1330 1
B E04SR401938 5
B The E04SR401938 of 5pieces will be fixed to Communication-line.
A The ZCAT-3035-1330 will be fixed to Earth-line.
(2) Additional General-purpose Noise Filter to the power-lines.
On power-line of the each outdoor unit, even by inserting a general-purpose Noise Filter-
Commercially available, it can inhibit the noise level generated from the device.
Specification of the general-purpose Noise Filter, please refer the following.
Item Unit Value
Rated Voltage(AC,DC) V 500V Three phase
Rated Current A 100A
Example of general-purpose Noise Filter
Type name RTHN-5100
Manufacturer TDK-Lambda
Rated Voltage(AC,DC) 500V Three phase
Rated Current 100A
DC Resistance(total) 8mΩ
Operating Temp -13 to 185°F (-25 to 85°C)
Size 430H x 161W x 85D
− 125 −
8-9. SMMS WAVE TOOL FOR SMARTPHONE
The NFC TAG DEVICE of the Outdoor unit communicates with SMARTPHONE that simplifies the install, the test operation
and the maintenance of the SMMS-e. *NFC (Near Field Communication)
As for the details, refer to the Operation Manual of "SMMS WAVE TOOL FOR SMARTPHONE"
●You can download the Application and the Operating Manual from the below URL or QR code.
NFC TAG DEVICE
SMARTPHONE
QR code
URL：http://www.toshiba-carrier.co.jp/global/appli/smms_wave_tool/
8-9-1. Prohibition/Permission of the NFC Setting

・This Application enables the functions of the auto-address setup and the test operation of the outdoor unit with Smartphone
within 48 hours from the power input to the outdoor unit.
・You should decide whether to make use of the functions of the auto-address setup and test operation at its own responsibility
and also be sure to confirm notices in the Operating Manual before performing the test operation.
・If you want to disable the functions of the auto-address setup and the test operation, perform the following operations.
■Switch setting of some functions prohibition
How to set the NFC operation all time prohibition

Follow the below procedure.
Rotaly switch Push switch 7-segment display NFC operation

Step
SW01 SW02 SW03 SW04 [A] [B] setting
(Default setting)
After the power input,
:below 48 hours
(1) 2 1 14 - [ nF] [ c.00 ]
[NFC operation permit]
:more than 48 hours
[NFC operation prohibit]
Press for more NFC operation
(2) 2 1 14 [ nF] [ c.01 ]
than 5 secs all time prohibition
(3) – 119 –1 1 1 - [ U.1. ] [ - - - ] Return the switch
− 126 −
How to set the NFC operation all time permission
Follow the below procedure.
Rotaly switch Push switch 7-segment display NFC operation

Step
SW01 SW02 SW03 SW04 [A] [B] setting
(Default setting)
After the power input,
:below 48 hours
2 1 14 - [ nF] [ c.00 ]
[NFC operation permit]
(1) :more than 48 hours
[NFC operation prohibit]
NFC operation
2 1 14 (Press 5 secs) [ nF] [ c.01 ]
all time prohibition
Press for more NFC operation
(2) 2 1 14 [ nF] [ c.02 ]
than 10 secs all time permission
(3) 1 1 1 - [ U.1. ] [ - - - ] Return the switch
*Do it again if the 7-segment display is different from the above.

*The functions other than the auto-address setup and test operation of this Application can work normally
even if the functions of the auto-address setup and the test operation are disabled.
8-9-2. Confirmation for the generation of the trouble of the NFC

When you can not read out the information of the NFC Tag Device with your Smartphone, perform the following operations
after restarting the power supply of the outdoor unit.
If there is no problem, refer to the Operation Manual of "SMMS WAVE TOOL FOR SMARTPHONE".
Rotaly switch Push switch 7-segment display NFC-I/F board
Step
SW01 SW02 SW03 SW04 [A] [B] communication
[ nF] [ c.Er ] Abnormal
(1) 2 16 14 -
[ nF] [ c.00 ] Normal
(2) 1 1 1 - [ U.1. ] [ - - - ] Return the switch
Trademark
Android is a trademark or registered trademark of Google Inc.
QR code is a trademark or registered trademark of DENSO WAVE Inc.
− 127 −
9 TROUBLESHOOTING
9-1. Overview
(1) Before engaging in troubleshooting
(a) Applicable models
All Super Module Multi System (SMMS-e) models.
(Indoor units: MM∗- AP∗∗∗, Outdoor units: MMY-MAP∗∗∗− UL)
(b) Tools and measuring devices required
(c) Screwdrivers (Philips, flat head), spanners, long-nose pliers, nipper, pin to push reset switch,
etc.
(d) Multimeter, thermometer, pressure gauge, etc.
(b) Things to check prior to troubleshooting (behaviors listed below are normal)
NO. Behavior Possible cause
A compressor would not start • Could it just be the 3-minute delay period (3 minutes after compressor
shutdown)?
1 • Could it just be the air conditioner having gone thermostats OFF?
• Could it just be the air conditioner operating in fan mode or put on the timer?
• Could it just be the system going through initial communication?
An indoor fan would not start • Could it just be cold air discharge prevention control, which is part of
2
heating?
An outdoor fan would not start or would • Could it just be cooling operation under low outside temperature
3 change speed for no reason conditions?
• Could it just be defrosting operation?
An indoor fan would not stop • Could it just be the elimination of residual heat being performed as part of
4
the air conditioner shutdown process after heating operation?
The air conditioner would not respond to a • Could it just be the air conditioner operation under external or remote
5
start/stop command from a remote control control?
CAUTION
The cooling performance may decling considerably when total operating capacity of cooling
indoor units is less than 036type while ambient temperature is below 32°F (0°C)
(2) Troubleshooting procedure

When a problem occurs, proceed with troubleshooting in accordance with the procedure shown below.
"E28" check code
Problem Investigate check code Investigate check code Check the problem
displayed on interface P.C. board displayed on interface P.C. site or problem part
of header unit board of relevant follower unit
Any other problem
NOTE
Rather than a product trouble (see the List of Check Codes below), the problem could have been caused by
a microprocessor malfunction attributable to a poor quality of the power source or an external noise. Check
for possible noise sources, and shield the remote control wiring and signal wires as necessary.
− 128 −
9-2. Troubleshooting Method
The remote control (main remote control and central control remote control) and the interface P.C. board of an
outdoor unit are provided with an LCD display (remote control) or a 7-segment display (outdoor interface
P.C. board) to display operational status. Using this self-diagnosis feature, the problem site/problem part may be
identified in the event of a problem by following the method described below.
The list below summarizes check codes detected by various devices. Analyze the check code according to where it is displayed and work out
the nature of the problem in consultation with the list.
• When investigating a problem on the basis of a display provided on the indoor remote control or TCC-LINK central control remote control -See
the “TCC-LINK remote control or main remote control display” section of the list.
• When investigating a problem on the basis of a display provided on an outdoor unit - See the “Outdoor 7-segment display” section of the list.
• When investigating a problem on the basis of a wireless remote control-controlled indoor unit - See the “Light sensor indicator light block”
section of the list.
List of Check Codes (Indoor Unit) IPDU: Intelligent Power Drive Unit (Inverter P.C. board)
: Lighting, : Flashing, : Goes off
(Check code detected by indoor unit)
ALT.: Flashing is alternately when there are two flashing LED
SIM: Simultaneous flashing when there are two flashing LED
Check code Display of receiving unit
TCC-LINK central Outdoor 7-segment display Indicator light block
control or main Typical problem site Description of Check code
remote control Operation Timer Ready
Sub-code Flash
display
Communication from remote control or network
Indoor-remote control periodic
E03 – – adaptor has been lost (so has central control
communication trouble
communication).
Indoor-outdoor periodic
E04 – – Signals are not being received from outdoor unit.
communication trouble
E08 E08 Duplicated indoor address Duplicated indoor address Indoor unit detects address identical to its own.
Indoor inter-MCU communication MCU communication between main control and
E10 – –
trouble motor microcontroller is faulty.
Trouble in periodic
Periodic communication between indoor header
E18 – – communication between indoor
and follower units cannot be maintained.
header and follower unit
Indoor heat exchanger Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TCJ) has
F01 – – ALT
temperature sensor (TCJ) trouble been open/short-circuited.
Indoor heat exchanger Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC2) has
F02 – – ALT
temperature sensor (TC2) trouble been open/short-circuited.
Indoor heat exchanger Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC1) has
F03 – – ALT
temperature sensor (TC1) trouble been open/short-circuited.
Room air temperature Room air temperature sensor (TA) has been
F10 – – ALT sensor (TA/TSA) trouble
open/short-circuited.
Discharge air temperature Discharge air temperature sensor (TF) has been
F11 – – ALT
sensor (TF/TFA) trouble open/short-circuited.
Outside air suction temperature Open/Short of outside air suction temperature
F17 – – ALT
sensor (TOA) trouble sensor (TOA) was detected.
Indoor air suction temperature Discharge air temperature sensor (TF) has been
F18 – – ALT
sen sor (TRA) trouble open/short-circuited.
Open/Short of indoor air suction temperature
F29 – – SIM P.C. board or other indoor trouble
sensor (TRA) was detected.
Duplicated indoor group header
L03 – – SIM There is more than one header unit in group.
unit
Connection of group control cable There is at least one stand-alone indoor unit to
L07 – – SIM
to stand-alone indoor unit which group control cable is connected.
Address setting has not been performed for one or
L08 L08 – SIM Indoor group address not set more indoor units (also detected at outdoor unit
end).
Capacity setting has not been performed for indoor
L09 – – SIM Indoor capacity not set
unit.
There is duplication in central control address
L20 – – SIM Duplicated central control address
setting.
Indoor external trouble input Unit shutdown has been caused by external
L30 L30 Detected indoor unit No. SIM
(interlock) trouble input (CN80).
Indoor AC fan trouble is detected (activation of
P01 – – ALT Indoor AC fan trouble
fan motor thermal relay).
P10 P10 Detected indoor unit No. ALT Indoor overflow trouble Float switch has been activated.
Indoor DC fan trouble (e.g. overcurrent or lock-up)

P12 – – ALT Indoor DC fan trouble
is detected.
Follower unit cannot be operated due to header unit
P31 – – ALT Other indoor unit trouble
alarm (E03/L03/L07/L08).
− 129 −
(Check code detected by main remote control)
Outdoor 7-segment display Indicator light block
Main remote Typical problem site Description of check code
control Operation Timer Ready
Sub-code Flash
No master remote controller, Signals cannot be received from indoor unit;

E01 – – faulty remote controller master remote controller has not been set
communication (reception) (including two remote controller control).
Faulty remote controller
E02 – – Signals cannot be transmitted to indoor unit.
communication (transmission)
Both remote controllers have been set as
master remote controller in two remote
Duplicated master remote
E09 – – controller control (alarm and shutdown for
controller
header unit and continued operation for
follower unit)
(Check code detected by central control device)

Outdoor 7-segment display Indicator light block
Typical problem site Description of check code
TCC-LINK central
Operation Timer Ready
control Sub-code Flash
Central control device is unable to transmit

Faulty central control
C05 – – signal due to duplication of central control
communication (transmission)
device.
No indication (when
Faulty central control Central control device is unable to receive
C06 – – main remote controller
communication (reception) signal.
also in use)
Multiple network adapters are connected
– – – Multiple network adapters to remote controller communication line.
Blanket alarm for general- Device connected to general-purpose

C12 – – – purpose device control device control interface for TCC-LINK is
interface faulty.
Group follower unit is faulty (unit No. and
As per alarm unit (see Group control follower
P30 – – above detail [ ] displayed on main remote
above) unit trouble
controller)
Note: The same trouble, e.g. a communication trouble, may result in the display of different check codes depending on the device that detects it.
Moreover, check codes detected by the main remote controller/central control device do not necessarily have a direct impact on air
conditioner operation.
− 130 −
List of Check Codes (Outdoor Unit)
(Check code detected by SMMS-e outdoor interface - typical examples)
If "HELLO" is displayed on the oudoor 7-segment for 1 minute or
more, turn off the power supply once and then turn on the power IPDU: Intelligent Power Drive Unit (Inverter P.C. board)
supply again after passage of 30 seconds or more. When the : Lighting, : Flashing, : Goes off
same symptom appears, it is considered there is a possibility of ALT.: Flashing is alternately when there are two flashing LED
I/F board trouble. SIM: Simultaneous flashing when there are two flashing LED

Outdoor 7-segment display TCC-LINK Indicator light block
central control Typical problem site Description of check code
or main remote Operation Timer Ready
Sub-code controller Flash
display
Indoor unit initially communicating normally fails to

Number of indoor units from which Signal lack of indoor unit
E06 E06 return signal (reduction in number of indoor units
signal is received normally
connected).
Indoor-outdoor Signal cannot be transmitted to indoor units
E07 – (E04) communication ( indoor units left without communication from
circuit trouble outdoor unit).
More than one indoor unit are assigned same
E08 Duplicated indoor address (E08) Duplicated indoor address
address (also detected at indoor unit end).
• Indoor automatic address setting is started while
automatic address setting for equipment in other
01: Indoor-outdoor communication
Automatic address refrigerant line is in progress.
E12 02: Outdoor-outdoor E12
starting trouble • Outdoor automatic address setting is started
communication
while automatic address setting for indoor units
is in progress.
Indoor unit not found
Indoor unit fails to communicate while automatic
E15 – E15 during automatic address
address setting for indoor units is in progress.
setting
Combined capacity of indoor units is too large
00: Overloading Too many indoor units
E16 E16 (more than 135% of combined capacity of outdoor
01: Number of units connected connected/overloading
units).
00: No header unit Trouble in number of There is no or more than one outdoor header unit
E19 E19
02: Two or more header units outdoor header units in one refrigerant line.
01: Connection of outdoor unit from Connection to other
Indoor unit from other refrigerant line is detected
other refrigerant line refrigerant line found
E20 E20 while indoor automatic address setting is in
02: Connection of indoor unit from during automatic address
progress.
other refrigerant line setting
Outdoor-outdoor
Signal cannot be transmitted to other outdoor
E23 – E23 communication
units.
transmission trouble
Duplicated follower There is duplication in outdoor addresses set
E25 – E25
outdoor address manually.
Follower outdoor unit initially communicating
Address of outdoor unit from which Signal lack of outdoor unit
E26 E26 normally fails to do so (reduction in number of
signal is not received normally
follower outdoor units connected).
Outdoor follower unit Outdoor header unit detects fault relating to
E28 Detected outdoor unit No. E28 trouble follower outdoor unit (detail displayed on follower
outdoor unit).
A3-IPDU Fan-IPDU A3-IPDU Fan-IPDU

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
01 ○ 10 ○
02 ○ 11 ○ ○
03 ○ ○ 12 ○ ○
08 ○ 13 ○ ○ ○
09 ○ ○ 18 ○ ○
IPDU communication There is no communication between IPDUs (P.C.
E31 0A ○ ○ 19 ○ ○ ○ E31
0B ○ ○ ○ 1A ○ ○ ○ trouble Sub MCU boards) in inverter box.
1B ○ ○ ○ ○ communication trouble
Circle (O): IPDC trouble

80 : Communication trouble between
MCU and Sub MCU
Outdoor discharge
Outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD1) has
F04 – F04 ALT temperature sensor
been open/short-circuited.
(TD1) trouble
Outdoor discharge
Outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD2) has
F05 – F05 ALT temperature sensor
(TD2) trouble
Outdoor heat exchanger Outdoor heat exchanger liquid side temperature
01: TE1
F06 F06 ALT liquid side temperature sensors (TE1, TE2) have been open/short-
02: TE2
sensor (TE1, TE2) trouble circuited.
01: TL1 Outdoor liquid temperature Outdoor liquid temperature sensor (TL1,TL2,TL3)
F07 02: TL2 – F07 ALT
sensor (TL1,TL2,TL3) has been open/short-circuited.
03: TL3 trouble
Outdoor outside air
Outdoor outside air temperature sensor (TO) has
F 08 – F08 ALT temperature sensor (TO)
trouble
Outdoor heat exchanger Outdoor heat exchanger gas side temperature
01: TG1
F09 gas side temperature sensors (TG1, TG2) have been open/short-
02: TG2
sensor (TG1, TG2) trouble circuited.
− 131 −
display
Outdoor suction
01: TS1 Outdoor suction temperature sensor
F12 F12 ALT temperature sensor
03: TS3 (TS1,TS3) has been open/short-circuited.
(TS1,TS3) trouble
Outdoor temperature
Wiring trouble in outdoor temperature
F15 – F15 ALT sensor (TE1,TL1)
sensors (TE1,TL1) has been detected.
wiring trouble
Outdoor pressure sensor Wiring trouble in outdoor pressure sensors
F16 – F16 ALT
(PD, PS) wiring trouble (PD, PS) has been detected.
Low pressure sensor
F23 – F23 ALT Output voltage of low pressure sensor (PS) is zero.
(PS) trouble
Output voltage of high pressure sensor (PD) is
High pressure sensor
F24 – F24 ALT zero or provides abnormal readings when
(PD) trouble
compressors have been turned off.
Outdoor EEPROM is faulty (alarm and shutdown
F31 – F31 SIM Outdoor EEPROM trouble for header unit and continued operation for follower
unit)
Outdoor discharge Wiring/installation trouble or detachment of
H05 – H05 temperature sensor outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD1)
(TD1) wiring trouble has been detected.
Activation of low-pressure Low pressure (PS) sensor detects abnormally
H06 – H06
protection low operating pressure.
Temperature sensor for oil level detection
H07 – H07 Low oil level protection
(TK1,TK2,TK4,TK5) detects abnormally low oil
level.
01: TK1 sensor trouble Trouble in temperature
Temperature sensor for oil level detection
02: TK2 sensor trouble H08 sensor for oil level
H08 (TK1,TK2,TK4,TK5) has been open/short-
04: TK4 sensor trouble detection
circuited.
05: TK5 sensor trouble (TK1,TK2,TK4,TK5)
Outdoor discharge Wiring/installation trouble or detachment of
H15 – H15 temperature sensor outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD2)
(TD2) wiring trouble has been detected.
01: TK1 oil circuit trouble No temperature change is detected by

02: TK2 oil circuit trouble Oil level detection temperature sensor for oil level detection
H16 H16
04: TK4 oil circuit trouble circuit trouble (TK1,TK2,TK4,TK5) despite compressor having
05: TK5 oil circuit trouble been started.
Identical refrigerant line address has been

Duplicated outdoor
L04 – L04 SIM assigned to outdoor units belonging to different
refrigerant line address
refrigerant piping systems.
Duplicated priority indoor
More than one indoor unit have been set up as
L05 SIM unit (as displayed on
priority indoor unit.
Number of priority indoor units priority indoor unit)
L06 (check code L05 or L06 depending Duplicated priority indoor
on individual unit) unit (as displayed on More than one indoor unit have been set up
L06 SIM
indoor unit other than as priority indoor unit.
priority indoor unit)
Indoor group address not Address setting have not been performed for one
L08 – (L08) SIM
set or more indoor units (also detected at indoor end).
Outdoor unit capacity has not been set (after P.C.
L10 – L10 SIM Outdoor capacity not set
board replacement).
Outdoor model Old model outdoor unit (prior to 6 series) has been
L17 – L17 SIM
incompatibility trouble connected.
Too many outdoor units More than three outdoor units have been
L28 – L28 SIM
connected connected.
− 132 −
display

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
01 ○ 10 ○
02 ○ 11 ○ ○
03 ○ ○ 12 ○ ○
08 ○ 13 ○ ○ ○
09 ○ ○ 18 ○ ○ There are insufficient number of IPDUs (P.C.
L29 0A ○ ○ 19 ○ ○ ○ L29 SIM Trouble in number of
boards) in inverter box.
0B ○ ○ ○ 1A ○ ○ ○ IPDUs
1B ○ ○ ○ ○
Circle (O): IPDU trouble
Indoor unit has been shut down for external

Indoor external trouble
L30 Detected indoor unit No. (L30) SIM trouble input in one refrigerant line (detected by
input (interlock)
indoor unit).
Outdoor discharge (TD1) Outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD1) has
P03 – P03 ALT
temperature trouble detected abnormally high temperature.
00: Open phase detected Open phase/power failure
Open phase is detected when power is turned on.
P05 01: Compressor 1 P05 ALT Inverter DC voltage Inverter DC voltage is too high (overvoltage) or too
02: Compressor 2 (Vdc) trouble low (undervoltage).
MG-CTT trouble
01: Compressor 1 Heat sink overheating Temperature sensor built into IPM (TH) detects
P07 P07 ALT
02: Compressor 2 trouble overheating.
Indoor unit has been shutdown in one refrigerant

P10 Indoor unit No. detected (P10) ALT Indoor unit overflow line due to detection of overflow (detected by
indoor unit).
Outdoor liquid backflow State of refrigerant cycle circuit indicates liquid
P13 – P13 ALT
detection trouble backflow operation.
Outdoor suction temperature sensor (TS1) detects
01: TS condition
P15 P15 ALT Gas leak detection sustained and repeated high temperatures that
02: TD condition
exceed standard value.
Outdoor discharge (TD2) Outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD2)
P17 – P17 ALT
temperature trouble detects abnormally high temperature.
4-way valve reversing Abnormality in refrigerating cycle is detected
P19 Outdoor unit No. detected P19 ALT
trouble during heating operation.
Activation of high-pressure High pressure (Pd) sensor detects high pressure
P20 – P20 ALT
protection that exceeds standard value.
MG-CTT: Magnet contactor
− 133 −
(Check code detected by IPDU featuring in SMMS-e standard outdoor unit - typical examples)
display
Trouble in temperature
01: Compressor 1 Temperature sensor built into indoor IPM (TH)
F13 F13 ALT sensor built into indoor
02: Compressor 2 has been open/short-circuited.
IPM (TH)
01: Compressor 1 Inverter current (Idc) detection circuit detects

H01 H01 Compressor breakdown
02: Compressor 2 overcurrent.
01: Compressor 1 Compressor trouble

H02 H02 Compressor lockup is detected
02: Compressor 2 (lockup)
01: Compressor 1 Current detection circuit Abnormal current is detected while inverter
H03 H03
02: Compressor 2 trouble compressor is turned off.
01: Compressor 1 Boost converter Protection for boost converter

P02 P02 ALT circuit trouble
02: Compressor 2 circuit is activated.
01: Compressor 1 Activation of high-pressure

P04 P04 ALT High-pressure SW is activated.
02: Compressor 2 SW
01: Compressor 1 Heat sink overheating Temperature sensor built into IPM (TH) detects
P07 P07 ALT
02: Compressor 2 trouble overheating or has been short-circuited.
#0:Element short circuit

#1:Position detection circuit trouble
#3:Motor lock trouble
#4:Motor current trouble
P22 #C:TH Sensor temperature trouble P22 ALT Outdoor fan IPDU trouble Outdoor fan IPDU detects trouble
#D:TH Sensor short circuit/release
trouble
#E:Vdc voltage trouble
∗Put in Fan IPDU No. in [#] mark
01: Compressor 1 Short-circuit protection for compressor motor

Activation of IPM
P26 02: Compressor 2 P26 ALT driver circuit components is activated (momentary
short-circuit protection
overcurrent).
01: Compressor 1
Compressor position Compressor motor position detection trouble
P29 02: Compressor 2 P29 ALT
detection circuit trouble is detected.
Note: The above check codes are examples only, and different check codes may be displayed depending on the outdoor unit configuration
− 134 −
9-3. Troubleshooting Based on Information Displayed on
Remote Control
Using main remote controller (RBC-AMT32UL)
(1) Checking and testing
When a problem occurs to an air conditioner, a check
code and indoor unit No. are displayed on the
display window of the remote controller.
Check codes are only displayed while the air
conditioner is in operation.
If the display has already disappeared, access Check code
check code history by following the procedure Indoor unit No. in which
check code has occurred
described below.
(2) Ckeck code history

The check code history access procedure is described below (up to four check code stored in memory).
Check code history can be accessed regardless of whether the air conditioner is in operation or shut down.
<Procedure> To be performed when system at rest

1 Invoke the SERVICE CHECK mode by pressing the +
buttons simultaneously and holding for at least 4
seconds.
The letters “ SERVICE CHECK” light up, and the check code
“01” is displayed, indicating the ckeck code history. This is
accompanied by the indoor unit No. to which the check code TEMP. ON / OFF
history is related and a check code.
2 To check other check code history items, press the 2 TIMER SET FAN MODE
button to select another check code. TIME SAVE VENT
Check code “01” (latest) Check code “04” (oldest)

FILTER
Note: Check code history contains four items.
3 When the button is pushed, normal display is

3 1 Normal display is restored.
restored.
Steps to follow
1 2 3
REQUIREMENT
Do not push the button as it would erase the whole check code history of the indoor unit.
How to read displayed information

<7-segment display symbols>
<Corresponding alphanumerical letters>

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A b C d E F H J L P
− 135 −
Using indoor unit indicators (receiving unit light block) (wireless type)
To identify the check code, check the 7-segment display on the header unit. To check for check codes not
displayed on the 7-segment display, consult the “List of Check Codes (Indoor Unit)” in “9-2.Troubleshooting
Method”.
: Goes off : Lighting : Blinking (0.5 seconds)
Light block Check code Cause of check code

– Power turned off or trouble in wiring between receiving and indoor units
All lights out
E01 Faulty reception

Operation Timer Ready Receiving unit Trouble or poor contact in
E02 Faulty transmission wiring between receiving and
indoor units
E03 Loss of communication
Blinking E08 Duplicated indoor unit No. (address)
Setting trouble
E09 Duplicated master remote controller
E10 Indoor unit inter-MCU communication trouble
E12 Automatic address starting trouble
E18 Trouble or poor contact in wiring between indoor units, indoor power turned off
Trouble or poor contact in wiring between indoor and outdoor
Operation Timer Ready E04
units (loss of indoor-outdoor communication)
E06 Faulty reception in indoor-outdoor communication (Signal lack of indoor unit)
E07 Faulty transmission in indoor-outdoor communication
Blinking
E15 Indoor unit not found during automatic address setting
E16 Too many indoor units connected/overloading
E19 Trouble in number of outdoor header units
E20 Detection of refrigerant piping communication trouble during automatic address setting
E23 Faulty transmission in outdoor-outdoor communication
E25 Duplicated follower outdoor address
E26 Faulty reception in outdoor-outdoor communication, Signal lack of outdoor unit
E28 Outdoor follower unit trouble
E31 IPDU communication trouble, sub MCU communication trouble
P01 Indoor AC fan trouble
P10 Indoor overflow trouble
P12 Indoor DC fan trouble
Alternate blinking P13 Outdoor liquid backflow detection trouble
P02 Boost converter circuit trouble

P03 Outdoor discharge (TD1) temperature trouble
P04 Activation of outdoor high-pressure SW
Open phase/power failure
P05 Inverter DC voltage (Vdc) trouble
Alternate blinking MG-CTT trouble
P07 Outdoor heat sink overheating trouble - Poor cooling of electrical component (IPM) of outdoor unit
P15 Gas leak detection - insufficient refrigerant charging
P17 Outdoor discharge (TD2) temperature trouble
P19 Outdoor 4-way valve reversing trouble
P20 Activation of high-pressure protection
P22 Outdoor fan IPDU trouble
P26 Outdoor IPM short-circuit trouble
P29 Compressor position detection circuit trouble
P31 Shutdown of other indoor unit in group due to fault (group follower unit trouble)
− 136 −
F01 Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TCJ) trouble
F02 Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC2) trouble
Indoor unit temperature sensor
F03 Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC1) trouble
trouble
Alternate blinking F10 Ambient temperature sensor (TA/TSA) trouble
F11 Discharge temperature sensor (TF) trouble
F04 Discharge temperature sensor (TD1) trouble Discharge
F05 temperature sensor (TD2) trouble
F06 Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TE1, TE2) trouble
Outdoor unit temperature
Alternate blinking F07 Liquid temperature sensor (TL1,TL2,TL3) trouble
sensor trouble
F08 Outside air temperature sensor (TO) trouble
F12 Suction temperature sensor (TS1,TS3) trouble
F13 Heat sink sensor (TH) trouble
Wiring trouble in heat exchanger sensor (TE1) and liquid temperature sensor
F15
(TL1) Outdoor unit temperature sensor wiring/installation trouble
Wiring trouble in outdoor high pressure sensor (PD) and low pressure sensor (PS)
F16
Outdoor pressure sensor wiring trouble
F17 Outside air suction temperature sensor (TOA) trouble
F18 Indoor air suction temperature sensor (TRA) trouble
F23 Low pressure sensor (PS) trouble Outdoor unit pressure sensor
F24 High pressure sensor (PD) trouble trouble
F29 Fault in indoor EEPROM
Synchronized blinking
H01 Compressor breakdown

Outdoor unit compressor
H02 Compressor lockup
or A3-IPDU
H03 Current detection circuit trouble
Blinking H05 Wiring/installation trouble or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD1)
H06 Abnormal drop in low-pressure sensor (PS) reading Protective shutdown of outdoor
H07 Abnormal drop in oil level unit
H08 Trouble in temperature sensor for oil level detection circuit (TK1, TK2, TK4 or TK5)
H15 Wiring/installation trouble or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD2)
H16 Oil level detection circuit trouble - Trouble in outdoor unit TK1, TK2, TK4 or TK5 circuit
L02 Outdoor unit model unmatched trouble
L03 Duplicated indoor group header unit
L05 Duplicated priority indoor unit (as displayed on priority indoor unit)
L06 Duplicated priority indoor unit (as displayed on indoor unit other than priority indoor unit)
L07 Connection of group control cable to stand-alone indoor unit
L08 Indoor group address not set
L09 Indoor capacity not set
L04 Duplicated outdoor refrigerant line address
L10 Outdoor capacity not set
L17 Outdoor model incompatibility trouble
L20 Duplicated central control address
L28 Too many outdoor units connected
L29 Trouble in number of IPDUs
L30 Indoor external interlock trouble
− 137 −
F31 Outdoor EEPROM trouble
Other (indications not involving check code)

– Test run in progress

Setting incompatibility
– (automatic cooling/heating setting for model incapable of it and heating setting for cooling-only
model)
Alternate blinking
− 138 −
9-4. Check Codes Displayed on Remote Controller and
SMMS-e Outdoor Unit (7-Segment Display on I/F
Board) and Locations to Be Checked
For other types of outdoor units, refer to their own service manuals.
Check code
Location Check code detection
Main
Outdoor 7-segment display of Description System status Check items (locations)
remote detection condition(s)
Check
controller
code
Sub-code
Remote Indoor-remote Stop of Communication between • Check remote controller

controller controller corresponding indoor P.C. board and remote inter-unit tie cable (A/B).
communication unit controller is disrupted. • Check for broken wire or
troubler connector bad contact.
(detected at • Check indoor power
remote supply.
controller end) • Check for defect in indoor
E01 – –
P.C. board.
• Check remote controller
address settings
(when two remote
controllers are in use).
• Check remote controller
P.C. board.
Remote Remote Stop of Signal cannot be transmitted • Check internal
controller controller corresponding from remote controller to transmission circuit of
E02 – – transmission unit indoor unit. remote controller.
trouble --- Replace remote
controller as necessary.
Indoor Indoor-remote Stop of There is no communication • Check remote controller
unit controller corresponding from remote controller and network adaptor
communication unit (including wireless) or wiring.
E03 – –
trouble network adaptor.
(detected at
indoor end)
Indoor Indoor-outdoor Stop of Indoor unit is not receiving • Check order in which
unit communication corresponding signal from outdoor unit. power was turned on for
circuit trouble unit indoor and outdoor units.
(detected at • Check indoor address
indoor end) setting.
E04 – –
• Check indoor-outdoor tie
cable.
• Check outdoor terminator
resistor setting (SW30,
Bit 2).
No. of indoor units from I/F Signal lack of All stop Indoor unit initially • Check power supply to
which signal is received indoor unit communicating normally fails indoor unit.
normally to return signal for specified (Is power turned on?)
length of time. • Check connection of
indoor-outdoor
communication cable.
• Check connection of
communication connectors
E06 E06
on indoor P.C. board.
communication connectors
on outdoor P.C. board.
• Check for defect in indoor
P.C. board.
• Check for defect in outdoor
P.C. board (I/F).
I/F Indoor-outdoor All stop Signal cannot be transmitted • Check outdoor terminator
communication from outdoor to indoor units resistor setting (SW30,
circuit trouble for 30 seconds continuously. Bit 2).
– E07 –
(detected at • Check connection of
outdoor end) indoor-outdoor
communication circuit.
− 139 −
Check code
Main
condition(s)
remote
Check detection
controller
code
Sub-code
Duplicated indoor address Indoor Duplicated All stop More than one indoor unit • Check indoor addresses.
unit indoor address are assigned same address. • Check for any change
I/F made to remote controller
E08 E08
connection (group/
individual) since indoor
address setting.
Remote Duplicated Stop of In two remote controller • Check remote controller
controller master remote corresponding configuration (including settings.
controller unit wireless), both controllers are • Check remote controller
E09 – – set up as master. (Header P.C. boards.
indoor unit is shut down with
alarm, while follower indoor
units continue operating.)
Indoor Indoor inter- Stop of Communication cannot be • Check for defect in indoor
unit MCU corresponding established/maintained upon P.C. board
E10 – –
communication unit turning on of power or during
trouble communication.
01: I/F Automatic All stop • Indoor automatic address • Perform automatic address
Indoor-outdoor address starting setting is started while setting again after
communication trouble automatic address setting disconnecting
02: for equipment in other communication cable to
Outdoor-outdoor refrigerant line is in that refrigerant line.
E12 E12 communication progress.
• Outdoor automatic
address setting is started
while automatic address
setting for indoor units is in
progress.
I/F Indoor unit not All stop Indoor unit cannot be • Check connection of
found during detected after indoor indoor-outdoor
communication line.
automatic automatic address setting is • Check for trouble in indoor
address setting started.
power supply system.
E15 E15 –
• Check for noise from other
devices.
• Check for power failure.
P.C. board.
00: I/F Too many All stop • Combined capacity of • Check capacities of indoor
Overloading indoor units indoor units exceeds 135% units connected.
01-: connected of combined capacity of • Check combined
No. of units connected outdoor units. capacities of indoor units.
Note: • Check capacity settings of
If this code comes up outdoor units.
after backup setting for • Check No. of indoor units
outdoor unit failure is connected.
performed, perform “No • Check for defect in outdoor
E16 E16 P.C. board (I/F).
overloading detected”
setting.
<“No overloading detected”
setting method>
Turn on SW09/Bit 2 on I/F
P.C. board of outdoor header
unit.
• More than 64 indoor units
are connected.
− 140 −
Check code
Location
Main
Outdoor 7-segment display of Description System status Check code detection Check items (locations)
condition(s)
remote
Check detection
controller
code
Sub-code
Indoor Trouble in Stop of Periodic communication • Check remote controller

unit communication corresponding between indoor header and wiring.
between indoor unit follower units cannot be • Check indoor power supply
E18 – –
header and maintained. wiring.
follower units • Check P.C. boards of
indoor units.
00: I/F Trouble in numberAll stop • There are more than one Outdoor header unit is
No header unit of outdoor outdoor header units in outdoor unit to which indoor-
02: header units one line. outdoor tie cable (U1,U2) is
Two or more header units • There is no outdoor header connected.
E19 E19 unit in one line. • Check connection of
indoor-outdoor
communication line.
P.C. board (I/F).
01: I/F Connection to All stop Equipment from other line is Disconnect inter-line tie cable
Connection of outdoor unit other line found found to have been in accordance with automatic
from other line during connected when indoor address setting method
E20 E20
02: automatic automatic address setting is explained in “Address
Connection of indoor unit address setting in progress. setting” section.
from other line
I/F Outdoor- All stop Signal cannot be transmitted • Check power supply to
outdoor to other outdoor units for at outdoor units. (Is power
communication least 30 seconds turned on?)
transmission continuously. • Check connection of tie
trouble cables between outdoor
units for bad contact or
broken wire.
• Check communication
E23 E23 –
connectors on outdoor
P.C. boards.
P.C. board (I/F).
• Check termination
resistance setting for
communication between
outdoor units.
I/F Duplicated All stop There is duplication in Note:
E25 E25 – follower outdoor outdoor addresses set Do not set outdoor
address manually. addresses manually.
Address of outdoor unit from I/F Signal lack of All stop Outdoor unit initially • Backup setting is being
which signal is not received outdoor unit communicating normally fails used for outdoor units.
normally to return signal for specified • Check power supply to
length of time. outdoor unit. (Is power
turned on?)
• Check connection of tie
cables between outdoor
E26 E26
units for bad contact or
broken wire.
connectors on outdoor
P.C. boards.
P.C. board (I/F).
Detected outdoor unit No. I/F Outdoor All stop Outdoor header unit • Check check code
follower unit receives trouble code from displayed on outdoor
trouble outdoor follower unit. follower unit.
<Convenient functions>
If SW04 is pressed and held
for at least 1 second while
[E28] is displayed on the 7-
segment display of outdoor
header unit, the fan of the
E28 E28
outdoor unit that has been
shut down due to an trouble
comes on.
If SW04 and SW05 are
pressed simultaneously, the
fans of normal outdoor units
come on.
To stop the fan or fans, press
SW05 on its own.
− 141 −
Check code
Location
Main
Outdoor 7-segment display of Description
System Check code detection Check items (locations)
status condition(s)
remote
Check detection
controller
code
Sub-code

I/F IPDU All stop Communication is disrupted • Check wiring and
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 communication between IPDUs (P.C. connectors involved in
01 ○ 10 ○ trouble boards) in inverter box. communication between
02 ○ 11 ○ ○
IPDU-I/F P.C. board for
03 ○ ○ 12 ○ ○
08 ○ 13 ○ ○ ○ bad contact or broken wire.
E31 E31 09 ○ ○ 18 ○ ○ • Check for defect in outdoor
0A ○ ○ 19 ○ ○ ○ P.C. board (I/F, A3-IPDU
0B ○ ○ ○ 1A ○ ○ ○
or Fan IPDU).
1B ○ ○ ○ ○
• Check for external noise.
Communication All stop Communication between • Operation of power supply

trouble between MCU and Sub MCU stopped. reset (OFF for 60 seconds
80 MCU and Sub or more)
MCU • Outdoor I/F PC board
trouble check
Indoor Indoor TCJ Stop of Sensor resistance is infinity • Check connection of TCJ
unit sensor trouble corresponding or zero (open/short circuit). sensor connector and
unit wiring.
• Check resistance
F01 – –
characteristics of TCJ
sensor.
P.C. board.
Indoor Indoor TC2 Stop of Sensor resistance is infinity • Check connection of TC2
unit wiring.
F02 – –
characteristics of TC2
sensor.
P.C. board.
Indoor Indoor TC1 Stop of Sensor resistance is infinity • Check connection of TC1
unit wiring.
F03 – –
characteristics of TC1
sensor.
P.C. board.
I/F TD1 sensor All stop Sensor resistance is infinity • Check connection of TD1
trouble or zero (open/short circuit). sensor connector.
F04 F04 – characteristics of TD1
sensor.
P.C. board (I/F).
I/F TD2 sensor All stop Sensor resistance is infinity • Check connection of TD2
F05 F05 – characteristics of TD2
sensor.
P.C. board (I/F).
I/F TE1/TE2 All stop Sensor resistance is infinity • Check connection of TE1/
sensor trouble or zero (open/short circuit). TE2 sensor connectors.
01: TE1 sensor trouble • Check resistance
F06 F06 characteristics of TE1/TE2
02: TE2 sensor trouble
sensors.
P.C. board (I/F).
I/F TL1/TL2/TL3 All stop Sensor resistance is infinity • Check connection of TL1/
sensor trouble or zero (open/short circuit). TL2/TL3 sensor connector.
01: TL1 sensor trouble
F07 F07 characteristics of TL1/TL2/
TL3 sensor.
P.C. board (I/F).
− 142 −
Check code
Location
Main
Outdoor 7-segment display of Description System Check cod detection Check items (locations)
status condition(s)
remote
Check detection
controller
code
Sub-code
I/F TO sensor All stop Sensor resistance is infinity • Check connection of TO

F08 F08 –
characteristics of TO sensor.
P.C. board (I/F).
I/F TG1/TG2 All stop Sensor resistance is infinity • Check connection of TG1/TG2
sensor trouble or zero (open/short circuit). sensor connectors.
• Check resistance characteristics
F09 F09 01: TG1 sersor trouble of TG1/TG2 sensors.
02: TG2 sersor trouble • Check for defect in outdoor P.C.
board (I/F).
Indoor Indoor TA Stop of Sensor resistance is infinity • Check connection of TA

unit sensor trouble corresponding or zero (open/short circuit). sensor connector and wiring.
unit • Check resistance
F10 – –
characteristics of TA sensor.
• Check for defect in indoor P.C.
board.
Indoor Indoor TF Stop of Sensor resistance is infinity • Check connection of TF
unit sensor trouble corresponding or zero (open/short circuit). sensor connector and wiring.
unit • Check resistance
F11 – –
characteristics of TF sensor.
• Check for defect in indoor P.C.
board.
I/F TS1/TS3 All stop Sensor resistance is infinity • Check connection of TS1/
sensor trouble or zero (open/short circuit). TS3 sensor connector
01: TS1 sersor trouble • Check resistance
F12 F12
03: TS3 sersor trouble characteristics of TS1/TS3
sensor.
• Check for defect
IPDU TH sensor All stop Sensor resistance is infinity • Defect in IPM built-in
01: Compressor 1 side trouble or zero (open/short circuit). temperature sensor
F13 F13 Replace A3-IPDU P.C.
02: Compressor 2 side
board.
I/F Outdoor All stop During compressor • Check installation of
temperature operation in HEAT mode, TE1 and TL1 sensors.
sensor wiring TL1 continuously provides • Check resistance
F15 F15 – trouble (TE1, temperature reading higher characteristics of TE1 and TL1
TL1) than indicated by TL1 by at sensors.
least specified margin for 3 • Check for outdoor P.C.
minutes or more. board (I/F) trouble.
I/F Outdoor All stop Readings of high- • Check connection of high-
pressure pressure PD sensor and pressure PD sensor connector.
sensor wiring low-pressure PS sensor • Check connection of low-
trouble are switched. pressure PS sensor connector.
(PD, PS) Output voltages of both • Check for defect in pressure
F16 F16 – sensors are zero. sensors PD and PS.
• Check for trouble in outdoor
P.C. board (I/F).
• Check for deficiency in
compressive output of
compressor.
I/F Ps sensor All stop Output voltage of Ps • Check for connection trouble
trouble sensor is zero. involving PS sensor and PD
sensor connectors.
• Check connection of PS
sensor connector.
• Check for defect in PS sensor.
• Check for deficiency in
F23 F23 –
compressive output of
compressor.
• Check for defect in 4-way
valve.
P.C. board (I/F).
• Check for defect in SV4 circuit.
I/F PD sensor All stop Output voltage of PD • Check connection of PD
trouble sensor is zero (sensor sensor connector.
open-circuited). • Check for defect in PD sensor.
F24 F24 –
PD > 602psi (4.15MPa) • Check for defect in outdoor
despite compressor P.C. board (I/F).
having been turned off.
− 143 −
Check code
Main
Outdoor 7-segment display of Description System Check items (locations)
remote detection status condition(s)
Check
controller
code
Sub-code
Indoor Other indoor Stop of Indoor P.C. board does not • Check for defect in indoor P.C.
F29 – – unit trouble corresponding operate normally. board (faulty EEPROM)
unit
I/F Outdoor All stop *1 Outdoor P.C. board (I/F) • Check power supply voltage.
EEPROM does not operate normally. • Check power supply noise.
F31 F31 –
trouble • Check for defect in outdoor
P.C. board (I/F).
01: Compressor 1 side IPDU Compressor All stop Inverter current detection • Check power supply voltage.
02: Compressor 2 side breakdown circuit detects overcurrent (AC208/230V ± 10%).
and shuts system down. • Check for defect in
compressor.
H01 H01
• Check for possible cause of
abnormal overloading.
P.C. board (A3-IPDU).
01: Compressor 1 side IPDU Compressor All stop Overcurrent is detected • Check for defect in
02: Compressor 2 side trouble(lockup) several seconds after compressor.
MG-CTT startup of inverter • Check power supply voltage.
trouble compressor. (AC208/230V ± 10%).
• Check compressor system
wiring, particularly for open
phase.
connectors/terminals on A3-
H02 H02
IPDU P.C. board.
• Check conductivity of case
heater.
(Check for refrigerant
problem inside
compressor.)
P.C. board (A3-IPDU).
• Check outdoor MG-CTT.
01: Compressor 1 side IPDU Current All stop Current flow of at least • Check current detection
02: Compressor 2 side detection specified magnitude is circuit wiring.
H03 H03 circuit trouble detected despite inverter • Check defect in outdoor P.C.
compressor having been board (A3-IPDU).
shut turned off. • Check of the External Current
Sensor.
I/F TD1 sensor All stop Discharge temperature of • Check installation of TD1
miswiring compressor 1 (TD1) does sensor.
(incomplete not increase despite • Check connection of TD1
insertion) compressor being in sensor connector and wiring.
H05 H05 –
operation. • Check resistance
characteristics of TD1 sensor.
P.C. board (I/F).
I/F Activation of All stop Low-pressure PS sensor • Check service valves to
low-pressure detects operating confirm full opening
protection pressure lower than (both gas and liquid sides).
2.9psi (0.02MPa) • Check outdoor PMVs for
clogging (PMV1, 3).
• Check for defect in SV2 or SV4
circuits.
• Check for defect in low-
pressure PS sensor.
H06 H06 –
• Check indoor filter for clogging.
• Check valve opening status of
indoor PMV.
• Check refrigerant piping for
clogging.
• Check operation of outdoor fan
(during heating).
• Check for insufficiency in
refrigerant quantity.
*1 Total shutdown in case of header unit
Continued operation in case of follower unit
− 144 −
Check code
Main
condition(s)
remote
Check detection
controller
code
Sub-code
I/F Low oil level All stop Operating compressor <All outdoor units in
protection detects continuous state of corresponding line to be
low oil level for about 2 hours. checked>
• Check balance pipe
service valve to confirm full
opening.
• Check connection and
installation of TK1,
TK2, TK4, and TK5
sensors.
characteristics of TK1,
TK2, TK4, and TK5
H07 H07 –
sensors.
• Check for gas or oil leak in
same line.
• Check for refrigerant
problem inside
compressor casing.
• Check SV3A, SV3B,
SV3C, SV3D valves for
defect.
• Check oil return circuit of
oil separator for clogging.
• Check oil equalizing circuit
for clogging.
01: TK1 sensor trouble I/F trouble in All stop Sensor resistance is infinity • Check connection of TK1
02: TK2 sensor trouble temperature or zero (open/short circuit). sensor connector.
04: TK4 sensor trouble sensor for oil • Check resistance
05: TK5 sensor trouble level detection characteristics of TK1
sensor.
P.C. board (I/F).
All stop Sensor resistance is infinity • Check connection of TK2
or zero (open/short circuit). sensor connector.
characteristics of TK2
sensor.
H08 H08 P.C. board (I/F).
sensor.
P.C. board (I/F).
sensor.
P.C. board (I/F).
I/F TD2 sensor All stop Discharge temperature of • Check installation of TD2
miswiring (TD2) does not increase sensor.
(incomplete despite compressor 2 being • Check connection of TD2
insertion) in operation. sensor connector and
wiring.
H15 H15 –
characteristics of TD2
sensor.
P.C. board (I/F).
− 145 −
Check code
Location System Check code detection
Outdoor 7-segment display of Description Check items (locations)
Main status condition(s)
remote Check detection
controller Sub-code
code
01: TK1 oil circuit trouble I/F Oil level All stop • Check for disconnection of TK1
02: TK2 oil circuit trouble detection • sensor. Check resistance
04: TK4 oil circuit trouble circuit trouble characteristics of TK1 sensor. Check
05: TK5 oil circuit trouble No temperature • for connection trouble involving TK1,
change is detected TK2, TK4 and TK5 sensors Check for
by TK1 despite • clogging in oil equalizing circuit
compressor 1 capillary and faulty operation in check
having been started. valve.
• Check for refrigerant entrapment
inside compressor.
• Check for disconnection of TK2

• sensor. Check resistance
characteristics of TK2 sensor. Check
No temperature • for connection trouble involving TK1,
change is detected TK2, TK4, and TK5 sensors Check for
compressor 2 capillary and faulty operation in check
having been started. valve.
inside compressor.
H16 H16
change is detected
TK2,TK4, and TK5 sensors Check for
compressor having
capillary and faulty operation in check
been started.
valve.
inside compressor.
change is detected
TK2, TK4, and TK5 sensors Check for
compressor having
capillary and faulty operation in check
been started.
valve.
inside compressor.
− 146 −
Check code
Location
Main
condition(s)
remote
Check detection
controller
code
Sub-code
Indoor Outdoor units Stop of In case of different outdoor • Check outdoor unit model.
unit model corresponding unit (Not corresponded to (Check whether the
L02 L02 – disagreement unit Air to Air Heat Exchanger outdoor unit corresponds
trouble type) to Air to Air Heat
Exchanger type or not.)
Indoor Duplicated Stop of There are more than one • Check indoor addresses.
unit indoor header corresponding header units in group. • Check for any change
unit unit made to remote controller
L03 – –
connection (group/
individual) since indoor
address setting.
I/F Duplicated All stop There is duplication in line • Check line addresses.
outdoor line address setting for outdoor
L04 L04 –
address units belonging to different
refrigerant piping systems.
I/F Duplicated All stop More than one indoor units • Check display on priority
priority indoor have been set up as priority indoor unit.
unit (as indoor unit.
L05 – –
displayed on
priority indoor
unit)
No. of priority indoor units I/F Duplicated All stop More than one indoor units • Check displays on priority
priority indoor have been set up as priority indoor unit and outdoor
unit (as indoor unit. unit.
L06 L06 displayed on
indoor unit other
than priority
indoor unit)
Indoor Connection of Stop of There is at least one stand- • Check indoor addresses.
unit group control corresponding alone indoor unit to which
L07 – – cable to stand- unit group control cable is
alone indoor connected.
unit
Indoor Indoor group / Stop of Address setting has not been • Check indoor addresses.
unit addresses not corresponding performed for indoor units. Note:
set unit This code is displayed
L08 L08 –
when power is turned on
for the first time after
installation.
Indoor Indoor capacity Stop of Capacity setting has not been Set indoor capacity. (DN =
L09 – – unit not set corresponding performed for indoor unit. 11)
unit
I/F Outdoor All stop Jumper wire provided on P.C. Check model setting of P.C.
capacity not set board for servicing I/F P.C. board for servicing outdoor
L10 L10 –
board has not been removed I/F P.C. board.
as required for given model.
Network Duplicated All stop There is duplication in central • Check central control
adaptor central control control address setting. addresses.
L20 – – Indoor address • Check network adaptor
unit P.C. board .
I/F Too many All stop There are more than three • Check No. of outdoor units
outdoor units outdoor units. connected (Only up to 3
L28 L28 – connected units per system allowed).
lines between outdoor
units.
P.C. board (I/F).
− 147 −
Check code
Main
condition(s)
remote
Check detection
controller
code
Sub-code
A3-IPDU Fan-IPDU A3-IPDU Fan-IPDU I/F Trouble in No. All stop Insufficient number of IPDUs • Check model setting of
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
of IPDUs are detected when power is P.C. board for servicing
01 ○ 10 ○
02 ○ 11 ○ ○ turned on. outdoor I/F P.C. board.
03 ○ ○ 12 ○ ○ • Check connection of UART
08 ○ 13 ○ ○ ○ communication connector.
09 ○ ○ 18 ○ ○
• Check A3-IPDU, fan IPDU,
0A ○ ○ 19 ○ ○ ○
0B ○ ○ ○ 1A ○ ○ ○ and I/F P.C. board for
1B ○ ○ ○ ○ defect.
L29 L29
Detected indoor address Indoor External Stop of • Signal is present at When external device is
unit interlock of corresponding external trouble input connected to CN80
indoor unit unit terminal (CN80) for 1 connector:
minute. 1) Check for defect in
external device.
2) Check for defect in indoor
L30 L30
P.C. board.
When external device is not
connected to CN80
connector:
1) Check for defect in indoor
P.C. board.
I/F Extended IC Continued There is part failure in P.C. Check outdoor P.C. board
– L31 –
trouble operation board (I/F). (I/F).
Indoor Indoor fan Stop of • Check the lock of fan motor
P01 – – unit motor trouble corresponding (AC fan).
unit • Check wiring.
01: Compressor 1 side IPDU Boost converter All stop Boost converter of • Check power supply voltage
02: Compressor 2 side circuit trouble outdoor P.C.board (AC 208/230V ±10%).
(A3-IPDU) does not • Check connection of
operate normally. connectors/terminals on
P02 P02 A3-IPDU P.C.board.
• Check wiring for reactor.
• Check for defect in
outdoor P.C.board
(A3-IPDU).
I/F Discharge All stop Discharge temperature • Check outdoor service

temperature (TD1) exceeds valves (gas side, liquid
TD1 trouble 239°F (115°C) side) to confirm full
opening.
• Check outdoor PMVs
(PMV1, 3) for clogging.
sensor.
P03 P03 –
• Check for insufficiency in
refrigerant quantity.
valve.
• Check for leakage of
SV4 circuit.
• Check SV4 circuit (wiring
or installation trouble
in SV41 or SV42).
− 148 −
Check code
Main
Outdoor 7-segment display of Description System Check items (locations)
remote detection status condition(s)
Check
controller
code
Sub-code
01: Compressor 1 side IPDU Activation of high- All stop High-pressure SW is • Check connection of high-
02: Compressor 2 side pressure SW activated. pressure SW connector.
• Check for defect in PD
pressure sensor.
• Check outdoor service valves
(gas side, liquid side) to
confirm full opening.
fan.
fan motor.
• Check outdoor PMVs (PMV1,
3) for clogging.
• Check indoor/outdoor heat
exchangers for clogging.
• Check for short-circuiting of
outdoor suction/discharge air
flows.
• Check SV2 circuit for
P04 P04
clogging.
P.C. board (I/F).
• Check for trouble in indoor
fan system (possible cause
of air flow reduction).
• Check opening status of
indoor PMV.
• Check indoor-outdoor
communication line for wiring
trouble.
• Check for faulty operation of
check valve in discharge pipe
convergent section.
• Check gas balancing SV4
valve circuit.
• Check SV5 valve circuit.
overcharging.
00: I/F Detection of open All stop • Open phase is • Check for defect in outdoor
phase/phase sequence detected when P.C. board (I/F).
power is turned • Check wiring of outdoor
01: Compressor 1 side Inverter DC voltage on. power supply.
P05 P05 02: Compressor 2 side (Vdc) trouble • Inverter DC
(compressor) voltage is too high
MG-CTT trouble (overvoltage) or
too low
(undervoltage).
01: Compressor 1 side IPDU Heat sink overheating All stop Temperature sensor • Check power supply voltage.
02: Compressor 2 side I/F trouble built into IPM (TH) is • Check outdoor fan system
overheated. trouble.
• Check heat sink cooling duct
for clogging.
• Check IPM and heat sink for
P07 P07 thermal performance for faulty
installation.
(e.g. mounting screws and
thermal conductivity)
• Check for defect in A3-IPDU.
(faulty IPM built-in
temperature sensor (TH))
Detected indoor address Indoor Indoor overflow trouble All stop • Float switch • Check float switch connector.
unit operates. • Check operation of drain
• Float switch circuit pump.
P10 P10 is open-circuited • Check drain pump circuit.
or disconnected at • Check drain pipe for clogging.
connector. • Check for defect in indoor
P.C. board.
Indoor Indoor fan motor trouble Stop of • Motor speed • Check connection of fan
unit corresponding measurements connector and wiring.
unit continuously • Check for defect in fan motor.
deviate from target • Check for defect in indoor
P12 – –
value. P.C. board.
• Overcurrent • Check impact of outside air
protection is treatment (OA).
activated.
− 149 −
Check code
Main
condition(s)
remote
Check detection
controller
code
Sub-code
I/F Outdoor liquid All stop <During cooling operation> • Check full-close
backflow When system is in cooling operation of outdoor PMV
detection trouble operation, high pressure is (1, 3, 4).
detected in follower unit that • Check for defect in Pd or
has been turned off. PS sensor.
<During heating operation> • Check gas balancing
When system is in heating circuit (SV2) for clogging.
operation, outdoor PMV 1 or • Check balance pipe.
P13 P13 – 3 continuously registers • Check SV3B circuit for
opening of 300p or less clogging.
while under superheat • Check defect in outdoor
control. P.C. board (I/F).
• Check capillary of oil
separator oil return circuit
for clogging.
• Check for leakage of check
valve in discharge pipe
convergent section.
01: TS condition I/F Gas All stop Protective shutdown due to • Check for insufficiency in
leakdetection sustained suction refrigerant quantity.
(TS1 condition) temperature at or above • Check outdoor service
judgment criterion valves (gas side, liquid
for at least 10 minutes is side) to confirm full
repeated four times or more. opening.
<TS trouble judgment • Check PMVs (PMV1, 3) for
criterion> In cooling clogging.
operation: 140°F (60°C) In • Check resistance
heating operation: 104°F characteristics of TS1
(40°C) sensor.
valve.
P15 P15 leakage
02: TD condition I/F Gas leak All stop Protective shutdown due to • Check for insufficiency in
detection sustained discharge refrigerant quantity.
(TD condition) temperature (TD1 or TD2) • Check PMVs (PMV 1, 3)
at or above 226.4°F (108°C) for clogging.
for at least 10 minutes is • Check resistance
repeated four times or characteristics of TD1 and
more. TD2 sensors.
• Check indoor filter for
clogging.
• Check piping for clogging.
• Check SV4 circuit (for
leakage or coil installation
trouble).
I/F Discharge All stop Discharge temperature • Check outdoor service
temperature (TD2) exceeds 239°F valves (gas side, liquid
TD2 trouble (115°C) side) to confirm full
opening.
• Check outdoor PMVs
(PMV1, 3, 4) for clogging.
P17 P17 – sensor.
valve.
leakage.
• Check SV4 circuit (for
wiring or installation
trouble involving SV41
and SV42).
− 150 −
Check code
Location
Main
condition(s)
remote
Check detection
controller
code
Sub-code
Detected outdoor unit No. I/F 4-way valve All stop Abnormal refrigerating cycle • Check for defect in main
reversing trouble data is collected during body of 4-way valve.
heating operation. • Check for coil defect in 4-
way valve and loose
connection of its
connector.
P19 P19 characteristics of TS1
and TE1,TE2 sensors.
• Check output voltage
characteristics of Pd and
Ps pressure sensors.
• Check for wiring trouble
involving TE1 and TL1
sensors.
I/F Activation of All stop <During cooling operation> • Check for defect in PD
high-pressure PD sensor detects pressure pressure sensor.
protection equal to or greater than • Check service valves (gas
558.25 psi (3.85 MPa) side, liquid side) to confirm
<During heating operation> full opening.
PD sensor detects pressure • Check for defect in
equal to or greater than outdoor fan.
522 psi (3.6 MPa) • Check for defect in
outdoor fan motor.
• Check outdoor PMV
(PMV1, 3, 4) for clogging.
• Check indoor/outdoor heat
exchangers for clogging.
• Check for short-circuiting
of outdoor suction/
discharge air flows.
clogging.
P20 P20 –
P.C. board (I/F).
fan system (possible cause
of air flow reduction).
• Check opening status of
indoor PMV.
• Check indoor-outdoor
communication line for
wiring trouble.
• Check for faulty operation
of check valve in discharge
pipe convergent section.
• Check gas balancing SV4
valve circuit.
• Check SV5 valve circuit.
overcharging.
− 151 −
Check code
Location
Main
condition(s)
remote
Check detection
controller
code
Sub-code
(Sub code: #0)

Fan IPDU over current
protection circuit • Check fan motor.
#0:Element short circuit IPDU Outdoor fan
All stop Flow of current equal to or • Check for defect in fan IPDU
IPDU trouble P.C. board.
*Put in Fan greater than the specified
IPDU No. in [#] value is detected during
mark startup of the fan.
(Sub code: #1) • Check fan motor.
Fan IPDU position • Check connection of fan
#1:Position detection circuit All stop detection circuit Position motor connector.
trouble • Check for defect in fan IPDU
detection is not going on
P.C. board.
normally.
(Sub code: #3)

Gusty wind, an obstruction, • Check fan motor.
#3:Motor lock trouble or another external factor • Check for defect in fan IPDU
All stop
Speed estimation is not P.C. board.
going on normally.
(Sub code: #4)
Fan IPDU over current • Check fan motor.
protection circuit • Check connection of fan
P22 P22 motor connector.
#4:Motor current trouble All stop Flow of current equal to or
• Check for defect in fan IPDU
greater than the specified P.C. board.
value is detected during
operation of the fan.
(Sub code: #C)
#C:TH sensor Higher temperature than
• Check fan motor.
temperature trouble the specified value is • Check for defect in fan IPDU
All stop detected during operation P.C. board.
of the fan.
(Sub code: #D)
The resistance value of • Check for defect in fan
#D:TH sensor short All stop
circuit/release trouble the sensor is infinite or IPDU P.C. board.
zero (open or short circuit).
• Check power voltage of
(Sub code: #E)
the main power supply.
Fan IPDU DC voltage • Check for defect in fan IPDU
#E:Vdc voltage trouble All stop protection circuit P.C. board.
The DC voltage higher or
• Check connection of fan
lower than the specified
IPDU P.C. board.
value is detected.
01: Compressor 1 side IPDU IPM short- All stop Overcurrent is momentarily • Check connector
02: Compressor 2 side circuit protection detected during startup of connection and wiring on
trouble compressor. A3-IPDU P.C. board.
P26 P26 compressor (layer short-
circuit).
outdoor P.C. board (A3-
IPDU).
01: Compressor 1 side IPDU Compressor All stop Position detection is not • Check wiring and
02: Compressor 2 side position going on normally. connector connection.
detection circuit • Check for compressor
P29 P29
trouble layer short-circuit.
• Check for defect in A3-
IPDU P.C. board.
Indoor Other indoor Stop of There is trouble in other • Check indoor P.C. board.
unit trouble corresponding indoor unit in group,
P31 – –
(group follower unit resulting in detection of
unit trouble) E07/L07/L03/L08.
− 152−
Check codes Detected by TCC-LINK Central Control Device
Check code
Location
Main Outdoor 7-segment display of Description System status Check code detection Check items (locations)
condition(s)
remote detection
controller Sub-code
TCC-LINK TCC-LINK Continued Central control device is • Check for defect in central
central control operation unable to transmit signal. control device.
device • Check for defect in central
C05 – transmission control communication
trouble line.
• Check termination
resistance setting.
TCC-LINK Continued Central control device is • Check for defect in central
central control operation unable to receive signal. control device.
device reception • Check for defect in central
trouble control communication
line.
• Check terminator resistor
setting.
C06 – • Check power supply for
devices at other end of
central control
communication line.
• Check defect in P.C.
boards of devices at other
end of central control
communication line.
General- Batch alarm Continued Trouble signal is input to • Check trouble input.
purpose for general- operation control interface for general-
C12 –
device purpose device purpose devices.
I/F control interface
TCC-LINK Group control Continued Trouble occurs in follower • Check check code of unit
Differs according to
follower unit operation unit under group control. that has generated alarm.
nature of alarm-causing
trouble ([P30] is displayed on central
trouble
P30 control remote controller.)
Duplicated Continued There is duplication in central • Check address settings.
(L20 displayed.) central control operation control addresses.
address
− 153 −
Points to Note When Servicing Compressor
(1) When checking the outputs of inverters, remove the wiring from all the compressors.
How to Check Inverter Output

(1) Turn off the power supply.
(2) Remove compressor leads from the IPDU P.C. board (A3-IPDU). (Be sure to remove all the leads.)
(3) Turn on the power supply and start cooling or heating operation.
Be careful not to make simultaneous contact with two or more faston connectors for compressor leads or a
faston connector and some other object (e.g. the unit cabinet).
(4) Check the output voltage across each pair of inverter-side (CN201, 202, 203).
If the result is unsatisfactory according to the judgment criteria given in the table below, replace the IPDU P.C.
board.
No. Measured leads Criterion
1 Red-White 180 V - 300 V
2 White-Black 180 V - 300 V
3 Black-Red 180 V - 300 V
* When connecting the compressor leads back to the compressor terminals after checking the output, check the
faston connectors thoroughly to ensure that they are not crooked. If there is any loose connector, tighten it with
a pair of pliers, etc. before connecting the lead.
How to Check Resistance of Compressor Winding

(2) Remove compressor leads from the compressors.
(3) With each compressor, check the phase-to-phase winding resistances and winding-to-outdoor cabinet
resistance using a multimeter.
• Grounded trouble?
It is normal if the winding-to-outdoor cabinet resistance is 10M or more.
• Inter-winding short circuit?
It is normal if the phase-to-phase resistances are in the 0.1-1.0 range. (Use a digital multimeter.)
How to Check Outdoor Fan Motor

(2) Remove fan motor leads from the IPDU P.C. board for the outdoor fan (CN301-CN303).
(3) Rotate the fan by hand. If the fan does not turn, the fan motor is faulty (locked up). Replace the fan motor.
If the fan turns, measure the phase-to-phase winding resistances using a multimeter. It is normal if
the measurements are in the 8.1-9.9 range. (Use a digital multimeter.)
− 154 −
Check code Check code name Cause Check code Check code name Cause
[E02] Signal transmission trouble on Unable to send signals to indoor units [E01] Communication trouble between 1. Remote controller inter-unit wire trouble
the remote controller the indoor unit and remote 2. Indoor power trouble
3. Indoor P.C. board trouble
controller (detected on the remote 4. Remote controller address setup trouble
controller) 5. Remote controller P.C. board trouble
* The check code is not indicated on the central control device or the 7-segment indication on the outdoor unit.
The Is the
communication wiring inter-unit wire of No
between the remote No Correct inter-unit cable of
Connect the wiring properly. remote controllers (A/B)
controller and indoor units normal?
remote controller.
is connected properly.
Yes
Yes
Is there no
disconnection or
The transmission circuit in the Yes Correct connector connection
connector contact trouble on
remote controller malfunctions. harness out of terminal and check circuit wiring.
Replace the remote controller. block of indoor
unit?
No
Check code Check code name Cause Is a group control

No
operation?
[E03] Communication trouble between No communication from the remote
the indoor unit and remote controller/communication adapter Yes
controller (detected on the indoor
unit)
No Check power connection
Is power of each indoor status of indoor unit. (Turn on
unit turned on? power again.)
The trouble is detected when the indoor unit cannot receive the signal from the wired remote
controller. Check the communication wiring from the remote controller A and B. Yes
The check code [E03] is not indicated on the remote controller as its communication is down.
However, the code is indicated on the central controller of TCC-LINK.
Is power applied
to remote controller? No Check indoor P.C. board.
AB terminals: Approx. Failure Replace
DC18V
− 155 −
Yes
Is setup of two Change one to header/other to

remote controllers Yes
follower. (Remote controller
without header remote
controller? address connector)
No Check remote controller P.C.

board.
Failure Replace
9-5. Diagnosis procedure for each check code
[E06] Decreased number of indoor units 1. Communication lines (U1, U2) connection trouble [E04] Indoor/Outdoor 1. Power of outdoor unit was firstly turned on.
between indoor and outdoor 2. Connection trouble of communication line
2. Communication connector's connection trouble communication circuit trouble between indoor and outdoor
on indoor unit, trouble on P.C. board (Detected at indoor side) 3. Terminator resistor setup trouble on
3. Communication connector's connection trouble communication between indoor and outdoor
on outdoor unit, trouble on I/F board 4. Address setup trouble
4. Power supply of indoor unit (Is power turned on?)
Sub-code: No. of indoor units which received signals normally

Was power turned on No Turn on power again in order
in order of indoor unit of indoor unit outdoor unit.
outdoor unit?
Is there no
miswiring/disconnection Yes
on communication line Correct communication line. Yes
between indoor and
outdoor?
No Is connection
(U1/U2 terminals) of No
Correct inter-unit wire.
indoor/outdoor inter-unit
wire normal?
Is connection No
of CN40 connector on Correct wiring or connector. Yes
indoor P.C. board
normal?
Is connector
Yes
connection from U1/U2 No
terminals of indoor/outdoor Correct connector connection.
inter-unit wire
normal?
Is connection of CN01 No
connector on outdoor I/F Yes
P.C. board normal?
Yes No
Is the terminator resistor Correct the terminator resistor
setup of outdoor unit setup.
normal?
No
Is power of indoor unit Turn on power of indoor unit. Yes
turned on?
Yes No
− 156 −
Is address setup correct? Set up address again.
Yes
Did a power failure Clear the check code. Yes
occur?
Check connection of inter-unit
wire between indoor and outdoor
No No
Is power applied to fuse is correct, and then connect
(F03) on indoor P.C. communication line connector on
board? indoor P.C. board (CN40) to
Yes CN44 (EMG).
Check noise, etc, and eliminate Yes
Is there no noise, etc?
it if any.
No Yes Check noise, etc, and

Is there no noise, etc?
eliminate it if any.
Check indoor P.C. board. (NOTE)

Failure Replace 1. When signal is not sent for a certain period from the indoor unit which has No
used to send signals normally, [E06] is displayed.
Check indoor P.C. board. For details, refer to “8-5. Troubleshooting in Test Operation”.
Failure Replace
[E08] Duplicated indoor addresses Indoor addresses are duplicated. [E07] Indoor/Outdoor communication 1. Indoor/outdoor communication terminator resistor
setup trouble
circuit trouble 2. Indoor/outdoor communication connection trouble
(Detected at outdoor side)
Sub-code: Duplicated indoor address
Using a wired remote controller (RBC-AMT32UL), check the setup CODE Is setup of
No Correct setup of terminator
terminator resistor of
No. (DN code) 12, 13, and 14. outdoor unit normal? resistor
When there is no address duplication, check to the following flowchart.
Yes
Is wire connection to No Is inter-unit wire Yes

Correct wire connection. (U1, U2) between indoor
communication line
normal? and outdoor short-
circuited?
Yes
No
Correct short-circuit.
Is not communication Yes
line connected to the
Correct communication line.
different outdoor
unit?
Is connection of No
No inter-unit wire between Correct communication line.
indoor and outdoor
correct?
Yes
Is indoor unit quantity No
connected to outdoor
unit correct?
Is there no trouble on Yes
Yes power wire to outdoor Correct power wire.
unit?
No
Set up indoor address again.
− 157 −
Yes Is F400 (fuse) on I/F P.C. No
Is there noise source? Turn on power to start operation.
board opened?
* Check conduction with tester.

No Yes
I/F P.C. board failure

However an emergent operation is
available by inserting connector to
be connected to CN01 to CN33.
Eliminate noise.
Outdoor I/F P.C. board failure

Replace
[E15] No corresponding indoor unit 1. Communication line connection trouble between [E09] Duplicated header remote Setup of header remote controller is duplicated.
indoor and outdoor
during automatic address 2. Indoor power system trouble
controller
3. Noise from surrounding devices
4. Power failure
Are two remote Set up one controller as the header and
controllers set up as two Yes
the other follower.
header remote
controllers? (Remote controller address connector)
Is communication No
No
line between indoor Correct communication line. Check remote controller P.C. board.
and outdoor Failure Replace
normal?
Yes
Is connection of No Correct connection of

CN40 connector on
connector.
indoor P.C. board
correct?
Yes Check code Check code name Cause

Is [E10] Communication trouble between Indoor P.C. board trouble.
connection of CN01 No Correct connection of
connector on I/F P.C. board indoor MCUs.
of header outdoor unit
connector.
correct?
Yes
Yes Check power voltage. Improve the

Yes Is there any trouble on
Is there any connection line condition. Eliminate noise, etc.
Correct power wire. power line?
trouble of power wire?
No
No
Check indoor control P.C. board.

Did a power failure Yes Set up address again after Failure Replace
occur? resetting power supply.
− 158 −
No
Yes
Is there no noise source? Eliminate noise.
No Check code Check code name Cause

[E12] Automatic address start trouble 1. Starting automatic addressing of indoor units during
Set up address again after automatic addressing in another refrigerant line.
resetting power supply. (Sub-code: 01)
2. Starting automatic addressing of outdoor units
during automatic addressing of indoor units
(Sub-code: 02)
Sub-code: 01: Communication between indoor and outdoor 02: Communication between outdoor units
Are U1, U2, U3, and No

U4 connectors
connected?
Yes
Set up address again.

Disconnect connector connection Turn on power of outdoor unit (Refer to “8-4-3. Address
of U1, U2, U3, and U4. again. Setup Procedure”.)
Communication trouble between Regular communication between indoor header and [E16] Number/capacity of connected 1. There are 64 or more connected indoor units.
[E18] 2. Over-capacity of total connected indoor units.
follower is unavailable. indoor units beyond the limit
indoor header and follower 3. Incorrect setup of indoor units' horse power
Are remote Sub-code: 01-: number of connected units

No Correct remote controller
controller inter-unit wires
(A/B) normal? inter-unit wire.
Yes Indoor over-capacity has been
Is backup detected during the backup
operation of outdoor unit Yes
operation.
being set up?
Is there any Perform setup of no detection
disconnection of Yes Correct connection of for capacity over. (*1)
connector or wiring from connector.
terminal block of No
Check circuit wire.
indoor unit?
No
Is group No Excessive indoor units are

control operation Is No. of connected No
indoor units correct? connected.
executed? Correct miswiring.
Yes
Yes
Check power connection

Are powers of all indoor No
status of indoor unit. (Turn
units turned on? on the power again.)
Yes For a service

P.C. board, check OK Set up outdoor ton.
outdoor capacity setup. (Refer “14 P.C. BOARD
(Set up jumper 9, 10, 11, EXCHANGE PROCEDURES”.)
and 12.)
NG
(*1) To deactivate the over-capacity detection

Check indoor P.C. board.
Check indoor address. Turn SW09 Bit 2 on I/F P.C. board of header outdoor unit to ON.
− 159 −
Failure Replace Check outdoor interface
P.C. board.
(Usually OFF)
Correct indoor address.

Communication signal sending 1. Inter-unit wire connection trouble between outdoor units Header outdoor unit quantity 1. Misconnection of inter-unit wire between indoor
[E23] 2. Communication connector connection trouble
[E19]
and outdoor
trouble between outdoor units between outdoor units, I/F P.C. board trouble trouble 2. Outdoor I/F P.C. board trouble
3. End terminal resistance setup trouble between
outdoor units
Sub-code: 00: No header unit 02: Two or more header units
Is there no
miswiring or disconnection Yes Correct communication line.
on communication line Are not
between outdoor communication lines Connect communication line
units? (U1, U2) between indoor Yes
between indoor and outdoor
No and outdoor connected
to multiple outdoor to one unit per 1 system.
units?
Is connection No
of CN03 connector on No
Correct wiring or connector.
outdoor I/F P.C. board
normal?
Yes Is
communication
line between indoor and No Connect communication line
outdoor connected to between indoor and outdoor.
Is not main power of Yes Turn on main power of one unit per 1
outdoor unit turned outdoor unit. system?
off?
Yes
No
Is the Reference)
terminator resistor between No Turn the terminator resistor The outdoor unit connected with communication wires (U1, U2) between
Check I/F board.
outdoor units turned on? to ON. indoor and outdoor is automatically recognized as the header unit.
(SW30 Bit 2)
Yes
Did power failure Yes

occur? Clear check code.
− 160 −
No
Is there no noise Yes Check and eliminate noise,

source, etc? etc
Check code Check code name Cause
No Unit connected to other line When starting automatic indoor address, a device in
[E20] another line is connected.
during automatic address
Check outdoor I/F P.C. board.
Failure Replace
Sub-code: 01: Connection of an outdoor unit in another line 02: Connection of an indoor unit in another line
Separate the connection between the lines following the address setup method.
[E31] IPDU communication trouble 1. Connection trouble of communication line Duplicated follower outdoor Addresses are duplicated by manual setup of outdoor
between IPDU and I/F P.C. board [E25]
address
2. I/F P.C. board trouble address setup
3. IPDU P.C. board trouble
4. External noise
Do not set up outdoor addresses manually.
Sub-code
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 Check code Check code name Cause
01 ○ 10 ○
02 ○ 11 ○ ○ [E26] Decrease of connected outdoor 1. Outdoor unit backup setup
03 ○ ○ 12 ○ ○ 2. Outdoor power trouble
units 3. Communication line connection trouble between
08 ○ 13 ○ ○ ○
09 ○ ○ 18 ○ ○
outdoor units
4. Communication connector connection trouble
0A ○ ○ 19 ○ ○ ○
5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board trouble
0B ○ ○ ○ 1A ○ ○ ○
1B ○ ○ ○ ○
Sub-code: Address of the outdoor unit receiving signal abnormally
Is
communication
connector between IPDU No Yes Clear the trouble, and then
Correct connection of connector. During setup of outdoor
and I/F P.C. board unit backup? start operation. (*1)
connected?
Yes No
Is there
no disconnection on Is main power of No
Yes follower unit turned on? Turn on the main power supply.
communication line Replace communication line.
between IPDU and I/F
P.C. board?
No Yes
Is
communication line
Is there No Correct connection of
between outdoor
voltage deflection communication line.
between 4 and 5 pin of units connected
CN600 on I/F P.C. board? No normally?
I/F P.C. board trouble
(Measurement with tester:
DC 0 to 5V, Yes
5 pins GND)
Yes Is communication
− 161 −
connector (CN03) No Correct connector connection.
between follower outdoor (Communication connector: CN03)
units connected?
Is there
voltage deflection
between 3 and 5 pin of
CN600 on I/F P.C. board? No Yes
I/F P.C. board trouble
(Measurement with tester:
DC0 to 5V, In the case that All IPDUs (A3- IPDUs and
5 pins GND) fan IPDUs) do not return response. (*1) How to clear the trouble
* Two A3-IPDUs (NO. 1 and 2) exist in all models. Check I/F P.C. board. Set SW01/SW02/SW03 on I/F P.C. board of header unit to 2/16/1, and
Yes From 6 to 10 ton models, one Fan-IPDU exists. push SW04 for 5 seconds or more.
From 12 to 14 ton models, two Fan-IPDUs exist. (7-segment display: [Er.] [CL])
Replace defective IPDU

P.C. board.
[E28] Follower outdoor unit trouble Trouble has occurred on a follower outdoor unit.
Sub-code : 80
Communication trouble
between MCU and MCU Sub-code: Detected outdoor unit No.
A trouble occurred on a follower unit. See the check code on the 7-segment display on I/F P.C. board of the follower
Was power unit, and then check it according to diagnose procedure for the check code.
supply correctly reset? No
(Power supply OFF for Reset power supply and reactivate. (How to specify the follower outdoor unit in which trouble occurred)
60 seconds or more) Push SW04 for 1 second or more under condition that [E28] is displayed on the 7-segment display of the header unit.
The fan of the outdoor unit which stopped due to occurrence of trouble starts rotating. Push SW05 to stop the fan.
Yes
I/F board trouble --> Replace

[F03] Indoor TC1 sensor trouble TC1 sensor Open/Short [F01] Indoor TCJ sensor trouble TCJ sensor Open/Short
Is TC1 Is TCJ
sensor connector No sensor connector No
(CN100: Brown) on indoor Correct connection of (CN102: Red) on indoor Correct connection of
P.C. board normally connector. P.C. board normally connector.
connected? connected?
Yes Yes
Are characteristics No Are characteristics No

of TC1 sensor resistance Replace TC1 sensor. of TCJ sensor resistance Replace TCJ sensor.
value normal? value normal?
Yes *See “Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics” on “9-10. Sensor Characteristics”. Yes * See “Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics” on “9-10. Sensor Characteristics”.
Check indoor main P.C. board. Check indoor P.C. board.

Failure Replace Failure Replace

[F04] TD1 sensor trouble TD1 sensor Open/Short Check code Check code name Cause
[F02] Indoor TC2 sensor trouble TC2 sensor Open/Short
This check code means detection of Open/Short of TD1 sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection
of connector (TD1 sensor: CN502, White) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See “Outdoor unit
temperature sensor characteristics” on “9-10. Sensor Characteristics”.) Is TC2
If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board. sensor connector
(CN101: Black) on indoor
No Correct connection of
P.C. board normally connector.
− 162 −
connected?
Yes
[F05] TD2 sensor trouble TD2 sensor Open/Short
Are characteristics of No
TC2 sensor resistance Replace TC2 sensor.
value normal?
This check code means detection of Open/Short of TD2 sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection Yes * See “Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics” on “9-10. Sensor Characteristics”.
of connector (TD2 sensor: CN503, Pink) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See “Outdoor unit
temperature sensor characteristics” on “9-10. Sensor Characteristics”.)
If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board.
Failure Replace

[F06] TE1,TE2 sensor trouble TE1,TE2 sensor Open/Short
This check code means detection of Open/Short of TE1 sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of
connector (TE1 sensor: CN520,Green, TE2 sensor : CN521, Red) and characteristics of sensor resistance value.
(See “Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics” on “9-10. Sensor Characteristics”.)
[F13] TH sensor trouble IPM built-in sensor trouble in A3-IPDU [F07] TL1,TL2,TL3 sensor trouble TL1,TL2,TL3 sensor Open/Short
Sub-code: 01:TL1, 02;TL2, 03;TL3

Sub-code: 01: Compressor 1, 02: Compressor 2
This check code means detection of Open/Short of TL1,TL2,TL3 sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for
This check code means IPM built-in temperature sensor trouble. connection of connector (TL1 sensor: CN523WHI, TL2 sensor : CN524 GRY, TL3 sensor: CN902 PNK) and
characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See “Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics” on “9-10.
If sensor is normal, replace IPDU P.C. board. Sensor Characteristics”.)
Outdoor temp sensor miswiring 1. Misinstallation and misconnection of TE1 sensor
[F15] and TL1 sensor TO sensor Open/Short
(TE1, TL1)
[F08] TO sensor trouble
2. Resistance characteristice trouble of TE1 sensor
and TL1 sensor
3. Outdoor P.C. board (I/F) trouble
This check code means detection of Open/Short of TO sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection
of connector (TO sensor: CN507, Yellow) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See “Outdoor unit
temperature sensor characteristics” on “9-10. Sensor Characteristics”.)
Are installed positions No Correct installed positions of
of TE1 sensor and TL1 TE1 sensor and TL1 sensor.
sensor correct? Check code Check code name Cause
Outdoor I/F P.C. board [F09] TG1, TG2 sensor trouble TG1, TG2 sensor Open/Short
Yes TE1 sensor : CN520, Green
TL1 sensor : CN523, White
Sub-code: 01: TG1, 02: TG2

Are connection
of TE1 sensor connector No Correct connection of This check code means detection of Open/Short of TG1, TG2 sensor. Check disconnection of circuit
and TL1 sensor connector connectors. for connection of connector (TG1 sensor: CN525 BLU, TG2 sensor: CN526 WHI) and characteristics
normal? of sensor resistance value. (See "Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-10. Sensor
Characteristics".)
Yes If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F F.C. board.
Are resistance [F10] Indoor TA/TSA sensor trouble TA sensor Open/Short

characteristics of TL1 No Correct connection of
− 163 −
sensor and TE1 sensor connectors.
normal?
*See “Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics” on “9-10. Sensor Characteristics”. This check code means detection of Open/Short of TA sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection
Yes of connector (TA /TSA sensor: CN104, Yellow) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See “Indoor
unit temperature sensor characteristics” on “9-10. Sensor Characteristics”.)
If sensor is normal, replace indoor P.C. board.
Failure Replace
TE1 sensor: Outdoor heat exchanger temp sensor
TL1 sensor: Temp sensor between liquid tank of outdoor PMV [F11] Indoor TF sensor trouble TF sensor Open/Short
This check code means detection of Open/Short of TF sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of
connector (TA sensor: CN103 Green) and characteristics of sensor resistance value.
(See "Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-10. Sensor Characteristics".)
If sensor is normal, replace indoor unit P.C board.

[F12] TS1,TS3 sensor trouble TS1,TS3 sensor Open/Short
Sub-code: 01:TS1, 03:TS3
This check code means detection of Open/Short of TS1,TS3 sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for
connection of connector (TS1 sensor: CN505 WHI, TS3 sensor: CN903 PUR) and characteristics of sensor
resistance value. (See “Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics” on “9-10. Sensor Characteristics”.)
[F23] PS sensor trouble Output voltage trouble of Ps sensor [F16] Outdoor pressure sensor 1. High-pressure PD sensor and low pressure sensor
miswiring (PD, PS) PS are exchanged.
2. Output voltage of each sensor is zero.
Are connection of No Correct connection of connectors.

Is connection of PS No Correct connection of PD sensor and PS PD sensor: CN501, Red
sensor connector sensor connectors
connector. PS sensor: CN500, White
correct? Connector: CN500, White correct?
Yes Yes
Are output
voltage characteristics No
of PS sensor Sensor trouble Replace Are output
normal? (1) Pressure (Check joint) by pressure gauge voltage characteristics No
(2) Pressure display on 7-segment display of PD sensor and PS Sensor trouble Replace
Yes (3) Output voltage of I/F P.C. board sensor normal?
(1) Pressure (Check joint) by pressure gauge
If (1) and (2), (3) are different, a trouble of pressure
sensor itself is considered. (2) Pressure display on 7-segment display
If (2) and (3) are different, check interface P.C. board. (3) Output voltage of I/F P.C. board If (1) and (2), (3) are
Yes different, an trouble of pressure sensor itself is
considered. If (2) and (3) are different, check
Is not
refrigerant bypassed from Are PD/PS
Is there no leakage
discharge to suction of Check compressor. output values No
from SV4 valve? No No Check compressor.
4-way valve? PD>PSduring
compressor Value can be confirmed by 7-segment
operation? display function on outdoor I/F P.C. board.
Yes Yes
Yes PD SW01/02/03=1/1/2
Replace SV4 valve. Check 4-way valve. PS SW01/02/03=1/2/2

Failure Replace
− 164 −
[F29] Indoor other trouble Indoor P.C. board trouble
[F24] PD sensor trouble Output voltage trouble of PD sensor
This trouble is detected during operation of air conditioner of IC10 non-volatile memory (EEPROM) It is output voltage trouble of PD sensor. Check disconnection of connection of connector (PD sensor: CN501,
on indoor unit P.C.board. Replace service P.C. board. red) circuit and output voltage of sensor.
If the sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board.
* If EEPROM was not inserted when power was turned on or it is absolutely impossible to read/write
EEPROM data, the automatic address mode is repeated.
(Approx. 3 minutes) (Approx. 1 minute)

(Power ON) [SET DATA] [SET DATA] LED (D02) 1Hz Reboot (Reset)
is displayed disappears. flashes for approx.
on remote 10 seconds on
controller. indoor unit P.C.
board.
(Repetition)

[F31] Outdoor EEPROM trouble 1. Outdoor unit power trouble (Voltage, noise, etc.)
2. Outdoor I/F P.C. board trouble
Is there any trouble No Check power voltage and line.

of outdoor unit Correct power line.
power supply? Check external noise, etc.
Yes
− 165 −
Check I/F P.C. board.
[H02] Compressor trouble (Lock) 1. Outdoor unit power line trouble Check code Check code name Cause
2. Compressor circuit system trouble
[H01] Compressor breakdown Rotor- 1. Outdoor unit power line trouble
3. Compressor trouble
2. Compressor circuit system trouble
4. Refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell stop power distribution has 3. Compressor trouble
5. A3-IPDU P.C. board trouble occurred. 4. Abnormal overload in operation
6. MG-CTT trouble
5. A3-IPDU P.C. board trouble
Sub-code:
01: Compressor 1
02: Compressor 2 Sub-code:
01: Compressor 1
02: Compressor 2
Is power voltage No
of outdoor unit Correct power line.
normal? *1 Is power voltage No
*1: 208/230V ± 10% of outdoor unit Correct power line.
Yes normal? * 208/230V ± 10%
Yes
Does voltage drop Yes
occur when other
compressor Does voltage
starts? drop occur when Yes
other compressor
No starts?
Is wiring No
or connector No
connection on A3-
Correct connector connection
IPDU P.C. board or wiring. Is wiring
normal? or connector No
connection on A3-IPDU Correct connector connection
Yes P.C.board or wiring.
normal?
Yes
No
Is MG-CTT normal? *2 Exchange MG-CTT
Is winding
*2 Check connection wiring resistance between No
Yes Check operation of MG-CTT Compressor trouble
phases of corresponding
Check the short circuit of MG-CTT compressor normal? (Motor burning, etc.)
Take off lead wire of compressor.
− 166 −
(Note 1)
1. Check resistance between windings:
Yes It is normal if there are 0.1Ω to 1.0Ω.
Abnormal overload? Correct cause of overload. Yes 2. Check insulation between outdoor cabinet and terminal:
It is normal if there are 10MΩ or more.
No Yes
Is not it an abnormal
overload? Correct cause of overload.
Is there no
refrigerant stagnation Yes Is case heater output Yes Correct refrigerant stagnation
No
in compressor shell? normal? in compressor shell.
No No Check IPDU P.C. board.
Operation starts. Check case heater. Note 1 V W

After checking the output, when connecting the compressor
lead again to the compressor terminal, check surely there is
no distortion on the Fasten receptacle terminal.
If it is loosened, caulk it with pinchers, etc and then connect
lead to the terminal firmly.
Is compressor No
normal? *3 Compressor trouble
*3 Check the following items mainly. U
1. Existence of abnormal sound and abnormal
Yes vibration during operation or starting
2. Abnormal overheat of case during operation or
stop time (Never touch with hands.)
Check A3-IPDU P.C. board. 3. Current of compressor lead during operation or Details of compressor
starting time (No sudden change of current?) power connecting section

1. Coming-off of TD1 sensor [H03] Current detective circuit system 1. Wiring or connector connection
[H05] Outdoor discharge temperature
2. Misinstallation of TD1, TD2 sensor, trouble trouble on A3-IPDU C. board
sensor (TD1) misconnection miswiring, characteristics trouble of resistance value 2. Wiring or connector connection
trouble of external current sensor.
No
Is TD1 sensor Correct installation of sensor.
installed correctly?
Sub-code:
01: Compressor 1
Yes 02: Compressor 2
Is there no Correct miswiring/misinstallation.

miswiring or Yes TD1: CN502, white
misinstallation on TD2: CN503, pink
TD1/TD2
sensors?
No
Wiring or
connector No Correct connector connection
Are resistance
connection on or wiring.
No IPDU P.C. board
characteristics of TD1 Sensor trouble Replace the sensor.
sensor normal? normal?
Yes
Yes
Wiring or
connector connection of No Correct connector connection
external current or wiring of external current
sensor normal? sensor.
Yes
− 167 −
No Current sensor trouble
External current sensor
is normal? (Note1) ➝Replace the current sensor
Yes
Check IPDU P.C. board.
Note1)
Check of External current sensor as below. (The case of “H03-01”(Error of A3-IPDU 1))
1. Turn off the main power and wait about 5 minutes.
2. Interchanging the External current sensor that is connected to the left and right of A3-IPDU P.C.board.
3. Turn on the main power and start the test operation.
4. By the following, can be estimate the fault part.
Error of A3-IPDU 1 ➝ Failure of the A3-IPDU 1
Error of A3-IPDU 2 ➝ Failure of the External current sensor.(connection to A3-IPDU 1 at the shipment)
[H07] 1. Valves of balance pipes closed. (On all [H06] Low-pressure protective operation 1. Service valve close
Oil level down detection 2. PS sensor trouble
outdoor units in a line)
protection 2. Miswiring or misinstallation of TK1, TK2, TK4, 3. SV2, SV4 circuit trouble
TK5 sensors 4. Miswiring of communication between
indoor and outdoor
3. TK1, TK2, TK4, TK5 sensor trouble
5. Indoor/outdoor fan and condenser trouble
4. Gas leak or oil leak in a line
6. Indoor/outdoor PMV clogging
5. Refrigerant stagnation of compressor case
7. Indoor/outdoor heat exchanger clogging
6. SV3A, 3B, 3C, 3D valve trouble
8. Refrigerant shortage
7. Clogging of oil return circuit from oil separator
8. Clogging of oil-equation circuit system
Are
service valves of No Open service valves
gas and liquid pipe of
Are balance outdoor unit fully fully.
pipe valves of all outdoor
No Open balance pipe valves opened?
units in same line fully fully, reset power supply,
opened? and start operation. Yes
Are
Yes characteristics of No Exchange low-pressure
low-pressure sensor sensor.
normal? * 1. Pressure by pressure gauge (Check joint)
Correct miswiring and misinstallation. 2. Pressure display on 7-segment display
Are TK1, TK2, 3. Output voltage of I/F P.C. board
TK1: CN531, black
TK4 and TK5 sensors of the No Yes If 1 and 2, 3 are different, a failure of pressure sensor is considered. If 2
trouble-detected unit correctly TK2: CN532, green
and 3 are different, check I/F P.C. board.
connected? Are all the sensors TK4: CN534, yellow
properly connected? TK5: CN535, red Are SV2 and SV4 No Correct SV2 and SV4
circuits normal? circuits.
Check miswiring, misinstallation and connector connection.
Yes
Yes
Are
characteristics of Is any indoor unit Yes
No Replace in a different line Correct wiring.
TK1, TK2, TK4 and TK5 of Sensor trouble (Check with miswiring check function of outdoor unit.)
trouble-detected unit connected?
normal?
*See “Outdoor unit temperature sensor
characteristics” on “9-10. Sensor Characteristics”. No
Yes
In cooling season, go to (A)
Specify gas leak position and In heating season, go to (B)
Check gas leak of all outdoor trouble
units in the same line and repair it.
check soaked oil in them. (Recharging, refill oil)
(A) Cooling
No trouble
Are
Leakage or following items
Check refrigerant No stagnation (*1) Check leakage of clogging Does indoor concerned to indoor fan No
No
− 168 −
valves (SV3A, SV3C) and Replace faulty part. fan normally operate motor normal? Repair failure parts.
stagnation in 1. Connector connection
clogging (SV3B, SV3E). in cooling season?
compressor. 2. Condenser
3. Motor
Yes 4. Fan
Stagnation Check indoor P.C. board.
No leakage or clogging Failure Replace
Is there Yes
Correct refrigerant stagnation clogging of indoor air filter Cleaning
in compressor, reset power or heat exchanger?
(*2) Check
supply, and start the operation. clogging of oil return
circuit from oil Clogging No
separator. (Capillary Replace faulty part.
tube, strainer) No Is connector No
Check oil level judgment of each unit. Is indoor PMV Repair failure parts.
Check clogging of connection or coil
The check result is indicated on the normal?
SV3D valve. normal?
7-segment display by setting Yes
[SW01/02/03] to [1/16/1]. Yes
No clogging Refrigerant shortage or clogging or pipe deformed
Is there clogging Yes
on whole valve? Replace PMV body.
(B) Heating
Check clogging No
Are all oil levels Clogging
of solenoid valves (SV3A,
correct? No Replace faulty part.
SV3C) of all outdoor units
Is outdoor fan No Is indoor fan system normal? No
in the same line. (*3)
Yes normally operated in • Fan crack Repair failure parts.
heating season? • Fan coming-off
No clogging Yes
Is there Yes
clogging of outdoor heat Check outdoor I/F P.C. board.
Check clogging of oil Clogging Cleaning
Clear cause of stagnation. Replace faulty part. exchanger? Failure Replace
equalization circuit. (*4)
No
Indoor/outdoor PMV trouble (Cause of refrigerant stagnation), Refrigerant shortage,
discharge check valve trouble, etc. Is outdoor PMV No
normal? clogging, pipe deformed
(Reference) When refrigerant stagnates in compressor shell, the oil level shortage may be Yes
(*2) Checking the oil return circuit from oil separator and clogging in In some cases, it may be difficult to check the leakage of clogging in the following condition of refrigerant
stagnation in low ambient temperature condition.
SV3D,valve In this case, take a longer operating time prior to check.
(Criterion: Discharge temperature of TD1 and TD2 are 60°C or higher)
a) Oil return circuit
• While outdoor unit is operating, check temperature (secondary side of capillary) on oil return circuit.
((6) in the figure.) (*1) Checking leakage and clogging on solenoid valves
If temperature is low equivalent to suction temperature), a clogging of strainer of oil return circuit or a) Leakage check for SV3A valve (For multiple outdoor unit system)
capillary is considered. Replace the clogged part.
• Turn off the power supply, take off connector of SV3A valve, and then start a test operation after
b) Clogging check for SV3D valve power-ON.
• While outdoor unit is operated, set up SW01/02/03 = [2] [1] [3] (7-segment display [Hr] [... ... ...]), and • Check the temperature change at secondary side of SV3A valve during operation . ((1) in the figure.)
push SW04 for 2 seconds or more. If temperature is raised, leakage occurs in the SV3A valve. Replace SV3A valve.
• Set up SW02 = [9], and turn on SV3D valve. (7-segment display [Hr] [... 3 d]) b) Leakage check for SV3C valve
• If temperature is low at secondary side of the valve or it does not change, clogging of valve, • Turn off the power supply, take off connector of SV3C valve, and then start a test operation after
capillary, or strainer is considered. ((7) in the figure.) Replace the clogged part. power-ON.
• After operation for several minutes, check temperature at secondary side of SV3C valve. ((2) in the
figure.)
If temperature is high (equivalent to discharge temperature TD), leakage occurs in the SV3C valve.
Replace SV3C valve.
(Even if leakage does not occur in the SV3C valve, temperature of SV3C valve at secondary side
rises during operation. But the temperature is lower than TD when there is no leakage.)
c) Clogging check for SV3B valve (For multiple outdoor unit system)
• While outdoor unit is operated, set up SW01/02/03 = [2] [1] [3] (7-segment display [Hr] [... ... ...]), and
push SW04 for 2 seconds or more.
• Set up SW02 = [10], and turn on SV3A, SV3B, SV3C valves. (7-segment display [Hr] [... 3 -])
• While outdoor units are operating, check temperature change at secondary side of SV3B valve. ((4) in
the figure.)
If temperature does not rise (equivalent to suction temperature), it is a clogging of SV3B valve.
Replace SV3B valve.
d) Clogging for SV3E valve
− 169 −
Reset the power supply
Using "Valve forced open/close function" of the outdoor unit, check ON/OFF operation (Sound, coil
surface temp up) of SV3E valve is performed.
Start test operation in COOL or HEAT mode.
After operation for several minutes, check the pipe temperature at the secondary side of SV3E valve
whether temperature changes or not. If it is equivalent to outside temperature, clogging of SV3E is
considered. ((5)) in the figure.)
(Reference)
If SV3E valve is clogged, temperature does not change at all sensors (TK1, TK2, TK4, and TK5).
MMY-MAP072∗
(*3) Check for solenoid valve of all outdoor units in a line (For multiple
MMY-MAP096∗ outdoor unit system)
MMY-MAP120∗
MMY-MAP144∗ a) Clogging check for SV3A valve
MMY-MAP168∗ • While outdoor unit is operating, set up SW01/02/03 = [2] [1] [3] (7-segment display [Hr] [... ... ...]), and
• Set up SW02 = [6], and turn on SV3A valve. (7-segment display [Hr] [... 3 A])
Oil separator • If temperature is low at secondary side of the valve or it does not change, clogging of valve or check
valve is considered. ((1) in the figure.)
SV
(6)
b) Leakage check for SV3C valve
• While outdoor unit is operating, set up SW01/02/03 = [2] [1] [3] (7-segment display [Hr] [... ... ...]), and
(SV2)
(SV3D)
(7) SV
• Set up SW02 = [8], and turn on SV3C valve. (7-segment display [Hr] [... 3 C])
• If temperature does not change (up), clogging of valve or strainer is considered. ((2) in the figure.)
(2)
(*4)
(SV41) (SV42)
a) Clogging check for oil-equalization circuit
• Drive the outdoor unit. (Drive all compressors in the unit.)
SV SV • After driving for 10 minutes or more, check whether temperature of TK1, TK2 sensors and
High- temperature of oil-equalization circuit capillary ((8) in the figure) has increased.
High-
pressure pressure (Criterion)
(TD1) switch switch (TD2)
TK1, TK2=Td1, Td2 temperature - Approx. 50 to 86°F (10 to 30°C)
Oil-equalization capillary tubes should be higher sufficiently than outside air temperature and
SV
suction temperature.
(SV3C) • If temperature is low, a malfunction on check valves or clogging of capillary, strainer or distributor is
1 2
(Inverter) (Inverter)
considered. Repair the defective parts.
(TK1) (TK2)
− 170 −
(TK5)
Oil Header
(8)
(5 (4)
(8
SV
(SV3A)
(1) (SV3B)
SV
Balance pipe
Service valve
1. Coming-off of TK1 sensor, miswiring, [H08] Oil level detective temperature TK1, TK2, TK4, TK5 sensor
[H16] Oil level detection circuit trouble
characteristics trouble of resistance value sensor trouble Open/Short
TK1 temperature detective circuit 2. Oil-equalization circuit trouble (Check valve,
trouble (Sub-code: 01) capillary clogging, strainer clogging)
3. Refrigerant stagnation in the compressor shell Sub-code:
01: TK1 sensor trouble 02: TK2 sensor trouble
04: TK4 sensor trouble 05: TK5 sensor trouble
Yes
Is not TK1 sensor Correct installation of sensor. The detected trouble is an oil level detective temperature sensor trouble. Check disconnection of the wiring and
detached? resistance value of the sensor.
If the sensors are normal, replace the outdoor I/F P.C. board.
No
Circuit Connector
Is there Correct miswiring/misinstallation. TK1 CN531 (Black)
no miswiring or
misinstallation on Yes TD1: CN502 white TD2: CN503 pink TK2 CN532 (Green)
TD1/TD2/TK1/TK2/ TK1: CN531, black TK2: CN532, green
TK4: CN534, yellow TK5: CN535, red
TK4 CN534 (Yellow)
TK4/TK5
sensors? TK5 CN535 (Red)
No
Are
characteristics of No
TK1 sensor resistance Sensor trouble
value normal? *See "Outdoor unit temperature sensor
characteristics" on "9-10. Sensor Characteristics".
Yes [H15] Outdoor discharge temperature 1. Coming-off of TD2 sensor
2.Misinstallation of TD1 or TD2 sensor, miswiring,
sensor (TD2) misconnection characteristics trouble of resistance value
Start a test operation in COOL or HEAT mode. trouble
Replace clogging part.
↓
Display TK1 sensor temperature on 7-segment display with
SW01/02/03=[1] [12] [2].
↓ Comp. 1
Check TK1 sensor temp approx. 10 minutes after compressor 1 has operated. (inverter) Strainer No
Is TD2 sensor Correct installation of sensor.
If low temperature continues (approximately outside temp) or temperature has installed correctly?
Check
little change, a clogging of strainer of oil-equalization circuit, clogging of
valve
capillary tube, or malfunction of check valve is considered.
Capillary
tube Yes
No trouble
(TK1)
− 171 −
Check I/F P.C. board Is there no Correct miswiring/misinstallation.
miswiring or Yes
TD1: CN502, white
misinstallation on
TD1/TD2 TD2: CN503, pink
sensors?
No
Are resistance No
characteristics of TD2 Sensor trouble Replace the sensor.
sensor normal?
Yes

TK4 temperature detective circuit 1. Coming-off of TK4 sensor, miswiring, [H16] Oil level detection circuit trouble 1. Coming-off of TK2 sensor, miswiring,
[H16] characteristics trouble of resistance value
trouble characteristics troublef resistance value TK2 temperature detective circuit
2. Refrigerant stagnation in the compressor 2. Oil-equalization circuit trouble (Check valve,
(Sub-code: 04) trouble (Sub-code: 02) capillary clogging, strainer clogging)
shell 3. Refrigerant stagnation in the compressor shell
Yes Yes Correct installation of

Is not TK4 sensor Correct installation of sensorr. Is not TK2 sensor
detached? detached? sensor.
No No
Correct miswiring/misinstallation.
Is there Is there TD1: CN502, white
no miswiring or Correct miswiring/misinstallation. no miswiring or
Yes TD1: CN502, white, TD2: CN503, pink Yes TD2: CN503, pink
misinstallation on misinstallation on TK1: CN531, black
TD1/TD2/TK1/TK2/ TK1: CN531, black, TK2: CN532, green TD1/TD2/TK1/TK2/
TK4/TK5 TK4: CN534, yellow TK5: CN535, red TK4/TK5 TK2: CN532, green
sensors? sensors? TK4: CN534, yellow
TK5: CN535, red
No No
Are Are
characteristics of No characteristics of TK2 No
TK4 sensor resistance Sensor trouble → replace sensor resistance Sensor trouble
value normal? *See "Outdoor unit temperature sensor value normal? *See "Outdoor unit temperature sensor
characteristics" on "9-10. Sensor Characteristics". characteristics" on "9-10. Sensor Characteristics".
After resetting
Yes the power Yes
After resetting
the power Check the clogging of SV3E valve. Trouble
Start a test operation in COOL or HEAT mode. Replace clogging part.
Start a test operation in COOL or HEAT mode.
Trouble
Replace clogging part (capillary). ↓
↓ Display TK2 sensor temperature on 7-segment display with
SW01/02/03=[1] [13] [2].
Display TK4 sensor temperature on 7-segment display with Strainer
SW01/02/03=[1] [15] [2].
↓
Check TK2 sensor temp approx. 10 minutes after compressor 2 has operated. Comp. 2
↓ If low temperature continues (approximately outside temp) or temperature has Strainer (inverter)
Check TK4 sensor temp approx. 10 minutes after compressor has operated. little change, a clogging of strainer of oil-equalization circuit, clogging of
Capillary
SV
If low temperature continues (approximately outside temp) or temperature has capillary tube, or malfunction of check valve is considered. Check
tube
(SV3C)
little change, clogging of the parallel capillary tube is considered. valve
(TK4)
No trouble Capillary
No trouble tube
(TK2)
− 172 −
Check I/F P.C. board Check I/F P.C. board
Outdoor units model disagreed trouble When the indoor unit that does not correspond is TK5 temperature detective 1. Coming-off of TK5 sensor, miswiring,
[L02] [H16]
connected with the outdoor unit circuit trouble characteristics trouble of resistance value
(Sub-code: 05) 2. Refrigerant stagnation in the compressor shell

Yes
[L03] Duplicated indoor header units There are two or more indoor header units in a group Is not TK5 sensor Correct installation of sensor.
during group control. detached?
No
1) Check whether the connection on remote controllers (group and/or individual) has been changed since the Is there Correct miswiring/misinstallation.
no miswiring or Yes TK1: CN531, black
group configuration and address checking on the remote controllers finished. misinstallation on TK2: CN532, green
2) If the group configuration and address are normal when power has been turned on, the mode automatically TK1/TK2/TK4/TK5 TK4: CN534, yellow
shifts to address setup mode. For setting up addresses again, refer to "Address setup". sensors?
TK5: CN535, red
No
Are
characteristics of No
TK4 sensor resistance Sensor trouble replace
value normal? *See “Outdoor unit temperature sensor
characteristics” on “9-10. Sensor Characteristics”.
Check code Check code name Cause Yes
[L04] Duplicated setup of outdoor line Outdoor line addresses are duplicated.
address
Check I/F P.C. board

Yes Correct the line address
Is there duplicated
line address setup? setup.
No
Are
communication
− 173 −
wire connections of No
[U1.U2], [U3.U4], and Correct the wire connection.
[U5, U6] normal?
Yes
Check outdoor I/F P.C. board. Re-set up the address.

Failure Replace (Refer to "Address setup".)
[L05] Duplicated indoor units with Two or more prior indoor units exist. [L08] Indoor group / address unset Indoor unit address is unset
priority
(Displayed on indoor unit with
priority)
Are powers of all the No

This check code is displayed on the indoor unit set as a prior one when two or more prior indoor units are detected. Turn on the power of indoor units.
indoor units turned on?
• Priority setup with two or more units is not available. As only one indoor unit with priority is valid, change the
setup.
Yes
Disconnect connectors Turn on the power of outdoor

between [U1, U2] and [U3, U4]. unit again.
[L06] Duplicated indoor units with priority Two or more indoor units with priority are duplicated.
(Displayed on the indoor units other than
ones with priority and on the outdoor unit)
Clear addresses.
(Refer to "Address clear".)
Sub-code: amount of indoor units with priority
When priority is given to two or more indoor units, this check code is displayed on indoor units other than the units Re-execute address setup.
set as prior ones and the outdoor unit. (Refer to "Address setup".)
• As only one indoor unit with priority is valid, change the setup.
Note) This code is displayed when the power is turned on at the first time after installation. (Because the address
is not yet set up)

[L07] A group line exists in an individual A group line is connected to an individual indoor unit. Check code Check code name Cause
indoor unit [L09] Indoor capacity unset Indoor unit's capacity is unset
− 174 −
Yes Check the addresses of setup
Is there group cabling?
item code DN 12, 13, and 14. Are capacity setups of Yes Set up capacity data of indoor unit.
indoor units unset? (Setup CODE No. (DN) = 11)
No
No
Yes Failure Replace
There is individual indoor Correct indoor group address.
unit.
No

Failure Replace
[L10] Outdoor capacity unset On the outdoor IF P.C. board for service, the model
selecting jumper has not been set up so as to match
with the model.
I/F P.C. board A'ssy service for the outdoor unit is common to this series. A setup for model selection different
from that for P.C. board with trouble is necessary. Set up a model based upon the P.C. board A'ssy exchange
procedure.
[L17] Incompatible combination of A SMMS-e series outdoor unit (SMMS6 series unit) and [L29] IPDU quantity trouble 1. Incorrect model setup in service for I/F P.C. board
2. Communication trouble between A3-IPDU, fan
outdoor units an SMMS-i series outdoor unit (SMMS4 series unit) IPDU and I/F
3. A3-IPDU, fan IPDU, I/F P.C. board trouble
A SMMS-e series outdoor unit (SMMS6 series unit) can't be connected with a SMMS-i series outdoor unit Sub-code
(SMMS 4 series unit) or older. Use it with another SMMS-e unit. A3-IPDU Fan-IPDU A3-IPDU Fan-IPDU
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
01 ○ 10 ○
02 ○ 11 ○ ○
03 ○ ○ 12 ○ ○
08 ○ 13 ○ ○ ○
09 ○ ○ 18 ○ ○
0A ○ ○ 19 ○ ○ ○
Check code Check code name Cause 0B ○ ○ ○ 1A ○ ○ ○
1B ○ ○ ○ ○
[L20] Duplicated central control Central control addresses are duplicated.
addresses
Are not two Is jumper

or more central Yes setup of outdoor I/F
control devices which have Correct the network address P.C. board correct? No
same network address of the central control system. Correct connection of jumper.
(Check jumpers 9,
connected? 10, 11 and 12)
No
Yes
Check the network adaptor on the Is

communication
indoor P.C. board. connector between IPDU No
and I/F P.C. board
Correct connection of connector.
connected?
Check code Check code name Cause Yes
[L28] Quantity over of connected 1. Quantity over of connected outdoor units.

2. Connection trouble of communication line Is there
− 175 −
outdoor units between outdoor units no disconnection of Yes
3. Outdoor I/F P.C. board trouble communication line between Replace communication line.
IPDU and I/F P.C.
board?*
No
Is the number of No Max. 3 outdoor units are
the connected outdoor
units 3 or less? connectable for one system. Is there
voltage fluctuation
between 4 and 5 pins of No
Yes CN600 on I/F P.C. board? I/F P.C. board trouble
(Measurement by tester:
DC0 to 5V,
5 pin GND)
Is the
communication No Correct connection of the
line between outdoor Yes
units correctly
communication line.
connected?
Is there
Yes voltage fluctuation
between 3 and 5 pins of No
CN600 on I/F P.C. board? I/F P.C. board trouble
(Measurement by tester:
DC0 to 5V, In the case that All IPDUs (A3-IPDUs and fan IPDUs)
5 pin GND) do not response
*Two A3-IPDUs (No.1 and 2) exist in all models.
Yes From 6 and 10 ton models, one Fan-IPDU exists.
From 12 and 14 ton models, two Fan-IPDUs exists.
Replace the troubled

IPDU P.C. board.
Boost converter circuit trouble 1. Outdoor unit power line trouble [L30] Interlock in indoor unit from Abnormal input from the outside
2. Wiring or connector connection trouble outside
on A3-IPDU P.C. board.
[P02]
3. Wiring or connector connection trouble
of reactor.
4. A3-IPDU P.C. board trouble Is outside device No Check indoor P.C. board.
connected to connector
CN80? Failure Replace
Sub-code: Yes
01: Compressor 1
02: Compressor 2
Does outside device No Check outside device.

correctly operate? Failure Replace
Is power voltage No
of outdoor unit Correct power line. Yes
normal? * 208/230V ± 10%
Check cause of abnormal

input.
Yes

No [L31] Other IPDU trouble 1. Outdoor unit power trouble
Is wiring
or connector 2. Outdoor I/F P.C. board trouble
connection on A3- Correct connector connection
IPDU P.C. board or wiring.
normal?
Yes Check power voltage and

Is there any trouble
of outdoor unit power line.
supply? Check auxiliary noise, etc.
Yes
No
− 176 −
Check outdoor I/F P.C.
board.
Is wiring
or terminal No
connection of reactor Correct terminal connection
normal? or reactor.
[P01] Indoor fan motor trouble 1. Wiring trouble
2. Check fan motor.
Yes * For the models equipped with AC fan motor only
Is there no
connection trouble or Yes Correct cabling circuit for
disconnection of CN076 the connector connection.
connector?
Check IPDU P.C. board.
No
Is not there lock of fan Yes

Replace fan motor.
motor?
No

Failure Replace
[P04] Trouble concerning high- 1. High-pressure SW trouble [P03] Discharge temp TD1 trouble 1. Service valve of outdoor unit closed
pressure SW 2. Service valve closed 2. Outdoor PMV trouble
3. Pd sensor trouble 3. TD sensor trouble
4. Indoor/outdoor fan trouble 4. Refrigerant shortage, clogging of refrigerant piping
5. Indoor/outdoor PMV choke 5. 4-way valve trouble
6. Indoor/outdoor heat exchanger clogging, air 6. SV4 circuit leakage, misinstallation
short circuit
7. SV2 circuit trouble
10. Discharge line check valve malfunction
11. Refrigerant overcharge Are service
valve of gas and liquid
No
Open service valve fully.
sides fully opened?
Sub-code: Note) High-pressure SW is

normally closed. (B contact) Yes
01: Compressor 1, 02: Compressor 2
No Is outdoor PMV normal?

Does high-pressure SW 1. Connector connection
operate? 2. Wiring No
3. Coil Repair outdoor PMV.
4. Valve body Connectors: PMV1: CN300, PMV2: CN301, PMV4: CN303
Yes 5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board
Yes
Are parts of high- No Check parts.
pressure SW normal? Are
Failure Replace characteristics of No
TD1 sensor resistance Replace TD1 sensor.
No normal? * See “Outdoor unit temperature sensor
Yes Is circuit cabling Check and correct characteristics” on “9-10. Sensor Characteristics”.
normal? cabling. Yes
Yes
No Does
Is service valve fully Open service valve discharged refrigerant Yes
opened? fully. gas leak to suction side Check 4-way valve.
through 4-way
Yes valve?
Reset power supply, and start a test Cooling To (B) No

operation corresponded to the season. Heating To (C)
SV4 circuit
1. Are SV41 and SV42 Correct installation of valve
No valve coils No
− 177 −
Are characteristics of Replace the high- installed correctly? coil.
high-pressure sensor pressure sensor. 2. Is SV41 circuit sealed Replace SV41 valve.
normal? correctly (no leakage)?
(B) Cooling operation Yes
No
Does cooling outdoor Is there any crack or No
Repair faulty parts. Are indoor units of a Yes
fan normally operate? coming-off of fan? Correct wiring
different refrigerant line
connected? (Check it using the miswiring check
Connector connection, fan function of the outdoor unit.)
Yes IPDU, fan motor, wiring
Yes
No
Is outdoor PMV normal?
1. Connector connection Refrigerant shortage, (Check there is no pipe breakage, and
2. Cabling Yes clogging, pipe breakage then recharge the refrigerant.)
3. Coil
Repair outdoor PMV.
4. Valve body Connectors: PMV1: CN300,
5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board PMV3: CN302, PMV4: CN303
No
Is there any
interference of heat- Yes
exchanging of outdoor unit? Eliminate the
1. Heat exchanger clogging interference.
2. Air short circuit
No
Check A3-IPDU P.C. board.

(A) Failure replace
[P05] Phase trouble detected, power Phase trouble or power failure of the power supply (A) (C)
failure detected, abnormal inverter to the outdoor unit
DC voltage (on compressor)
No
Is SV2 circuit normal? Repair SV2 circuit.
Sub-code: 00: Phase trouble/power failure is detected. 01: Abnormal inverter DC voltage on Compressor 1,
02: Abnormal inverter DC voltage on Compressor 2 Coil trouble, clogging,
Yes
disconnection of wiring, etc.
• Check the phase of the power line to the outdoor unit.
No
• Check trouble of outdoor I/F P.C. board. Is SV4 circuit normal? Repair SV4 circuit.
• Check there are no loosened connectors, etc. (Coil trouble, clogging,
• Check connection wiring of MG-CTT. disconnection of
Yes
• Check operation of MG-CTT. wiring, etc.)
Heating operation
Refrigerant
Check code Check code name Cause overcharge, clogging,
pipe breakage,
[P07] Heat sink overheat trouble 1. Power voltage trouble abnormal overload
2. Outdoor fan system trouble condition
3. Heat sink installation trouble
4. Clogging of the cooling duct for the heat sink Does heating No
5. A3-IPDU P.C. board trouble indoor fan normally
6. Temperature sensor trouble with built-in IPM operate?
Sub-code: Yes No
01: Compressor 1, Are connector
02: Compressor 2 connection, condenser, Repair Failure parts.
No fan motor and fan
Is indoor PMV
normal? normal?
No Yes Yes
Is power voltage Correct power line.
normal?* No
Is connector connection Repair Failure parts.
* 208/230V±10% and coil normal?
Yes
Is there any Yes
interference of heat- Yes
exchanging of indoor unit? Eliminate the
No Correct wiring to 1. Filter clogging interference.
Is wiring of A3-IPDU
− 178 −
compressor or connector 2. Heat exchanger clogging
normal? 3. Air short circuit
connection.
Repair Failure parts;
connector connection,
Yes No cabling, coil installation,
clogging, etc
No
No Is SV5 circuit
Is indoor fan normal? Check fan and fan motor. normal?
Yes
Is there clogging
Yes on any valve?
Replace PMV body.
Yes
No
Are screws fixing Yes
Tighten screws. Are any indoor units Yes Yes
A3-IPDU and heat Check and correct the
sink loosened? of different refrigerant
wiring.
line connected? (Check it using the
miswiring check function
of the outdoor unit.)
No Are No
No characteristics
of TC2 and TCJ sensor Replace TC2 and/or
Is there no resistance value TCJ sensor.
clogging of heat Yes normal?
Clear clogging.
sink cooling duct?
Yes
Refrigerant overcharge,
clogging, pipe
No
breakage, abnormal Check indoor P.C. board.
overload condition Failure Replace
Check A3-IPDU P.C.
board.
[P12] Indoor fan motor trouble 1. Wiring trouble of fan motor connector 1. Float SW malfunction
2. Fan motor trouble
[P10] Water overflow in an indoor unit
2. Drain pump malfunction
3. Indoor P.C. board trouble 3. Clogging of drain pipe
* Detectable in model equipped with DC fan

Turn off power supply. motor (4-way cassette, , concealed duct, Sub-code: Overflowing indoor unit's address
high wall and ceiling types)
Is float SW
connector (Indoor No
Is there control P.C. board Correct connector connection.
connection trouble or Yes CN34) connected
disconnection on connector Correct connector connection.
normally?
of indoor P.C. board
Yes
No
Remove connectors on indoor P.C. No

Does float SW
board. operate?
Does fan turn Yes

without trouble when No Replace indoor fan motor. No
Is wiring normal? Check and correct wiring.
turning it with
hands?
Yes
Yes
Is Check indoor P.C. board.
resistance value Failure Replace
between each phase at No
motor side of fan motor Replace indoor fan motor.
connector on indoor P.C.
board correct? *1 *1
Does drain pump No
Refer ti the service manual of each indoor unit.
operate?
Yes
Yes
Is power supply to No Check indoor P.C. board.
drain pump normal?* Failure Replace
− 179 −
Yes
Check drain pipe, etc. Replace drain pump, and check cabling.
Is resistance * Check there is 230V voltage of 1-3 pin of CN68 on indoor P.C. board.
value at motor side of fan No
motor connector on indoor Replace indoor fan motor.
P.C. board correct?
Yes
Is output
of indoor fan motor No
position detective signal Replace indoor fan motor.
correct?
Yes
Check indoor P.C. board

Failure Replace
[P15] Gas leak detection 1. Outdoor unit service valve closed [P13] Outdoor liquid back detection 1.PMV1/PMV3/PMV4 trouble
2. Outdoor PMV trouble 2.PD sensor, PS sensor trouble
TS condition (Sub-code: 01) 3. TS1 sensor trouble
trouble 3.Clogging of SV2 circuit
4. Refrigerant shortage, clogging refrigerant circuit 4.Clogging of SV3B circuit and/or balance pipe
5. 4-way valve trouble 5.Leakage at a check valve on a main discharge pipe
6. SV4 circuit trouble 6.Outdoor I/F P.C. board trouble
Are service valves No

at gas and liquid Open service valves fully. Are
side fully opened? connections of outdoor No Correct connector connection.
PMV1/PMV3/PMV4 (PMV1: CN300, PMV3:
Yes connectors correct? CN302, PMV4: CN303)
Yes
1. Connector connection
2. Wiring No Are
3. Coil Repair outdoor PMV. No
Connectors: PMV1: CN300, operations of outdoor PMV trouble
4. Valve body PMV1/PMV3/PMV4
5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board PMV3: CN302, PMV4: CN303 normal?
Yes Yes
Are Are
characteristics characteristics of No
No
of TS1 sensor Replace TS1 sensor. PD sensor/PS sensor PD sensor/PS sensor trouble
resistance * See “Outdoor unit temperature sensor output voltage
normal? normal?
Yes Yes
Does discharge Is SV2 valve coil No

refrigerant gas bypass Yes Check and replace 4-way Correct connector connection.
correctly connected? (SV2: CN311)
to suction side through valve and coil.
4-way valve?
No Yes
Is there any Are balance pipe No
− 180 −
No Open fully balance pipe
leakage on SV41 Repair SV41/SV42 valve service valves of
and SV42 valve all units fully service valves of all units.
circuits.
circuits? opened?
(Coil, valve body, disconnection
Yes of wire, etc.) Yes
Is there no Yes
clogging of SV3B Replace clogging parts.
Refrigerant shortage, (Check there is no clogging and pipe valve?
clogging, pipe breakage. breakage, and then recharge refrigerant.)
No
Is there no
clogging of SV3B valve Yes
of any other unit than Replace clogging parts.
malfunctioning one?
No
Is there no leakage of
check valve of main
discharge pipe in follower Yes Replace check valve of main
units in which compressors discharge pipe.
are driven in cooling
operation?
Yes

[P17] Discharge temp TD2 trouble 1. Outdoor unit service valve closed [P15] 1. Outdoor unit service valve closed
2. Outdoor PMV trouble
Gas leak detection
2. Outdoor PMV trouble
3. TD sensor trouble TD condition (Sub-code: 02) 3. TD sensor trouble
4. Refrigerant shortage, clogging of refrigerant circuit 4. SV4 circuit trouble
5. 4-way valve trouble 5. Refrigerant shortage, clogging refrigerant circuit
6. SV4 circuit leakage, misinstallation
Are service
valves of gas No
Are service valves and liquid sides
Open service valves fully.
No
of gas and liquid Open service valves fully. fully opened?
sides fully opened?
Yes
Yes
Is outdoor PMV normal? 1. Connector connection
2. Wiring No
1. Connector connection Repair outdoor PMV.
2. Wiring No 3. Coil
Repair outdoor PMV. 4. Valve body Connectors: PMV1: CN300,
3. Coil
Connectors: PMV1: CN300, 5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board PMV3: CN302, PMV4: CN303
4. Valve body
PMV3: CN302, PMV4: CN303
5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board
Yes
Yes
Are
Are characteristics No
characteristics No of TD1 and TD2 Replace TD1 and TD2
of TD2 sensor Replace TD2 sensor. sensor resistance * See “Outdoor unit temperature sensor sensor.
resistance * See “Outdoor unit temperature sensor normal?
normal?
Yes
Yes
Is SV4 valve
Does discharge circuit normal? No
refrigerant gas bypass Yes Repair SV4 valve circuits.
Check 4-way valve. (Coil misinstallation,
to suction side through valve leakage)
4-way valve? (Coil, valve body, coil installation,
disconnection of cable, etc.)
Yes
No
− 181 −
SV4 circuit Are not indoor
1. Are SV41, SV42 Correct installation of units in different
Yes
No Correct wiring.
valve coils installed correctly? valve coil. refrigerant circuit
2. Is SV42 circuit sealed Replace SV42 valve. connected? (Check it using the miswiring check
correctly (no leakage)? function of the outdoor unit.)
No
Yes
Refrigerant shortage, (Check there is no clogging and pipe

Yes clogging, pipe breakage. breakage, and then recharge refrigerant.)
Are indoor units of a
different refrigerant line Correct wiring
connected? (Check it using the miswiring check
function of the outdoor unit.)
No
Refrigerant shortage, (Check there is no pipe breakage, and

clogging, pipe breakage then recharge the refrigerant.)
[P20] High-pressure protective 1. Pd sensor trouble
2. Service valve closed. [P19] 4-way valve reverse trouble 1. 4-way valve trouble
operation 2. TS1 sensor/TE1 sensor trouble
3. Indoor/outdoor fan trouble
4. Indoor/outdoor PMV clogging 3. PD sensor/PS sensor trouble
5. Indoor/outdoor heat exchanger clogging 4. TE sensor/TL sensor misconnection
9. Outdoor I/F P.C. board trouble Sub-code: Detected outdoor unit No.
10. Operation trouble of check valve of main
discharge pipe
11. Refrigerant overcharge Is 4-way valve No Correct connector connection.
coil connector (4-way valve coil: CN317)
connected?
No Yes
Are service valves fully Open service valves fully.
opened?
Yes
Are output voltage No
Are characteristics of PD and Sensor trouble
characteristics of high- No Check parts. PS sensors normal?
pressure sensor Failure Replace
normal?
Yes *1. Pressure by pressure gauge (Check joint)
2. Pressure display on 7-segment display
Yes
Reset power supply, and start a test operation Cooling To (B) 3. Output voltage of I/F P.C. board
corresponded to the season. Heating To (C) If 1 and 2, 3 are different, a failure of pressure Are
sensor is considered. characteristics of
If 2 and 3 are different, check I/F P.C. board. No
resistance value of TS1, Sensor trouble
Cooling operation (B) TE1 and TL1 sensors * See “Outdoor unit temperature sensor
normal? characteristics” on “9-10. Sensor Characteristics”.
Yes
Does
No
cooling outdoor fan
Repair failure parts.
normally operate?
Yes Are TS1, TE1 Correct connector connection
and TL1 sensor No TS1 sensor: CN505
Yes connectors connected TE1 sensor: CN520
Is there normally?
any fan crack Repair a failure parts. TL1 sensor: CN523
or coming-off?
No (Connector connection, fan IPDU,
fan motor, cabling)
Is outdoor PMV normal? Reset the power supply and
start heating test operation.
− 182 −
1. Connector connection
2. Wiring No
Repair outdoor PMV.
3. Coil
4. Valve body Connectors: PMV1: CN300,
5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board PMV3: CN302, PMV4: CN303
Does
discharge refrigerant If no trouble occurs in the test
Yes Does 4-way valve Yes No operation, restart operation.
gas bypass to suction
operate? side through 4-way
Is there any valve? *1
interference of heat- Yes Yes
exchanging of outdoor unit?
No
1. Heat exchanger clogging Eliminate the interference.
2. Air short circuit
4-way valve trouble Check 4-way valve.
No
*1 Check TS1 and TE1 temperature of the outdoor unit which is running.
Is SV2 bypass No (I/F) SW01=[1], SW02=[6], SW03=[2] TS sensor temperature
circuit normal? Repair SV2 bypass circuit. SW01=[1], SW02=[7], SW03=[2] TE sensor temperature
<Judgment criteria>
Yes (Coil trouble, clogging, disconnection TE1 sensor: Normal if TE1 is 86°F (30°C) or less in the seasons except
of wire, etc.) summer (Outside temp 86°F (20°C) or lower)
No TS1 sensor: Normal if TS is 122°F (50°C) or less in the seasons except
Is SV4 circuit normal? Repair SV4 circuit. summer (Outside temp 68°F (20°C) or lower)
Yes (Coil trouble, clogging, disconnection of
wire, etc.)
Is check valve of No
main discharge pipe Repair check valve. Replace
normal?
Yes
Refrigerant overcharge, clogging, pipe
breakage, abnormal overload
(C)
[P22] Outdoor fan IPDU trouble 1. Fan lock
2. Fan IPDU P.C. board trouble Heating operation
3. Overload
4. External cause such as blast
Does heating No
indoor fan normally
operate?
Sub-code:
∗0: short circuit
∗1: Position detection circuit trouble Yes
∗3: Motor lock Is connector No
∗4: Motor current trouble detected connection, condenser Repair failure parts.
∗C: TH sensor temperature trouble or fan motor normal?
∗D: TH sensor trouble No
Is indoor PMV
∗E: Fan Vdc trouble normal?
∗ : Fan1,2:Fan2
Yes
Yes
Is connector No
Is wire connection and coil Repair failure parts.
connector connection No Correct wire connector normal?
on fan IPDU P.C. board connection.
normal?
Yes
Is check valve
Yes of main No Repair check valve.
discharge pipe Replace
normal?
Is not outdoor fan Yes Yes

motor locked?
Is there any interference

No of heat-exchanging of Yes
indoor unit? Eliminate the
1. Filter clogging
2. Heat exchanger interference.
Is the resistance of No clogging
the motor's winding Replace motor. 3. Air short circuit
− 183 −
wire normal? *Resistance of the winding: 8.1-9.9Ω (between R-S, R-T and S-T)
No Is there Yes
Yes clogging in any Replace PMV body.
valves?
Is sub-code of Yes No
outdoor I/F P.C. Replace fan IPDU.
board [0*]? No
Is SV5 circuit normal? Repair SV5 circuit.
No
(Coil trouble, choke,
Yes disconnection of cables, etc.)
Is there
no problem such as
stuffing or blast blowing
Yes
Clear the cause of overload.
to discharge port of Are any indoor
outdoor fan? Yes Check and correct
units in different
refrigerant circuit wiring.
(Check it using the
connected?
No miswiring check function
No of the outdoor unit.)
Are
characteristics of No Replace TC2 or TCJ
sensor TC2 and TCJ
resistance normal?
sensor.
Check fan IPDU.
Refrigerant overcharge,
clogging, pipe breakage, Yes
abnormal overload

Failure Replace
[P29] Compressor position detective 1. Wire/connector connection trouble
2. Compressor trouble [P26] IPM short-circuit protection trouble 1. Outdoor unit power trouble
circuit trouble 3. A3-IPDU P.C. board trouble 2. A3-IPDU trouble/Wire connection trouble
3. Compressor trouble
Sub-code:
Sub-code:
Are connector Check and correct circuit and
No
connection and wiring cables such as wiring to
normal? compressor, etc.
Is power voltage No
of outdoor unit
Correct power line.
Yes
normal?
Yes Yes
Is the unit grounded? Compressor trouble Replace
No
Is wire connector No Correct connection of wire

connection on
Is not winding INV P.C. board connector.
Yes Compressor trouble Replace
shorted? (Is winding normal?
resistance 0.1 to
1.0Ω?) Yes
No
Is not winding Yes No

Compressor trouble Replace Is there no fusing Replace A3-IPDU P.C.
opened?
of AC31.5A fuse? board.
No
Yes
− 184 −
Check A3-IPDU P.C. board.
Failure Replace
No
Is compressor Replace compressor.
normal?
Yes

[P31] Other indoor trouble Another indoor unit in the group is abnormal.
Replace A3-IPDU P.C. board.
(Group follower unit trouble)
When the header unit of the group detected check code [E03], [L03], [L07] or [L08], the follower unit of the group
displays [P31] check code and stops. There are no check code display and alarm record of the main remote
controller.
9-6. 7-Segment Display Function
7-segment display on outdoor unit (interface P.C. board)
The interface control P.C. board features a 7-segment LED display designed to check operational status. Display
items can be changed by changing the combination of the number settings of rotary switches provided on the P.C.
board (SW01, SW02 and SW03).
SW04 SW05 SW15

Push switch
D600 D601 D602 D603 D604

[A] [B]
SW01 SW02 SW03
Rotary switches
Checking Procedure to Be Followed in Event of Abnormal Shutdown

If the system is shut down due to an a trouble in the outdoor unit, perform checks in the following steps:
1 Open the panel of the outdoor unit and inspection window of the electric parts box, and check the
7-segment display.
The check code is displayed in the right-hand section of the 7-segment display [B].
[U1] [OOO] ([OOO]: Check code)
* To check the check code, set the rotary switches SW01/SW02/SW03 to [1/1/1].
If there is a sub-code, the display alternates between the check code [OOO] (3 seconds) and the sub-code
[OOO] (1 second).
2 Check the check code and follow the applicable diagnostic procedure.
3 If the 7-segment display shows [U1] [E28], there is an trouble in a follower unit.
Press the push-switch SW04 on the header unit and hold for several seconds.
As the fan of the outdoor unit in which the trouble has occurred comes on, open the panel of the unit, and
check the check code shown on the 7-segment display.
4 Perform checks in accordance with the diagnostic procedure applicable to the check code.
− 185 −
(1)Display of System Information (Displayed on Header Outdoor Unit Only)
SW01 SW02 SW03 Display detail
1 − −
System capacity A […6]~[38] : 6 to 38 ton

2
B [ton]
No. of outdoor units A […1]~[…3]:1 to 3
3
B […P]
No. of indoor units connected / No. A […0.]~[64.]:0 to 64 (No. of units connected)
4 of units with cooling thermostat ON
B [C…0]~[C64]:0 to 64 (No. of units with cooling thermostat ON)
No. of indoor units connected / No. A […0.]~[64.]:0 to 64 (No. of units connected)
5 of units with heating thermostat ON
B [H…0]~[H64]:0 to 64 (No. of units with heating thermostat ON)
Amount of compressor command A Value displayed in hexadecimal format
6 correction
B
Release control A Normal: [r. …], During release control: [r.1]
7
B –
Oil equalization control Normal: [oiL-0]
8
During oil equalization control: [oiL-1]
Oil equalization request A Displayed through LED segment lighting pattern
B Display section A Display section B
If element F shown on sketch at left turned on:
A
9 Header unit oil equalization request
F G B If element C shown on sketch at left turned on:
E C Follower unit oil equalization request
D Dp
U1 U2 U3 Outdoor unit No.
Refrigerant/oil recovery operation A Oil recovery in cooling: [C1], Normal: [C …]

10
1 3 B Refrigerant recovery in heating: [H1], Normal: [H …]
Automatic addressing A [Ad]
11
B During automatic addressing: [… FF], Normal: [… … …]
Power peak-cut A [dU]
12 B Normal: [… … …], During 50-90% capacity operation: [ _50-_90 ]
While control is based on BUS line input: [E50-E90]
Optional control (P.C. board input) D i s p l a y s o p t i on a l c o n t ro l s t a t u s A B
Operation mode selection: During priority heating (normal) h. . . . .
Priority cooling c. . . . .
H e a ti ng o n l y H. . . . .
Cooling only C. . . . .
Priority given to No. of indoor units in operation n. . . . .
Priority given to specific indoor unit U. . . . .
13
External master ON/OFF: Normal .…. . . .
Start input .1. . . .
Stop input .0. . . .
Night operation: Normal . . …. . .
Start input . . 1. . .
Snowfall operation: Normal . . .…. .
Start input . . .1. .
14
Optional control Same as above
(BUS line input)
15 – –
16 – –
− 186 −
(2)Display of Outdoor Unit Information (Displayed on Each Outdoor Unit)
Check code data A Outdoor unit No.: [U1] to [U3]
B Check code (only latest one displayed)
If there is no check code, [– – –] is displayed.
If there is sub-code, check code [ ] and sub-code [– ] are displayed
1
alternately, for 3 seconds and 1 second, respectively.
<SW04> push SW function: Fan operation at outdoor unit with trouble. 7-segment display section A: [E.1]
<SW04 + SW05> push SW function: Fan operation at outdoor unit without trouble. 7-segment display section A: [E.
0] <SW05> push SW function: Fan operation function check mode is cancelled.
– A –
2
B –
Operation mode A Stop [… …]
3 Normal cooling: [… C], Normal heating: [… H], Normal defrosting: [… J]
B –
Outdoor unit capacity A 6 ton : […6.0 t], 8 ton : […8.0 t],
4 10 ton : […10.0 t], 12 ton : […12.0 t],
B 14 ton : […14.0 t]
Compressor operation command * Operation data of each compressor is displayed in turn in 2 second intervals.
Normal: Compressor speed (rps) is displayed in decimal format.

5 7-segment display (A/B): [C1. ... ... ... ] [ ... ∗ ∗ ∗, ∗ ] [C2. ... ... ... ] [ ... ∗ ∗ ∗, ∗ ]
<SW04> push SW function: Switches to display of operating current (decimal value).
7-segment display (A/B): [i1. ] [i2. ]
Pressing of <SW05> restores normal display.
Outdoor fan mode A [FP]
6
B Mode 0 to 63: [… 0] to [63]
Compressor backup A [C.b.]
B Displays compressor backup setting status
7 Normal: [… … …]
Compressor No. 1 backup: [1 … …]
Compressor No. 2 backup: [… 1 …]
1 1 – A –
8
B –
Control valve output data Displays control output status of solenoid valve A B
9 SV2, SV51, SV52 4-way valve: ON / 4-way valve 2: OFF H. 1 … … …
4-w ay va l ve : OFF / 4-way v alv e 2: O N H. 0 … … …
SV61 : OFF / SV2 : ON / SV51: OFF / SV52: OFF 2. 0 100
10 SV61 : OFF / SV2 : OFF / SV51: ON / SV52: ON 2. 0 010
SV61 : OFF / SV2 : OFF / SV51: OFF / SV52: ON 2. 0 001
SV61 : ON / SV2 : OFF / SV51 : OFF / SV52 : OFF 2. 1 000
SV3A: ON / SV3B: OFF / SV3C: OFF / SV3D: OFF 3. 1 000
SV3A: OFF / SV3B: ON / SV3C: OFF / SV3D: OFF 3. 0 100
11
SV3A: OFF / SV3B: OFF / SV3C: ON / SV3D: OFF 3. 0 010
SV3A: OFF / SV3B: OFF / SV3C: OFF / SV3D: ON 3. 0 001
SV41: ON / SV42: OFF 4. … 100
12 SV41: OFF / SV42: ON 4. … 010
Displays opening data in decimal format. PMV1 .P
13 PMV1/PMV3 opening "Press <SW04>, then PMV1 display switches to
PMV3 display." PMV3 … .P
14
PMV4 o pen in g Displays opening data in decimal format. PMV4 … .P
Oil level judgment status
Normal A [o L .]
B Initial display: [… … …], Oil level judgment result: [#. .$]
Displayed letters #, and $ represent judgment results for compressor Nos.
1 and 2, respectively (“0” for normal and “1” or “2” for low level).
15
<SW04> push SW function: Displays low level confirmed judgment result of each compressor.
* Pressing of <SW05> restores A [L d.]
normal display.
B Compressor No. 1 low level being confirmed: [L … …]
Compressor No. 2 low level being confirmed: [… L …]
− 187 −
(3)Display of Outdoor Cycle Data (Displayed at Each Outdoor Unit)
PD pressure data PD pressure (psi) is displayed in decimal format.(psi: A B
1
Approx. 10 times magnitude of kg/cm2G) P d. ∗. ∗ ∗
2 PS pressure data PS pressure (psi) is displayed in decimal format. P s. ∗. ∗ ∗
3 PL pressure conversion data Converted PL pressure (psi) is displayed in decimal format. P L. ∗. ∗ ∗
TD1 sensor data Temperature sensor reading (°F) is displayed Letter symbol td 1 ... ...
4
in decimal format. Data ∗ ∗. ∗ ∗
TD2 sensor data • Letter symbol and data are displayed Letter symbol td 2 ... ...
5
alternately, for 1 second and display for 3 Data ∗ ∗. ∗ ∗
TS1 sensor data seconds, respectively. Letter symbol tS 1 ... ...
7
• Data is displayed in [ ∗ ]. Data ∗ ∗. ∗ ∗
TS3 sensor data • Data with negative value is displayed as [– ∗]. Letter symbol tS 3 ... ...
9
Data ∗ ∗. ∗ ∗
1 2
TE1 sensor data Letter symbol tE 1 ... ...
10
Data ∗ ∗. ∗ ∗
TE2 sensor data Letter symbol tE 2 ... ...
11
Data ∗ ∗. ∗ ∗
TL1 sensor data Letter symbol tL 1 ... ...
13
Data ∗ ∗. ∗ ∗
14
Data ∗ ∗. ∗ ∗
15
Data ∗ ∗. ∗ ∗
TO sensor data Letter symbol to ... ... ...
16
Data ∗ ∗. ∗ ∗

TK1 sensor data Temperature sensor reading (°F) is displayed Letter symbol F1 ... ... ...
1
in decimal format. Data ∗ ∗. ∗ ∗
TK2 sensor data Letter symbol F2 ... ... ...
2
Data ∗ ∗. ∗ ∗
4
Data ∗ ∗. ∗ ∗
1 5
5
Data ∗ ∗. ∗ ∗
TG1 sensor data Letter symbol tG 1 ... ...
6
Data ∗ ∗. ∗ ∗
TG2 sensor data Letter symbol tG 2 ... ...
7
Data ∗ ∗. ∗ ∗
− 188 −
(4)Display of Outdoor Cycle Data (Displayed at Header Unit)
* This method is used when displaying follower unit information on the 7-segment display of the header unit.
Check code data A [U. ], : SW03 setting No. + 1 (Outdoor unit No. U2 to U3)
1 B Check code is displayed (latest one only).
If there is no check code: [– – –].
Type of compressor installed A [U. ], : SW03 setting No. + 1 (Outdoor unit No. U2 to U3)
2
B
Outdoor unit capacity A [U. ], : SW03 setting No. + 1 (Outdoor unit No. U2 to U3)
3 B 6ton : [… 6.0], 8ton : [… 8.0],
10ton : [10.0 ], 12ton : [12.0 ], 14ton : [14.0]
Compressor operation command A [U. ], : SW03 setting No. + 1 (Outdoor unit No. U2 to U3)
B Indicates which compressor is ON.
Any unconnected compressors is represented by “–”. B
4
Wh en co mpres sor No. 1 is O N 10
1~3
Wh en co mpres sor No. 2 is O N 01
3 Fan operation mode A [U. ], : SW03 setting No. + 1 (Outdoor unit No. U2 to U3)
5
B At rest: [F … 0], In mode 63: [F 6 3]
Release signal A [U. ], : SW03 setting No. + 1 (Outdoor unit No. U2 to U3)
6
B Normal: [r … …], Upon receiving release signal: [r … 1]
Oil level judgment A [U. ], : SW03 setting No. + 1 (Outdoor unit No. U2 to U3)
7
B Normal: [… … …], Low level: [… … L]
Compressor 1 operating current A [U. ], : SW03 setting No. + 1 (Outdoor unit No. U2 to U3)
8
B [ . ], . is value of operating current in decimal format.
Compressor 2 operating current A [U. ], : SW03 setting No. + 1 (Outdoor unit No. U2 to U3)
9
B [ . ], . is value of operating current in decimal format.
Note: Follower unit is selected by setting SW03.

SW03 7-segment display section A
1 U2
2 U3
− 189 −
(5) Display of Indoor Unit Information (Displayed on Header Unit Only)
4 Indoor BUS communication signal B Upon receiving signal: [... ... 1], Other times: [... ... ...]
receiving status
5 Indoor check code B No check code: [– – –]
6 Indoor capacity B ... 0.6, ... 0.8, ... 1.0, ... 1.2, ... 1.5, ... 1.7, ... 2.0, ... 2.2, ...
2.5, ... 3.0, ... 4.0, ... 4.5, ... 6.0, ... 8.0, 12.0, 14.0, 16.0
1~4
Indoor request command B [ #. ... ∗ ]
(S code, operation mode) # represents mode:
7 COOL: [C. ... ∗], HEAT: [H. ... ∗]
FAN: [F. ... ∗], OFF: [S. ... ∗]
∗ represents S code: [#. ... 0] to [#. ... F]
1~16
8 Indoor PMV opening data B Displayed in decimal format
9 Indoor TA / TRA opening data B Displayed in decimal format
11~14 Indoor TSA opening data B Displayed in decimal format
10 1~4 Indoor TF / TFA opening data B Displayed in decimal format
11~14 Indoor TOA opening data B Displayed in decimal format
11 Indoor TCJ opening data B Displayed in decimal format
12 1~4 Indoor TC1 opening data B Displayed in decimal format
13 Indoor TC2 opening data B Displayed in decimal format
Note: Indoor address No. is selected by setting SW02 and SW03 and displayed on 7-segment display, section A.
SW02 SW03 Indoor address 7-segment display section A
1 SW02 setting number [01]~[16]
11
2 SW02 setting number +16 [17]~[32]
1~16
12
13
14
(6) Display of Outdoor EEPROM Writing Check Code (Displayed on Header Unit Only)
* The latest check code written in the EEPROM of each outdoor unit is displayed.
(This function is used to check the check code after the resetting of the power supply.)
To display the check code, push SW04 and hold for at least 5 seconds after setting SW01 to 03 as shown in
the table below.
SW01 SW02 SW03 Indoor address 7-segment display section A

1 Latest check code of header unit (U1) E. 1. ∗∗∗
1 2 16 Latest check code of follower unit No. 1 (U2) E. 2. ∗∗∗
3 Latest check code of follower unit No. 2 (U3) E. 3. ∗∗∗
• 7-Segment Display
Section A Section B
D600 D601 D602 D603 D604
Set SW01/SW02/SW03 to [1/1/16] and push SW04 and hold for at least 5 seconds. The latest check code of
the header unit (U1) will be displayed.
If the setting of SW02 is changed, the latest check code of a follow unit (U2-U3) will be displayed.
− 190 −
9-7. Oil Level Judgment Display
The current compressor oil level judgment results can be accessed by setting the switches provided on the
interface P.C. board of an outdoor unit.
Perform the checks in accordance with the procedure described below.
1 Operation Procedure
(1) Start the operation.
(2) Set the switches provided on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit for which oil level judgment results are
required as follows:
SW01/SW02/SW03 = 1/16/1
(3) The oil level judgment result will be displayed on the 7-segment display.
7-segment display: [oL] [#. .$]
The letters #, and $ are digits that represent judgment results for compressor Nos. 1 and 2, respectively.
(See the table below for the interpretation of the judgment results.)
(4) When checking is completed, revert the SW01/SW02/SW03 setting to [1/1/1].
Interface P.C. board of outdoor unit for
which oil level judgment results are
1
Start operation.
3
Oil level judgment
results are displayed
2 4
Set SW01/SW02/SW03 to Upon completion of checking, revert
1/16/1. SW01/SW02/SW03 setting to 1/1/1.
2 Oil Level Judgment Results

Displayed digit Judgment result Description
O Normal The amount of oil in the compressor is sufficient.
1 The amount of oil in the compressor is insufficient. (Both “1” and “2” stand for insufficiency.)
Low level
2 If this result persists, the system will turn itself off in a protective shutdown.
Display example
7-segment display [ oL ] [ 0 0 ] Oil level is normal for compressors 1 and 2.
[ oL ] [ 2 2 ] Oil level is low for compressors 1 and 2.
[ oL ] [ 0 2 ] Oil level is low for compressor 2 and normal for compressors 1.
Judgment result for compressor 2

Judgment result for compressor 1
− 191 −
9-8. SMMS-e Outdoor Interface P.C. Board Function Setting
Exchange Table
1. Switch/Function Setting Exchange
Initial setting
Part type Exchange contents
at shipment
bit 1 Compressor 1 backup OFF: Normal, ON: Backup when compressor 1 OFF
was in trouble
bit 2 Compressor 2 backup OFF: Normal, ON: Backup when compressor 2 OFF
SW06 DIP SW 4 bit was in trouble
All bit1 and 2 are ON: Setup of outdoor unit backup OFF
bit 1 Demand control 1 OFF: 0 to 100%
(Standard specifications) ON : Middle to 100% OFF
Exchange of upper limit regulation
SW07 DIP SW 4 bit
bit 2 Demand control 2 (Expansion function) OFF: 2 steps (Standard)
Exchange of 2 steps to 4 steps of ON : 4 steps OFF
upper limit
In case of center outdoor unit
bit 2 Indoor connection capacity OFF: Trouble judgment OFF
over Judgment of trouble ON : None (when backup setting for outdoor unit)
SW09 DIP SW 4 bit bit 4 Judgment of trouble for No. of OFF: No trouble judgment ON : OFF
connected indoor units Trouble judgment
In case of terminal outdoor unit
bit 4 Exchange of Outdoor unit No. / Start OFF: Outdoor unit No. [U. #] (#: 1 to 3) OFF
order No. ON : Outdoor start order No. [y. #] (#: 1 to 3)
bit 2 Outdoor fan high static pressure OFF: Normal OFF
operation ON : High static pressure operation
SW10 DIP SW 4 bit bit 3 For low noise operation OFF: Normal OFF
ON : INV frequency upper limit restriction
bit 4 OFF: Normal OFF
ON : Fan rpm upper limit restriction
bit 4 Operation switching when indoor water OFF: Entire system stops
SW11 DIP SW 4 bit overflow trouble detected ON : System operation continues OFF
(Room which trouble occurred only stops.)
bit 1 Selection of PMV open/close or (According to the following setting contents) OFF
bit 2 manual operation OFF
SW12 DIP SW 4 bit
bit 1 bit 2
OFF OFF PMV1 opens/closes by operation of CN30/CN31 (*1)
ON OFF PMV3 opens/closes by operation of CN30/CN31 (*1)
OFF ON PMV4 opens/closes by operation of CN30/CN31 (*1)
SW13 DIP SW 4 bit bit 4 Line address setup (Used by combining with SW14) OFF
bit 1 Line address setup OFF
bit 2 OFF
SW14 DIP SW 4 bit
bit 3 OFF
bit 4 OFF
bit 1 Option function (According to the following setting contents) OFF
bit 2 Output exchange of external output OFF
P.C. boa
SW16 DIP SW 4 bit bit 1 bit 2
OFF OFF Compressor operation output
ON OFF Display of system operation ratio
bit 1 Communication termination resistance OFF: No termination resistance ON
SW30 DIP SW 2 bit between outdoor units ON : With termination resistance
bit 2 Communication termination resistance OFF: No termination resistance ON
between indoor and outdoor units ON : With termination resistance
Manual full opening operation for PMV When released: Normal, Released
CN30 Check connector opening operation When short-circuited: Open fully (2 minutes)
Manual full closing operation for PMV When released: Normal, Released
CN31 Check connector opening operation When short-circuited: Closed fully (2 minutes)
*1 PMV full open/full close operation by short-circuited CN30/CN31 is for PMV which was selected by setting
of SW12.
− 192 −
2. Switching of Jumper Wire/Function
Setup Function switching setup
O : With jumper, × : Without jumper (Cut)
Initial setting
jumper Part type Exchange contents at shipment
Optional function O Indoor unit at not selected side is kept with waiting status.
J01 Operation mode selection The mode is changed a mode which selected the operation mode of the O
operation switching × indoor unit at not selected side.
Upper limit setup of demand
capacity command in O Approx. 75% (Normal)
J04
corresponding indoor during O
saving operation in indoor × Approx. 60%
Demand control 1 (Standard Normal (3-core wire <Successive MAKE signal> or
J16 specification) O 4-core wire <Successive MAKE or Pulse signal>) O
Corresponds to 2-core wire
× 2-core wire <Successive MAKE signal>
*4 When you replace the board with a service board, be sure to cut the jumper wire matching with the outdoor
unit model to be installed. (The jumper wires J09 to J12 which were mounted at shipment from the factory
are provided to all the boards regardless of model type.)
− 193 −
Interface Board Switches and jumper wire positions to be used in the Function setup
switching table
CN30 CN31 CN32
SW30
ON
Interface P.C.board
1 2
SW06 SW07 SW09 SW10

ON ON ON ON
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14
ON ON ON ON
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SW16 SW17
ON ON
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
− 194 −
9-9. Leakage/Clogging of Refrigerating Cycle Circuit
List of Check Codes Generated upon Occurrence of Leakage/Clogging in Outdoor Cycle
or Oil Circuit Part
(MMY-MAP072∗ )
Clogging
Location of Unit generating
Part problem check code Detected fault and check code Symptom
(see next page)
Outdoor PMV1 Corresponding unit Activation of high-pressure protection P20 Rise of pressure
Activation of low-pressure protection H06 Fall of pressure
Discharge temp. trouble (TD1) P03 Rise of discharge temp.
A
Discharge temp. trouble (TD2) P17 (compressor 1)
Rise of discharge temp.
(compressor 2)
Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit High-pressure protection trouble P20 Abnormal rise of pressure
B
convergent section High-pressure SW system trouble P04-XX
Check valve in discharge pipe C Corresponding unit High-pressure SW system trouble P04-XX Abnormal rise of pressure
Check valve in oil-equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit trouble H16-XX Oil circuit trouble or oil level
Capillary D Oil level low detection and protection H07 low
Strainer
SV3A valve E Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low
SV3B valve F Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low
SV3C valve G Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low
SV3D valve Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low
SV3D valve circuit capillary H
Strainer
SV3E valve Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit trouble H16-05 Oil circuit trouble
I Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low
Oil level low
Oil return distributor J Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low
SV3C bypass capillary K Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit trouble H16-04 Oil circuit trouble
Leakage
Part problem check code
Detected fault and check code Symptom
(see next page)
Outdoor PMV1 Corresponding unit Outdoor liquid backflow trouble P13 Refrigerant entrapment
Oil level low detection and protection H07
A Other connected unit Discharge temp. trouble (TD1) P03 Rise of discharge temp.
(compressor 2)
Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Refrigerant entrapment
convergent section B Compressor breakdown Compressor H01-XX
trouble (lockup) H02-XX
C Compressor breakdown Compressor H01-XX
Check valve in oil-equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Excessive amount of oil
(Leaking side)
D
Insufficient amount of oil
(Normal side)
SV3A valve E Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low
SV3C valve G Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low
Note: “XX” represents sub-code
− 195 −
Model： MMY-MAP072∗
Fan
M Fan motor
Right side
Main heat exchanger
(TO)
Reducer
Left side
A (TL1)
(TE1)
B
SV
High-pressure
sensor (TS1)
H
Fusible
plug
FP
(SV2)
C
(SV3D) SV
(SV41) (SV42)
SV SV
Accumlator
Liquid Tank High-
G (TD1)
pressure
switch
High-
pressure
switch
(TD2)
(TK4)
SV
(SV3C)
1 2
Check Check
valve valve
(PMV4) (TK1) (TK2)

D
K (TL3)
(SV3E)
(TK5)
Oil Header
SV
I F
SV
(SV3A)
SV (SV3B)

− 196 −
or Oil Circuit Part
(MMY-MAP096∗, 120∗)
Clogging
(see next page)
Outdoor PMV1, 3 Corresponding unit Activation of high-pressure protection P20 Rise of pressure
A
(compressor 2)
B
Check valve in oil-equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit trouble H16-XX Oil circuit trouble or oil level
Capillary D Oil level low detection and protection H07 low
Strainer
Strainer
Oil level low
Oil return distributor K Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low
SV3C bypass capillary L Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit trouble H16-04 Oil circuit trouble
Leakage
(see next page)
Other connected unit Discharge temp. trouble (TD1) P03 Rise of discharge temp.
A Discharge temp. trouble (TD2) P17 (compressor 1)
(compressor 2)
(Leaking side)
D
(Normal side)
− 197 −
Model： MMY-MAP096∗， MMY-MAP120∗
Fan
M Fan motor
Right side
Main heat exchanger
(TO)

(TG1)
(PMV3) Left side
A (TE1)
(TG2)
B
(TE2)
4-way valve
High-pressure
sensor (TS1)
H 仮 (SV61)
SV
(TS3) Low-pressure
SV
Fusible
plug
(SV2) C
(SV3D)
FP SV
(SV41) (SV42)
G SV SV Accumlator

pressure pressure
(TD1) switch (TD2)
switch
SV
(TK4)
(SV3C)
heat exchanger 1 2
(Inverter)
(Inverter)
(PMV4) (TK1) (TK2) D

K (TL3) (TK5)
Oil Header
(SV3E)
SV
I
F
SV
(SV3A)
SV (SV3B)

− 198 −
or Oil Circuit Part
(MMY-MAP144∗, MAP168∗)
Clogging
(see next page)
Outdoor PMV1, 3 Corresponding unit Activation of high-pressure protection P20 Rise of pressure
A
(compressor 2)
B
Check valve in oil-equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit trouble H16-XX Oil circuit trouble or oil level low
Capillary D Oil level low detection and protection H07
Strainer
Strainer
Oil level low
Oil return distributor K Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low
SV3C bypass capillary L Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit trouble H16-04 Oil circuit trouble
Leakage
(see next page)
Other connected unit Discharge temp. trouble (TD1) P03 Rise of discharge temp.
A Discharge temp. trouble (TD2) P17 (compressor 1)
(compressor 2)
(Leaking side)
D
(Normal side)
− 199 −
Fan Fan
M Fan motor M
Fan motor
Right side
Main heat exchanger
(TO)
(TG1)
(PMV3) Left side
A (TE1) (TG2)

B
(TE2)
4-way valve
仮
High-pressure
sensor (TS1)
H (SV61)
SV
Low-pressure
(TS3) SV
Fusible
plug
(SV3D)
(SV2)
C
FP
SV
(SV41) (SV42)
SV SV Accumlator
G Liquid Tank
(TD1)
High-
pressure
switch
High-
pressure
(TD2)
switch
SV
(TK4)
(SV3C)
heat exchanger 1
(Inverter)
2
(Inverter)
(PMV4) (TK1) (TK2)

D
K (TL3)
(SV3E)
(TK5)
Oil Header
SV
I
j F
SV
(SV3A)
SV (SV3B)

− 200 −
9-10. Sensor characteristics
Outdoor Unit
▼ Temperature sensor characteristics
Outdoor TS1, TE1, TE2, TL and TO sensors
200 25
Temperature Resistance
[°F (°C)] [kΩ]
-4 (-20) 114.8
20 5 (-15) 83.9
150 14 (-10) 62.1
Resistance 23 (-5) 46.5
[kΩ]
32 (0) 35.2
(50 °F (10 °C) 15
Resistance 41 (5) 26.9
or below)
[kΩ] 50 (10) 20.7
100
(50 °F (10 °C) 59 (15) 16.1
10.0 kΩ 10 or above) 68 (20) 12.7
77 (25) 10.0
86 (30) 8.0
50
5 95 (35) 6.4
35.2 kΩ 104 (40) 5.2
113 (45) 4.2
122 (50) 3.5
0 0
131 (55) 2.9
-22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122 140 158 176 194 212
(-30) (-20) (-10) (0) (10) (20) (30) (40) (50) (60) (70) (80) (90) (100) 140 (60) 2.4
149 (65) 2.0
Temperature [°F (°C)]
158 (70) 1.7
167 (75) 1.4
176 (80) 1.2
Outdoor TD1,TD2,TD3,TK1,TK2,TK3,TK4 and TK5 sensors

[°F (°C)] [kΩ]
200 20 32 (0) 181.5
41 (5) 138.5
50 (10) 107.2
59 (15) 83.6
Resistance 150
15
Resistance 68 (20) 65.7
[kΩ] [kΩ]
(50 °F (10 °C) 77 (25) 52.0
(50 °F (10 °C)
or below) or above) 86 (30) 41.5
100 10
95 (35) 33.4
104 (40) 27.1
52.0 kΩ 113 (45) 22.1
50 5 122 (50) 18.1
3.3 kΩ 14.9
131 (55)
140 (60) 12.4
149 (65) 10.4
0 0
50 68 86 104 122 140 158 176 194 212 230 248 266 158 (70) 8.7
(10) (20) (30) (40) (50) (60) (70) (80) (90) (100) (110) (120) (130) 167 (75) 7.3
Temperature [°F (°C)] 176 (80) 6.2
185 (85) 5.3
194 (90) 4.5
203 (95) 3.9
212 (100) 3.3
221 (105) 2.9
230 (110) 2.5
239 (115) 2.2
248 (120) 1.9
− 201 −
Outdoor Unit
Pressure sensor characteristics
• Input/output wiring summary
High pressure side (PD) Low pressure side (PS)
Pin No.
Input/output name Lead wire color Input/output name Lead wire color
1 OUTPUT White — —
2 — — OUTPUT White
3 GND Black GND Black
4 +5V Red +5V Red
• Output voltage vs. pressure

High pressure side (PD) Low pressure side (PS)
0.5 ~ 4.5V 0.5 ~ 3.5V
0 ~ 569 psi 0 ~ 142 psi
4.73 5.0
High pressure-side output voltage(V)
4.5
Low pressure-side output voltage(V)
3.5
0.5 0.5
0 569 602 0 142 213 740

Pressure(psi) Pressure(psi)
Indoor Unit
Temperature sensor characteristics
Indoor TA(TSA), TRA,TF(TFA) sensor

30 Temperature [°C] Resistance [kΩ]
0 33.8
Resistance 5 26.1
[kΩ] 10 20.4
20 15 16.0
20 12.6
25 10.0
30 8.0
35 6.4
10
40 5.2
45 4.2
50 3.5
55 2.8
0 60 2.3
10 20 30 40 50 60
Temperature [°C]
− 202 −
Indoor TC1 sensor
200 20 [°F (°C)] [kΩ]
-4 (-20) 99.9
5 (-15) 74.1
14 (-10) 55.6
150 15 23 (-5) 42.2
Resistance Resistance 32 (0) 32.8
[kΩ] [kΩ] 41 (5) 25.4
(55 °F (10 °C) (55 °F (10 °C)
50 (10) 19.8
or below) or above)
100 59 (15) 15.6
10
68 (20) 12.4
77 (25) 10.0
86 (30) 8.1
95 (35) 6.5
50 5
104 (40) 5.3
113 (45) 4.4
122 (50) 3.6
131 (55) 3.0
0 0 140 (60) 2.5
-22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122 140 158 176 194 212
(-30) (-20) (-10) (0) (10) (20) (30) (40) (50) (60) (70) (80) (90) (100) 149 (65) 2.1
158 (70) 1.8
167 (75) 1.5
176 (80) 1.3
185 (85) 1.1
194 (90) 1.0
203 (95) 0.8
212 (100) 0.7
Indoor TC2 and TCJ, TOA sensors

200 20 Temperature Resistance
[°F (°C)] [kΩ]
-4 (-20) 115.2
5 (-15) 84.2
150 15 14 (-10) 62.3
Resistance Resistance 23 (-5) 46.6
[kΩ] [kΩ] 32 (0) 35.2
(55 °F (10 °C) (55 °F (10 °C)
41 (5) 26.9
or below) or below)
100 50 (10) 20.7
10
59 (15) 16.1
68 (20) 12.6
77 (25) 10.0
86 (30) 8.0
50 5
95 (35) 6.4
104 (40) 5.2
113 (45) 4.2
122 (50) 3.5
0
131 (55) 2.8
-22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122 140 158 176 194 212
(-30) (-20) (-10) (0) (10) (20) (30) (40) (50) (60) (70) (80) (90) (100) 140 (60) 2.4
149 (65) 2.0
158 (70) 1.6
167 (75) 1.4
176 (80) 1.2
− 203 −
9-11.Pressure sensor output check
Outdoor Unit
▼ PD sensor characteristics
0 to 640 (0.5 to 5 V output for 0 to 602)
Voltage readings across pins 2 and 3 of CN501 on indoor unit main P.C. board (with negative-side probe of
multimeter placed on pin 3)
VOLT PD VOLT PD VOLT PD VOLT PD VOLT PD
(V) (MPa) (psi) (V) (MPa) (psi) (V) (MPa) (psi) (V) (MPa) (psi) (V) (MPa) (psi)
0.00 0.00 0 1.00 0.49 71 1.99 1.46 212 2.99 2.44 354 3.98 3.42 496
0.02 0.00 0 1.02 0.51 74 2.01 1.48 215 3.01 2.46 357 4.00 3.44 499
0.04 0.00 0 1.04 0.53 77 2.03 1.50 218 3.03 2.48 360 4.02 3.45 500
0.06 0.00 0 1.06 0.54 78 2.05 1.52 220 3.05 2.50 363 4.04 3.48 505
0.08 0.00 0 1.07 0.56 81 2.07 1.54 223 3.07 2.52 365 4.06 3.49 506
0.10 0.00 0 1.09 0.58 84 2.09 1.56 226 3.09 2.54 368 4.08 3.51 509
0.12 0.00 0 1.11 0.60 87 2.11 1.58 229 3.11 2.56 371 4.10 3.53 512
0.14 0.00 0 1.13 0.62 90 2.13 1.60 232 3.13 2.57 373 4.12 3.55 515
0.16 0.00 0 1.15 0.64 93 2.15 1.62 235 3.15 2.59 376 4.14 3.57 518
0.18 0.00 0 1.17 0.66 96 2.17 1.64 238 3.16 2.61 378 4.16 3.59 521
0.20 0.00 0 1.19 0.68 99 2.19 1.66 241 3.18 2.63 381 4.18 3.61 523
0.22 0.00 0 1.21 0.70 102 2.21 1.67 242 3.20 2.65 384 4.20 3.63 526
0.23 0.00 0 1.23 0.72 104 2.23 1.69 245 3.22 2.67 387 4.22 3.65 529
0.25 0.00 0 1.25 0.74 107 2.25 1.71 248 3.24 2.69 390 4.24 3.67 532
0.27 0.00 0 1.27 0.76 110 2.27 1.73 251 3.26 2.71 393 4.26 3.69 535
0.29 0.00 0 1.29 0.77 112 2.29 1.75 254 3.28 2.73 396 4.28 3.70 537
0.31 0.00 0 1.31 0.79 115 2.31 1.77 257 3.30 2.75 399 4.30 3.72 539
0.33 0.00 0 1.33 0.81 117 2.32 1.79 260 3.32 2.77 402 4.32 3.74 542
0.35 0.00 0 1.35 0.83 120 2.34 1.81 262 3.34 2.79 405 4.34 3.76 545
0.37 0.00 0 1.37 0.85 123 2.36 1.83 265 3.36 2.80 406 4.36 3.78 548
0.39 0.00 0 1.39 0.87 126 2.38 1.85 268 3.38 2.82 409 4.38 3.80 551
0.41 0.00 0 1.41 0.89 129 2.40 1.87 271 3.40 2.84 412 4.40 3.82 554
0.43 0.00 0 1.43 0.91 132 2.42 1.89 274 3.42 2.86 415 4.41 3.84 557
0.45 0.00 0 1.45 0.93 135 2.44 1.90 276 3.44 2.88 418 4.43 3.86 560
0.47 0.00 0 1.47 0.95 138 2.46 1.92 278 3.46 2.90 421 4.45 3.88 563
0.49 0.00 0 1.48 0.97 141 2.48 1.94 281 3.48 2.92 423 4.47 3.90 566
0.51 0.01 1 1.50 0.99 144 2.50 1.96 284 3.50 2.94 426 4.49 3.92 568
0.53 0.03 4 1.52 1.00 145 2.52 1.98 287 3.52 2.96 429 4.51 3.93 570
0.55 0.05 7 1.54 1.02 148 2.54 2.00 290 3.54 2.98 432 4.53 3.95 573
0.57 0.07 10 1.56 1.04 151 2.56 2.02 293 3.56 3.00 435 4.55 3.97 576
0.59 0.08 12 1.58 1.06 154 2.58 2.04 296 3.57 3.02 438 4.57 3.99 579
0.61 0.10 15 1.60 1.08 157 2.60 2.06 299 3.59 3.03 439 4.59 4.01 581
0.63 0.12 17 1.62 1.10 160 2.62 2.08 302 3.61 3.05 442 4.61 4.03 584
0.65 0.14 20 1.64 1.12 162 2.64 2.10 305 3.63 3.07 445 4.63 4.05 587
0.66 0.16 23 1.66 1.14 165 2.66 2.12 307 3.65 3.09 448 4.65 4.07 590
0.68 0.18 26 1.68 1.16 168 2.68 2.13 309 3.67 3.11 451 4.67 4.09 593
0.70 0.20 29 1.70 1.18 171 2.70 2.15 312 3.69 3.13 454 4.69 4.11 596
0.72 0.22 32 1.72 1.20 174 2.72 2.17 315 3.71 3.15 457 4.71 4.13 599
0.74 0.24 35 1.74 1.21 175 2.73 2.19 318 3.73 3.17 460 4.73 4.15 602
0.76 0.26 38 1.76 1.23 178 2.75 2.21 320 3.75 3.19 463
0.78 0.28 41 1.78 1.25 181 2.77 2.23 323 3.77 3.21 465
0.80 0.30 44 1.80 1.27 184 2.79 2.25 326 3.79 3.23 468
0.82 0.31 45 1.82 1.29 187 2.81 2.27 329 3.81 3.25 471
0.84 0.33 48 1.84 1.31 190 2.83 2.29 332 3.83 3.26 473
0.86 0.35 51 1.86 1.33 193 2.85 2.31 335 3.85 3.28 476
0.88 0.37 54 1.88 1.35 196 2.87 2.33 338 3.89 3.30 479
0.90 0.39 57 1.90 1.37 199 2.89 2.35 341 3.89 3.32 481
0.92 0.41 59 1.91 1.39 202 2.91 2.36 342 3.91 3.34 484
0.94 0.43 62 1.93 1.41 204 2.93 2.38 345 3.93 3.36 487
0.96 0.45 65 1.95 1.43 207 2.95 2.40 348 3.95 3.38 490
0.98 0.47 68 1.97 1.44 209 2.97 2.42 351 3.97 3.40 493
− 204 −
Outdoor Unit
▼ PS sensor characteristics
0 to 213 (0.5 to 5 V output for 0 to 213)
Voltage readings across pins 2 and 3 of CN500 on indoor unit main P.C. board (with negative-side probe of
multimeter placed on pin 3)
VOLT PS VOLT PS VOLT PS VOLT PS VOLT PS
(V) (MPa) (psi) (V) (MPa) (psi) (V) (MPa) (psi) (V) (MPa) (psi) (V) (MPa) (psi)
0.00 0.00 0 1.00 0.16 23 1.99 0.49 71 2.99 0.81 117 3.98 1.14 165
0.02 0.00 0 1.02 0.17 25 2.01 0.49 71 3.01 0.82 119 4.00 1.15 167
0.04 0.00 0 1.04 0.18 26 2.03 0.50 73 3.03 0.83 120 4.02 1.15 167
0.06 0.00 0 1.06 0.18 26 2.05 0.51 74 3.05 0.83 120 4.04 1.16 168
0.08 0.00 0 1.07 0.19 28 2.07 0.51 74 3.07 0.84 122 4.06 1.17 170
0.10 0.00 0 1.09 0.19 28 2.09 0.52 75 3.09 0.85 123 4.08 1.17 170
0.12 0.00 0 1.11 0.20 29 2.11 0.53 77 3.11 0.85 123 4.10 1.18 171
0.14 0.00 0 1.13 0.21 30 2.13 0.53 77 3.13 0.86 125 4.12 1.18 171
0.16 0.00 0 1.15 0.21 30 2.15 0.54 78 3.15 0.86 125 4.14 1.19 173
0.18 0.00 0 1.17 0.22 32 2.17 0.55 80 3.16 0.87 126 4.16 1.20 174
0.20 0.00 0 1.19 0.23 33 2.19 0.55 80 3.18 0.88 128 4.18 1.20 174
0.22 0.00 0 1.21 0.23 33 2.21 0.56 81 3.20 0.88 128 4.20 1.21 175
0.23 0.00 0 1.23 0.24 35 2.23 0.56 81 3.22 0.89 129 4.22 1.22 177
0.25 0.00 0 1.25 0.25 36 2.25 0.57 83 3.24 0.90 131 4.24 1.22 177
0.27 0.00 0 1.27 0.25 36 2.27 0.58 84 3.26 0.90 131 4.26 1.23 178
0.29 0.00 0 1.29 0.26 38 2.29 0.58 84 3.28 0.91 132 4.28 1.24 180
0.31 0.00 0 1.31 0.26 38 2.31 0.59 86 3.30 0.92 133 4.30 1.24 180
0.33 0.00 0 1.33 0.27 39 2.32 0.60 87 3.32 0.92 133 4.32 1.25 181
0.35 0.00 0 1.35 0.28 41 2.34 0.60 87 3.34 0.93 135 4.34 1.25 181
0.37 0.00 0 1.37 0.28 41 2.36 0.61 88 3.36 0.94 136 4.36 1.26 183
0.39 0.00 0 1.39 0.29 42 2.38 0.62 90 3.38 0.94 136 4.38 1.27 184
0.41 0.00 0 1.41 0.30 44 2.40 0.62 90 3.40 0.95 138 4.40 1.27 184
0.43 0.00 0 1.43 0.30 44 2.42 0.63 91 3.42 0.95 138 4.41 1.28 186
0.45 0.00 0 1.45 0.31 45 2.44 0.64 93 3.44 0.96 139 4.43 1.29 187
0.47 0.00 0 1.47 0.32 46 2.46 0.64 93 3.46 0.97 141 4.45 1.29 187
0.49 0.00 0 1.48 0.32 46 2.48 0.65 94 3.48 0.97 141 4.47 1.30 189
0.51 0.00 0 1.50 0.33 48 2.50 0.65 94 3.50 0.98 142 4.49 1.31 190
0.53 0.01 1 1.52 0.34 49 2.52 0.66 96 3.52 0.99 144 4.51 1.31 190
0.55 0.02 3 1.54 0.34 49 2.54 0.67 97 3.54 0.99 144 4.53 1.32 191
0.57 0.02 3 1.56 0.35 51 2.56 0.67 97 3.56 1.00 145 4.55 1.32 191
0.59 0.03 4 1.58 0.35 51 2.58 0.68 99 3.57 1.01 146 4.57 1.33 193
0.61 0.03 4 1.60 0.36 52 2.60 0.69 100 3.59 1.01 146 4.59 1.34 194
0.63 0.04 6 1.62 0.37 54 2.62 0.69 100 3.61 1.02 148 4.61 1.34 194
0.65 0.05 7 1.64 0.37 54 2.64 0.70 102 3.63 1.02 148 4.63 1.35 196
0.66 0.05 7 1.66 0.38 55 2.66 0.71 103 3.65 1.03 149 4.65 1.36 197
0.68 0.06 9 1.68 0.39 57 2.68 0.71 103 3.67 1.04 151 4.67 1.36 197
0.70 0.07 10 1.70 0.39 57 2.70 0.72 104 3.69 1.04 151 4.69 1.37 199
0.72 0.07 10 1.72 0.40 58 2.72 0.72 104 3.71 1.05 152 4.71 1.38 200
0.74 0.08 12 1.74 0.41 59 2.73 0.73 106 3.73 1.06 154 4.73 1.38 200
0.76 0.09 13 1.76 0.41 59 2.75 0.74 107 3.75 1.06 154 4.75 1.39 202
0.78 0.09 13 1.78 0.42 61 2.77 0.74 107 3.77 1.07 155 4.77 1.39 202
0.80 0.10 15 1.80 0.42 61 2.79 0.75 109 3.79 1.08 157 4.79 1.40 203
0.82 0.11 16 1.82 0.43 62 2.81 0.76 110 3.81 1.08 157 4.81 1.41 204
0.84 0.11 16 1.84 0.44 64 2.83 0.76 110 3.83 1.09 158 4.82 1.41 204
0.86 0.12 17 1.86 0.44 64 2.85 0.77 112 3.85 1.09 158 4.84 1.42 206
0.88 0.12 17 1.88 0.45 65 2.87 0.78 113 3.89 1.10 160 4.86 1.43 207
0.90 0.13 19 1.90 0.46 67 2.89 0.78 113 3.89 1.11 161 4.88 1.43 207
0.92 0.14 20 1.91 0.46 67 2.91 0.79 115 3.91 1.11 161 4.90 1.44 209
0.94 0.14 20 1.93 0.47 68 2.93 0.79 115 3.93 1.12 162 4.92 1.45 210
0.96 0.15 22 1.95 0.48 70 2.95 0.80 116 3.95 1.13 164 4.94 1.45 210
0.98 0.16 23 1.97 0.48 70 2.97 0.81 117 3.97 1.13 164 4.96 1.46 212
4.98 1.47 213
− 205 −
10 BACKUP OPERATION
(EMERGENCY OPERATION)
This product offers backup modes of operation to tide over certain emergency situations. If a fault occurs in one of
the compressors, it is possible to operate the system on an emergency basis by operating only the remaining
compressor, (compressor backup operation).
If one of the outdoor units fails in a combined outdoor unit system, the system can be operated on an emergency
basis by keeping only the remaining outdoor unit(s), (outdoor unit backup operation).
Perform backup operation setting in accordance with the procedure described below.
10-1. Note for Backup Operation

The method of backup operation differs according to the contents of fault as shown in the table below.
Contents of fault Method of backup operation Setting procedure
One of the compressors in the same unit fai ls (see Note 1) Compre ss or ba ck up (s ee No te 2) Go to 10-2.
All the compressors in the same unit fail Outd oor unit backup or cooli ng- Go to 10-3. or 10-4.
season outdoor unit backup (see
A fault occurs in a compressor motor coil (e.g. a layer short-circuit)
Notes 1, 3, 4 and 5)
A fault occurs in a refrigerating cycle part, fan or related part, or electrical part
A fault occurs in a temperature sensor or pressure sensor
Note 1: If the compressor has failed due to a fault in its motor coil (e.g. a layer short-circuit), do not perform
compressor backup operation because of severe oil degradation. It could damage other outdoor units.
Note 2: Keep the number of backed-up outdoor units under compressor backup operation to one in the system
(single refrigerant line). As for MMY-MAP144∗ and MMY-MAP168∗, the
backup operation of compressor cannot be done.
Backed-up compressor Backed-up compressor
Example
Faulty
Faulty
Prohibited
Note 3: Keep the number of backed-up outdoor units under outdoor unit backup operation to one in the system
(single refrigerant line).
Backed-up outdoor unit Backed-up outdoor unit
Faulty Faulty
Example
Prohibited
Note 4: It is prohibited to combine compressor backup operation and outdoor unit backup operation.
Backed-up compressor Backed-up outdoor unit
Faulty
Example
Fault
Prohibited
Note 5 : When the chassis of different size are combined, Backed-up outdoor unit
do not perform back up oueration with the large size chassis.
Example Faulty
Prohibited
MMY-MAP120∗ MMY-MAP072∗
Backed-up outdoor unit
Faulty
Example
Prohibited
MMY-MAP144∗ MMY-MAP096∗
(MMY-MAP120∗)
− 206 −
10-2. Compressor Backup Operation Setting
<Outline>
If a fault occurs to one of the compressors installed in outdoor unit, follow the procedure described below to
back up the faulty compressor by using the remaining, normal compressor.
<Work Procedure>
(1) Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units connected to the system.
(2) Set the DIP switches of SW06, provided on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit with the faulty
compressor, as shown in the table below.
SW06 SW07 SW09 SW10
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SW16 SW17
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SW06
Two-compressor model
Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4
Factory default setting OFF O FF OFF OFF
When compressor No.1 (front left) is faulty ON OFF OFF OFF
When compressor No.2 (front right) is faulty OFF ON OFF OFF
− 207 −
(3) Change the connection of wiring between Comp-IPDU and Fan-IPDU, as shown in the below.

1.When compressor No.1 (front left) is faulty：
Change the connection of wiring between Comp-IPDU and Fan-IPDU as shown in the below.
2pin→2pin (White Cable)
1pin→3pin (Red Cable)
Comp-IPDU Setting
Change the connection of wiring which is connected to Diode Comp-IPDU1
・Change to 2pin Cable of Right Diode connected (for Fan of Comp-IPDU2) from 2pin Cable
of Left Diode connected (for Fan of DiComp-IPDU1)
・Change to 3pin Cable of Right Diode connected (for Fan of Comp-IPDU2) from 1pin Cable
of Left Diode connected (for Fan of Comp-IPDU1)
(Tighten three wirings together with screw terminal)
3pin 2pin
Diode:43T31301
Pin Signal Top View Side View
Diode Connected 3 cables. Diode 3wirings together
I/F Board Setting

Change the connection of wiring which is connected to the CN305 of I/F Board.
・Unplug the Connector CN305 of I/F Board.
・Plug the extended connector.
I/F Board Extended Connector I/F Board: CN305 I/F Board: CN305 I/F Board: CN305
Point Plug the Extended Connector After Extended (Picture)
− 208 −
2.When compressor No.2 (front right) is faulty：
Change the connection of wiring between Comp-IPDU and Fan-IPDU as shown in the below.
2pin→2pin (White Cable)
3pin→1pin (Black Cable)
Comp-IPDU Setting
Change the connection of wiring which is connected to Diode Comp-IPDU2
・Change to 2pin Cable of Left Diode connected (for Fan of Comp-IPDU1) from 2pin Cable
of Right Diode connected (for Fan of DiComp-IPDU2)
・Change to 1pin Cable of Left Diode connected (for Fan of Comp-IPDU1) from 3pin Cable
of Right Diode connected (for Fan of Comp-IPDU2)
(Tighten three wirings together with screw terminal)
2pin 1pin
Diode:43T31301
Pin Signal Top View Side View
Diode Connected 3 cables. Diode 3wirings together
I/F Board Setting

Change the connection of wiring which is connected to the CN306 of I/F Board.
・Unplug the Connector CN306 of I/F Board.
・Plug the extended connector.
I/F Board Extended Connector I/F Board: CN306 I/F Board: CN306 I/F Board: CN306
Point Plug the Extended Connector After Extended (Picture)
After changed the normal compressor board

・Unplugged the Extended Connector CN305 and CN306 from I/F Board.
・Fix the extended connector CN305 and CN306 to the cable with the cable tie as before.
(As shown in the figure on the left)
− 208 −
10-3. Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting
<Outline>
This product allows outdoor unit backup operation setting to be performed either at the header unit or a follower
unit. If any of the fault modes specified below occurs to one of the outdoor units in a multi-outdoor unit system,
proceed with outdoor unit backup operation.
• A compressor failure (e.g. a layer short-circuit or a compressor failure in which no compressor is available to
back up the faulty compressor)
• A failure of a pressure sensor (PD or PS) or a temperature sensor (TD1, TD2, TS1, TS3, TE1, TE2, TG1,
TG2, TK1, TK2, TK4, TK5, TL1, TL2 or TL3)
Note: Keep the number of backed-up outdoor units to one in the system (single refrigerant line).
10-3-1. Follower outdoor unit backup operation setting

(failure of follower outdoor unit)
<Work procedure>
(1) Turn off the power supply to all the indoor and outdoor units connected to the system.
[Setup of failed follower outdoor unit]
(2) Fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit.
(3) Leave the service valves of the liquid and balance pipe fully open (to prevent refrigerant stagnation in the unit).
However, if there is a leakage from an outdoor PMV (unable to close), fully close the liquid pipe service valve.
(4) <In case of fault in compressor, electrical part, I/F P.C. board, or IPDU P.C. board>
From this point on, keep the power supply to the failed unit off.
<In case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part (pressure sensor, temperature sensor, refrigerating cycle
part, or fan system part)>
Disconnect the connector [CN03] for outdoor-outdoor communication (BUS2) provided on the interface P.C.
board.
Setup of failed follower outdoor unit
BUS2
CN03
(4)
In case of fault in refrigerating circuit
(2) or related part, disconnect BUS2
communication connector [CN03] on
Fully close gas pipe
service valve.
(3)
Leave service valves of liquid and balance pipes fully open.
(if there is leakage from outdoor PMV, fully close liquid pipe.)
[Setup of header unit] Interface P.C. board of header unit

(5) Turn on Bit 2 of SW09 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit.
SW06 SW07 SW09 SW10
(Setting to prevent connected indoor units capacity over trouble.(E16))
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SW16 SW17
(5)
Turn on Bit 2 of SW09.
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
− 210 −
(6) Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system other than the failed follower unit.
Determine what to do with the power supply to the failed follower unit in the following manner.
<In case of fault in compressor, electrical part, I/F P.C. board, or IPDU P.C. board>
Leave the power supply off.
Turn on the power supply to protect the compressor (by turning on the case heater).
(When the power supply to the unit is turned on, [E19] (trouble in the number of outdoor header units) will be
displayed on the 7-segment display. However, this will not cause any problems.)
(7) Perform settings needed to gain permission for backup operation from the header unit (trouble clearance).
1) Set SW01/02/03 on the interface P.C. board to 1/1/1 and confirm that [U1] [E26] (dropping out of an outdoor
unit) is displayed on the 7-segment display.
2) Set SW01/02/03 on the interface P.C. board to 2/16/1. Upon confirming that [Er] [… … …] is displayed on
the 7-segment display, press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more.
3) [Er] [… CL] (trouble clearance completed) will be displayed on the 7-segment display.
4) Set SW01/02/03 back to 1/1/1. (The display should change to [U1] [– – –].)
Interface P.C. board of header unit
(7) Push switch

Set SW01/02/03 to 1/1/1
[U1] [E26] will be displayed.
Set SW01/02/03 to [2/16/1].

[Er] [… … …] will be displayed.
Press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more

[Er] [… CL] will be displayed.
7-segment display
Set SW01/02/03 back to 1/1/1.
[U1] [– – –] will be displayed.
Rotary switches
This is the end of follower outdoor unit backup operation setting. Check the operation.
− 211 −
10-3-2. Header outdoor unit backup operation setting
(failure of header outdoor unit)
<Work procedure>
(1) Turn off the power supply to all the units connected to the system at the source.
[Setup of failed header outdoor unit]
(2) Fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit.
(3) Leave the service valves of the liquid and balance pipes fully open (to prevent refrigerant stagnation in the failed
outdoor unit).
However, if there is a leakage from an outdoor PMV (unable to close), fully close the liquid pipe service valve.
(4) <In case of fault in compressor, electrical part, I/F P.C. board, or IPDU P.C. board>
From this point on, keep the power supply to the failed unit off.
Disconnect the connector [CN03] for outdoor-outdoor communication (BUS2) provided on the interface P.C.
board.
Setup of failed follower outdoor unit BUS2
CN03
(4)
In case of fault in refrigerating circuit
(2) or related part, disconnect BUS2
communication connector [CN03] on
Fully close gas pipe
service valve.
(3)
Leave service valves of liquid and balance pipes fully open.
(if there is leakage from outdoor PMV, fully close liquid pipe.)
[Selection of new header unit]

(5) Select a new header unit from the follower units on the basis of the following criteria:
• If only one follower unit is connected, select it as the header unit.
• If two follower units are connected, select the follower unit that is nearest to the failed header unit.
[Setup of new header unit]
(6) Set SW13 and SW14 on the interface P.C. board same as the setting of failed header unit (refrigerant line
address setting).
(7) Turn on Bit 2 of SW09 on the interface P.C. board. (Setting to prevent connected indoor unit capacity over
trouble.(E16))
− 212 −
(8) Set Bits 1 and 2 of SW30 on the interface P.C. board same as that of the failed header unit (terminator
resistance setting).
Outdoor interface P.C. board of unit selected as new header unit

(7)
Turn on Bit 2 of SW09.
SW06 SW07 SW09 SW10
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SW16 SW17 (8)

Set Bits 1 and 2 of SW30
(6) identically to failed header unit.
Set SW13 and SW14
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 identically to failed header unit.
[Wiring changes to communication line]

(9) Redirect the indoor-outdoor communication line connected to the failed header unit [U1/U2] to the unit selected
as the header unit [U1/U2].
(10)If a central control device is connected, connect the central control communication line [U3/U4] to the
communication line terminal of the unit selected as the new header unit [U3/U4], and connect up the tie
connector between the [U1/U2] and [U3/U4] terminals.
Unit selected as new header unit

Failed header unit Follower unit No. 2
(previously follower unit No. 1)
Outdoor-outdoor communication line (U5/U6)
Central control communication line

(U3/U4 terminal)
Indoor-outdoor communication line

(U1/U2 terminal)
(9) (10)
Redirect the indoor-outdoor communication If central control device is connected, redirect central
line from failed header unit to unit selected control communication line from failed header unit to
as header unit [U1/U2]. unit selected as new header unit [U3/U4].
(11)Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system other than the failed unit.
Determine what to do with the power supply to the failed unit in the following manner.
<In case of fault in compressor, electrical part, I/F P.C. board, or IPDU P.C. board>
Leave the power supply off.
Turn on the power supply to protect the compressor (by turning on the case heater).
(When the power supply to the unit is turned on, [E19] (trouble in the number of outdoor header units) will be
displayed on the 7-segment display. However, this will not cause any problems.)
This is the end of header outdoor unit backup operation setting. Check the operation.
− 213 −−
10-4. Cooling-Season Outdoor Unit Backup Operation
Setting
<Outline>
Limited to summer and other situations where there is no need for heating operation, this function makes it possible
to get backup operation up and running quickly without going through the normal setup procedure, regardless of
which type of outdoor unit has failed, the header unit or a follower unit.
In this backup operation, the system behaves in exactly the same way as described in the “Outdoor Unit Backup
Operation Setting” section, except that it cannot perform heating operation.
Note 1: When the system is set up for this function, heating operation is not available.
("HEATING STANDBY" displayed on the remote controller.)
Note 2: If the unit failure has been caused by a fault in the interface P.C. board or electric circuit, this function is
not available. In that case, follow the procedure specified in the “Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting”
section.
<Work procedure>
(1) Turn off the power supply to all the units connected to the system.
[Setup of failed outdoor unit]
Regardless of whether the failed outdoor unit is the header unit or a follower unit, there is no difference in the setup
procedure.
(2) Turn on Bits 1 and 2 of SW06 provided on the interface P.C. board.
(3) If there is a leakage from an outdoor PMV (unable to close), fully close the liquid pipe service valve.
(4) Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system.
If the fault involves poor insulation of a compressor motor, remove the compressor leads before the power is
turned on.
Turn on Bits 1 and 2 of SW06.
SW06 SW07 SW09 SW10
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SW16 SW17
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
This is the end of cooling-season outdoor unit backup operation setting.
− 214 −
11 OUTDOOR UNIT REFRIGERANT
RECOVERY METHOD
11-1. Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit
(Pump-Down)
This product supports refrigerant pump-down, a function which allows refrigerant to be recovered from an outdoor
unit in need of repair using a normal outdoor unit in a system featuring multiple outdoor units.
11-1-1. Note for refrigerant recovery operation

When performing pump-down operation, take note of the following matters:
Note 1: The pump-down refrigerant recovery rate changes with outside temperature and other factors.
After pump-down is completed, recover any residual gas using a refrigerant recovery device, etc., and be
sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant. (The refrigerant recovery rate can be improved by
heating the accumulator of the outdoor unit to be repaired during pump-down operation.)
Note 2: If pump-down has been performed, the system cannot be operated until the faulty outdoor unit is
repaired.
(Continued operation would be impossible due to a refrigerant overcharge.)
Note 3: If outdoor PMVs 1 and 3 both happen to be trouble (unable to open) the refrigerant in the heat exchangers
cannot be recovered. In that case, rcover any residual gas in the heat exchangers using a tube
piercing valve or some other tool. After a pump-down operation, do not perform any brazing until the
residual gas in the heat exchangers is recovered.
11-1-2. Refrigerant recovery procedure A (Case of no outdoor unit

backup operation setting)
<Work procedure>
Turn on the power supply to the system at the source, but leave the system switched off.
If the trouble involves poor insulation of a compressor motor, remove the motor leads before the power is turned
on.[Setup of failed outdoor unit]
(1) Connect the check joint of liquid pipe and the low pressure-side check joint using a charge hose, and purge the
hose of air (to recover refrigerant from the liquid tank and heat exchangers).
(2) Fully close the liquid pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit.
(Leave the service valves of the gas and balance pipes fully open.)
(3) If the oil is likely to has degraded due to a compressor trouble, disconnect the SV3A valve connector of the
failed outdoor unit (to prevent the degraded oil from flowing into other outdoor units).
(4) Set SW01/02/03 on the interface P.C. board of the failed outdoor unit to 2/11/1. After [rd] [… … …] is displayed
on the 7-segment display, press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more.
− 215 −
(5) [rd] [… FF] will be displayed on the 7-segment display, and pump-down operation will start.
* To put the operation on hold midway, turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units, or press SW05 on the
Header unit Failed outdoor unit
(3)
Connect liquid pipe check joint and low
If oil has degraded due to pressure-side check joint using charge
compressor fault, undo SV3A hose, and purge hose of air
valve connector.
Fully close liquid pipe service valve.

(Leave service valves of gas and
balance pipes fully open.)
(4) Set SW01/02/03 to 2/11/1.

[rd] [… … …] is displayed. Interface P.C. board of failed outdoor unit
Press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more.

(5) [rd] [ FF] is displayed (pump-down operation starts).
Behavior during pump-down operation
Outdoor unit Behavior
Compressors: Turned off
Outdoor fan: On
Failed outdoor unit PMV1, PMV3 and PMV4: Open
SV2/3A/3B/3C/3D: On
SV41/42/52: On
Operates in test cooling
Every other outdoor unit
operation mode
(6) Approx. 10 minutes after the system starts up, fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit.
(7) Press SW04 of the failed outdoor unit to have pressure data (psi) displayed.
(The display switches each time SW04 is pressed.)
Display Example
[rd] […11] [Pd] [174] [Ps] [174]
Initial display High-pressure sensor output Low-pressure sensor output
[Selection of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment]

(8) Of all outdoor units operating in the pump-down mode, select the one with the lowest unit No. as an outdoor
unit for pressure adjustment.
Identifying Unit No.
The unit No. is the number displayed on the 7-segment display when SW01/02/03 are set to 1/1/1.
([U#] [– – –]: # represents the unit No.)
[Setup of outdoor units other than unit for pressure adjustment and failed unit]
(9) Leaving the balance pipes of the unit for pressure adjustment and the failed unit fully open, fully close the
balance pipe service valves of all other outdoor units.
[Setup of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment]
(10)Set SW01/02/03 on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment to 1/2/2.
(11)As the low-pressure sensor output is displayed on the 7-segment display, adjust the pressure to around 17.4
psi by slowly closing the gas pipe service valve, with checking pressure data.
(12)Compare the low-pressure sensor outputs of the failed unit with that of the unit for pressure adjustment, and
wait until the two pressure readings become almost the same. After letting the system continue operating for
a while longer, fully close the gas pipe service valve of the unit for pressure adjustment.
− 216 −
(13)When the low-pressure sensor output of the failed outdoor unit falls below 14.5 psi, fully close the balance
pipe packed valve, and press SW05 on the interface P.C. board to finish the pump-down operation.
(14)Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units, and recover the residual refrigerant in the outdoor unit using
a refrigerant recovery device. Be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant. (This is necessary to
determine how much additional refrigerant will be needed after the completion of the repair.)
(8) (6) (9)
Select outdoor unit with lowest unit No. Approx. 10 minutes after system startup, Fully close balance pipes of all outdoor
as outdoor unit for pressure adjustment. fully close gas pipe service valve. units other than unit for pressure
adjustment and failed unit.
Unit for pressure adjustment Failed outdoor unit
(10) (11) (7) (13)

Set SW01/02/03 to While monitoring low-pressure Press SW04 to have When low-pressure sensor output of failed
1/2/2 to have low- sensor output, adjust pressure to low-pressure sensor outdoor unit falls below 14.5 psi, fully close
pressure sensor around 0.12 MPa by slowly closing output displayed balance pipe packed valve.
output displayed. gas pipe service valve. [Ps] [###] Press SW05 to finish pump-down operation.
[Ps] [###] (12)
Wait until low-pressure sensor (14)
outputs of failed outdoor unit and
outdoor unit for pressure Turn off power supply to all outdoor units at
adjustment become almost source, and recover residual refrigerant in
identical, and, after letting system outdoor unit using refrigerant recovery device.
continue operating for while longer, Measure amount of recovered refrigerant.
fully close gas pipe service valve.
This is the end of the refrigerant recovery operation.

Set SW01/02/03 of the failed outdoor unit and the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment back to 1/1/1.
− 217 −
11-1-3. Refrigerant recovery procedure B (Case of outdoor unit
backup operation setting)
<Outline>
If outdoor unit backup operation setting is performed, use an alternative refrigerant recovery procedure as
described below, provided that the power cannot be turned on for the failed outdoor unit. (Refrigerant will be
recovered from the failed outdoor unit using the test cooling operation function.)
Note 1: If cooling-season outdoor unit backup operation or outdoor unit backup operation is in progress with the
power supply to the failed outdoor unit turned on, follow the procedure described in “11-1-2. Refrigerant
recovery procedure A (Case of no outdoor unit backup operation setting)”. If outdoor unit backup
operation setting is performed with the power supply to the failed outdoor unit turned on, recovery
operation can only start after putting the outdoor-outdoor communication connector on the interface P.C.
board of that unit [CN03] back to its initial state and resetting the power supply.
Note 2: If the power cannot be turned on the failed outdoor unit, the solenoid valves and PMVs of the unit cannot
be turned on, so that it reduces the amount of recovered refrigerant compared to a standard pump-down
operation. Recover the residual gas in the unit using a refrigerant recovery device, and be sure to
measure the amount of recovered refrigerant.
<Work procedure>
(1) Connect the liquid pipe check joint and the low pressure-side check joint using a gauge manifold, and purge the
manifold of air (to recover refrigerant from the liquid tank and heat exchangers).
(2) Fully close the liquid pipe packed valve of the failed outdoor unit.
(Leave the service valve of the gas pipe and the packed valve of the balance pipe fully open.)
[Setup of unit selected as header unit (hereafter “header outdoor unit”)]
(3) Set SW01/02/03 on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit to 2/5/1. After [C. ] [… … …] is displayed
on the 7-segment display, press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more.
(4) After [C. …] [… – C] is displayed on the 7-segment display, the system starts operating in the test cooling
operation mode.
(5) Set SW01/02/03 on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit to 1/2/2 to have the low-pressure sensor
output (psi) displayed on the 7-segment display.
(1) Failed outdoor unit Unit selected as header unit

Connect liquid pipe check joint and
low pressure-side check joint using
gauge manifold, and purge manifold
of air.
(2)
Fully close liquid pipe service valve.
(Leave gas and balance pipes fully
open.)
(3) Set SW01/02/03 to 2/5/1. Interface P.C. board

[C. ] [… … …] is displayed
(4) Press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or

more.[C. …] [… – C] is displayed. (Test
cooling operation begins).
(5) Set SW01/02/03 to 1/2/2 to have low-

pressure sensor output (psi) displayed.
Press SW04 to have low-pressure
sensor output displays.
Pd Ps Td1 Td2 TS1 TE1 TE2 C~C
(6) Approx. 10 minutes after the system starts up, fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit.
[Selection of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment]
(7) Select the header unit as the unit for pressure adjustment.
− 218 7−
[Setup of outdoor units other than header unit and failed unit]
(8) Leaving the balance pipes of the unit for pressure adjustment and the failed unit fully open, fully close the
balance pipe packed valves of all other outdoor units.
[Setup of header unit]
(9) While monitoring the low-pressure sensor output, adjust the pressure to around 17.4 psi by slowly closing the
gas pipe service valve.
(10) Compare the manifold gauge pressure of the failed unit with the low-pressure sensor output of the header
unit, and wait until the two pressure readings become almost identical. After letting the system continue
operating for a while longer, fully close the gas pipe service valve of the unit for pressure adjustment.
(11)When the manifold gauge pressure of the failed outdoor unit falls below 14.5 psi, fully close the balance pipe
packed valve, and press SW05 on the interface P.C. board to finish the test cooling operation.
(12)Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units, and recover the residual refrigerant in the outdoor unit using
a refrigerant recovery device. Be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant. (This is necessary to
determine how much additional refrigerant will be needed after the completion of the repair.)
(6) (7) (8)
Approx. 10 minutes after system startup, Select header unit as unit Fully close balance pipes of all other outdoor units
fully close gas pipe service valve. for pressure adjustment. other than unit for pressure adjustment and failed unit.
Failed outdoor unit Header unit (outdoor

unit selected as such)
(11) (9)
When manifold gauge pressure of failed outdoor unit While monitoring low-pressure sensor
falls below 14.5 psi, fully close balance pipe packed output, adjust pressure to around 17.4 psi
valve. by slowly closing gas pipe service valve.
Press SW05 to finish test cooling operation. (10)
Wait until low-pressure sensor outputs of
(12)
failed outdoor unit and outdoor unit for
Turn off power supply to all outdoor units at source, pressure adjustment become almost
and recover residual refrigerant in outdoor unit using identical, and, after letting system continue
refrigerant recovery device. Measure amount of operating for while longer, fully close gas
recovered refrigerant. pipe service valve.
This is the end of the refrigerant recovery operation.

Set SW01/02/03 of the header unit back to 1/1/1.
− 219 −−
11-2. How to Operate System While Failed Outdoor Unit
Being Repaired
<Outline>
After refrigerant is recovered from the failed outdoor unit through a pump-down operation, the overall amount of
refrigerant held by the system becomes excessive, and this makes it impossible to operate the remaining
outdoor units even though they are not trouble. However, operation is still possible if the system-wide amount of
refrigerant is adjusted in accordance with the procedure described below.
<Work procedure>
(1) Follow the steps specified in “11-1. Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit (Pump-Down)”.
(2) Adjust the amount of refrigerant held by the system by removing some of it using a refrigerant recovery device,
etc.
Determine the amount of refrigerant to be removed according to the capacity of the failed outdoor unit. (See the
table below.)
Example: If you are under repairing of a 10 ton outdoor unit in the 32 ton system
(combination of outdoor unit: 12 ton + 10 ton + 10 ton): Amount of refrigerant to be
remove from this system = 24.2lbs (11kg)
(3) Set up the outdoor unit from which refrigerant has been recovered in the manner described in “10-3. Outdoor Unit
Backup Operation Setting”.
This completes the procedure.
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Combination

Amount of refrigerant
capacity
apacity capacity type Header Follower Follower
(ton) (kBtu) outdoor unit outdoor unit1 outdoor unit2 (lbs)
6 072 type 072 type - - Standard Model 17.6
16 192 type
18 216 type 120 type 096 type - Standard Model 44.1
20 240 type
24 288 type
30 360 type 120 type 120 type 120 type Standard Model 66.1
144 type 144 type 120 type Standard Model 81.6
34 408 type
168 type 120 type 120 type Space Saving Model 72.8
− 220 −−
11-3. Work procedure after Repair
When vacuuming in the repaired outdoor unit, follow the procedure described below.
<Work procedure>
(1) Fully open PMV1 and PMV3 (MMY-MAP1449∗ to MAP1689∗ only) in accordance with the table below.
Note: PMV full-opening operation via short-circuiting of the CN30 pins is automatically undone after 2 minutes,
causing the valves to fully close. To maintain fully open state, turn off the power switch of the outdoor unit
within 2 minutes of the short-circuiting of the CN30 pins.
SW12
CN30 PMV operation
Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4
OFF OFF OFF OFF Short-circuit PMV1 fully open for 2 minutes.
ON OFF OFF OFF Short-circuit PMV3 fully opens for 2 minutes.
(2) Be sure to perform vacuuming in from the three check joints shown in the diagram below (liquid pipe, discharge
pipe and suction pipe).
Fan
M Fan motor
Right side
Main heat exchanger
(TO)
Reducer
Left side
(TE1)
(TL1)
SV
High-pressure
sensor (TS1)
Fusible
plug (SV2)
FP
(SV3D) SV
(SV41) (SV42)
SV SV
Accumlator
Liquid Tank High-

pressure High-
(TD1) switch pressure (TD2)
switch
(TK4)
SV
(SV3C)
1 2
Check Check
valve valve
(PMV4) (TK1) (TK2)
(TK5)
(TL3) Oil Header
(SV3E)
SV
SV
(SV3A)
SV (SV3B)
− 221 −−
12 REPLACING COMPRESSORS
12-1. Compressor Replacement Procedure (Outline)
START
WARNING
In situations such as indoor unit relocation and repairs,
Is the outdoor unit the only one in the system? it is not possible to recover all the refrigerant held by the
YES NO system in the outdoor units.
It could cause a serious accident, such as blow out or
Manually open PMV1, 3 Recover refrigerant injury.
and 4 of the failed unit from the failed unit in Be sure to perform refrigerant recovery using a
(by short-circuiting the accordance with “11 refrigerant recovery device.
pins of CN30 on I/F P.C. OUTDOOR UNIT
board and turning off the REFRIGERANT
power switch), and RECOVERY WARNING
recover refrigerant using METHOD”.
When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner at
a refrigerant recovery
brazed joint, take care as any oil left in the piping may
device (*1).
burn in a momentary flash of fire when the brazed filler
metal melts.
Turn off the power switch of the failed outdoor unit. *1 The full-opening of PMV1, 3 and 4 via short-circuiting of the CN30
pins is automatically undone after 2 minutes, causing the valves
to fully close. To maintain fully open state, turn off the power
Remove the troubled compressor. switch of the outdoor unit within 2 minutes.
*2 The SMMS-e (6 series) and the SMMS-i (4 series) use different
types of compressors.
Be sure to check the service part code.
Measure the amount of oil in the troubled compressor.
Check the color of the oil in the troubled compressor. NO

ASTM grade: Is it 4 or above? Replace the troubled compressor only.
(Judge the condition of the oil against color samples,
and decide whether to replace the troubled
compressor only or all compressors.)
YES
Replace both the troubled compressor and the
normal compressor.
Measure the amount of oil in the normal compressor.
Adjust the amount of oil according to the oil quantity

measurement result(s). This flowchart only shows the standard compressor
replacement procedure. Since the situation can differ
site by site, perform the task in accordance with the
Install the new compressor(s) (*2). following judgment criteria:
(1) New compressors are charged with 0.502 gal of oil
per unit.
Perform a leakage check of the failed outdoor unit. (2) The amount of oil held by an outdoor unit is as
shown below.
Model MAP- 072∗ 096∗, 120∗ 146∗, 168∗
Perform vacuum drying in the failed outdoor unit.
Amount of oil [gal] 1.136 1.268 1.400
(3) When a compressor is dismantled, it usually

Refrigerant charging contains 0.211 - 0.370 gal oil.
The amount of oil held by an oil separator is usually
0-0.264 gal for MAP07∗, MAP096∗, MAP120∗,
END MAP144∗ and MAP168∗
− 222 −−
12-2. Replacement of Compressors
<Checking color of oil in troubled compressor>
• Lay the faulty compressor down, draw a small amount of oil via the oil equalization pipe, and check its color
against color samples.
• Determine the number of compressors to be replaced according to the color checking result.
ASTM grade: Below 4 Replace the troubled compressor only.
ASTM grade: 4 or above Replace both the troubled compressor and the normal compressor(s).
Compressor
Oil equalization
pipe
WARNING
When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner at brazed joint, take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in
a momentary flash of fire when the brazing filler metal melts.
[When replacing troubled compressor only]

<Measuring amount of oil in troubled compressor>
Amount of oil in troubled compressor: A [gal] = (Weight of compressor as it was dismantled
(lbs) - D) x 0.1249 (Specific volume of oil: 0.1249 [gal/lbs])
(lbs)
Compressor model Ｄ：Weight

(not include oil）
RA641A3TB-20M 54.0
DA421A3TB-20M1 48.5
※Please check the type name of the compressor as it was dismantled.
<Adjusting amount of oil in new compressor> (0.502 gal at shipment)

• Perform the adjustment on the basis of how much oil the troubled compressor contained, A [gal], by
following the steps below.
1 Amount of oil in faulty compressor A [gal]: 0 ≤ A < 0.264
(1) Adjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to 0.264 gal.
(Lay the new compressor down and draw 0.238 [gal] of oil via the oil-equalization pipe.)
Notes:
• Do not draw more than 0.238 [gal] of oil as it may cause damage to the compressor.
• If the troubled compressor contained 0.132 [gal] or less, there may have been a problem with the oil
equalization circuit, etc. Perform checks in accordance with “12-3. Check Procedure to Search Cause of
Compressor Oil Shortage”.
− 223 −
2 Amount of oil in troubled compressor A [gal]: 0.264 ≤ A < 0.502
(1) Adjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to A gal.
(Lay the new compressor down and draw (0.502 - A) [gal] of oil via the
oil equalization pipe.)
Compressor
3 Amount of oil in troubled compressor A [gal]: 0.502 ≤ A
(1) Adjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to A gal.
(Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of the new
compressor and inject (A-0.502) [gal] of oil using a funnel, etc.)
− 224 −
[When replacing normal as well as troubled compressor] - applicable to MMY-MAP072∗
<Remove the normal compressor>
• Remove the normal compressor in the same way as the troubled
compressor. Note:
• Be sure to insulate the removed compressor leads using insulation tape, etc.
WARNING
<Measuring amount of oil in normal compressor>

• As was the case with the troubled compressor, measure the amount of oil contained by placing the compressor
on a scale.
Amount of oil in normal compressor: B [gal] = (Weight of compressor as it was dismantled (lbs) - D) × 0.1249
(Specific volume of oil: 0.1249 [gal/lbs])
Note:
(lbs)
Ｄ：Weight
Compressor model
(not include oil）
DA421A3TB-20M1 48.5
<Adjusting amount of oil in new compressors>

• Perform the adjustment on the basis of how much oil the troubled compressor contained, A [gal], and how
much oil the normal compressor contained, B [gal], by following the steps below.
1 Combined amount of oil in troubled and normal compressors A+B [gal] : 0 ≤ A+B < 0.528
(1) Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to 0.264 gal each (total 0.528 gal).
• Lay the compressors down and draw 0.238 [gal] of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes.
Notes:
• Do not draw more than 0.238 [gal] of oil from a compressor as it may cause damage.
• If the troubled compressor contained 0.132 gal or less, there may have been a problem with the oil
2 Combined amount of oil in troubled and normal compressors A+B [gal]:
0.528 ≤ A+B < 1.004
(1) Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to (A+B)/2 gal each.
• Lay the compressor down and draw [1.004-(A+B)]/2 [gal] of oil from each of Compressor
them via their oil equalization pipes.
3 Combined amount of oil in troubled and normal compressors

A+B [gal]: 3800 ≤ A+B
(1) Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to (A+B)/2 cc each.
(Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of each
compressor and inject (A+B)/2-0.520 [gal] of oil using a funnel, etc.)
− 225 −
[When replacing normal as well as troubled compressor] - applicable to MMY-MAP096∗,
and MAP120∗
• Remove the normal compressor in the same way as the troubled compressor.
Note:
WARNING
When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner at brazed joint, take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a
momentary flash of fire when the brazing filler metal melts.
<Measuring amounts of oil in normal compressor>

• As was the case with the troubled compressor, measure the amount of oil contained by placing each
compressor on a scale.
Note:
(lbs)
Ｄ：Weight
Compressor model
(not include oil）
RA641A3TB-20M 54.0

1 Combined amount of oil in troubled compressor and normal compressor A+B [gal] :0≤
A+B < 0.528
(1) Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to 0.264 gal each (total 0.528 gal).
• Lay the compressors down and draw 0.238 [gal] of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes.
Notes:
2 Combined amount of oil in troubled compressor and normal

compressor A+B [gal]: 0.528 ≤ A+B < 1.268
(1) Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to (A+B)/2 gal each.
Compressor
• Lay the compressor down and draw [1.268-(A+B)]/2 [gal] of oil from each
of them via their oil equalization pipes.

compressor A+B [gal] : 1.268 ≤ A+B
(1) Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to (A+B)/2 gal
each.(Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of each
compressor and inject (A+B)/2-0.520 [gal] of oil using a funnel, etc.)
− 226 −
[When replacing normal as well as faulty compressor] - applicable to MMY-MAP144 ∗,
and MAP168 ∗
• Remove the normal compressor in the same way as the troubled compressor.
Note:
WARNING
<Measuring amounts of oil in normal compressors>

• As was the case with the troubled compressor, measure the amount of oil contained by placing each
compressor on a scale.
Note:
(lbs)
Ｄ：Weight
Compressor model
(not include oil）
RA641A3TB-20M 54.0
※Please check the type name of the compressor as it was

dismantled.
1 Combined amount of oil in troubled compressor and normal compressor A+B [gal] :0≤
A+B < 0.528
(1) Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressor to 0.264 gal each (total 0.528 gal).
• Lay the compressor down and draw 0.238 [gal] of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes.
Notes:
compressor A+B [gal]: 0.258 ≤ A+B < 1.400
(1) Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressor to (A+B)/2 gal each.
• Lay the compressor down and draw [1.400-(A+B)]/2 [gal] of oil from each Compressor
of them via their oil equalization pipes.

compressor A+B [gal]: 1.400 ≤ A+B
(1) Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to (A+B)/2 gal
each.(Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of each
compressor and inject (A+B)/2-0.520 [gal] of oil using a funnel,etc.)
− 227 −
<Installing compressor>
• Install a compressor by following the dismantling procedure in reverse.
• The dismantling process may have loosened compressor leads and quick connectors. Prior to installation,
therefore, tighten them a little with a pair of pliers, and verify that they are tight after reconnection.
Notes:
• Although a compressor is provided with only two hexagonal bolts, it is standard.
• The tightening torque of the hexagonal bolts, used to mount the compressor, is 1119 lbs/in.
• If oil has been drawn from the accumulator, repair the cut pipe through pinching and brazing.
<Vacuum-pumping>
(Single outdoor unit system)
• Before performing vacuum-pumping, fully open PMV1, 3 and 4. If they are closed, the heat exchangers of the
outdoor unit cannot be vacuum-pumped.
• Connect a vacuum pump consecutively to the check joints placed in the liquid and discharge pipes and on the
high-pressure side of the suction pipe, and turn it on.
• Operate the vacuum drying until the vacuum gauge indicates 0.0193317 psi.
<Method to fully open PMV manually>

(1) Turn on the power switch of the outdoor unit.
(2) With the Bits 1 and 2 of SW12 set to off, short-circuit the pins of CN30.
(3) Disconnect the connectors of PMV1 from the I/F P.C. board.
(4) With the Bits 1 and 2 of SW12 set to off and on, respectively, short-circuit the pins of CN30.
(5) Disconnect the connector of PMV4 from the I/F P.C. board
(6) With the Bits 1 and 2 of SW12 set to on and off, respectively, short-circuit the pins of CN30.
(7) Disconnect the connector of PMV3 from the I/F P.C. board.
(8) Turn off the power switch of the outdoor unit.
Note: Steps (6) and (7) are not required for MMY-MAP072∗
<Refrigerant charging>
• Inject the same amount of refrigerant as the recovered residual refrigerant via the charging port of the liquid-side
service valve.
− 228 −
12-3. Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor
Oil Shortage
Are the balance pipes of

all outdoor units connected to the
Open the balance pipe valves fully.
same refrigerant line fully open? No
Yes
Are there
any miswiring or incorrect
Correct the miswiring or connection.
connection of TK1,TK2, TK4 and
TK1: CN531 TK2: CN532
TK5 sensor in the unit that has
No TK4: CN534 TK5: CN535
replaced compressor?
Yes
Are the
characteristics of the TK1,
TK2, TK4 or TK5 sensors of the unit
that has replaced compressor Replace the troubled sensor.
No
correct?
Yes
With the compressor(s) disconnected,

check the oil circuit in accordance
with the procedure described below.
(To next page)
− 229 −
<MMY-MAP072∗>
Check items and procedures to follow when checking oil circuit with compressor(s) disconnected
Check item Location Procedure
1) With PMV1 fully closed, apply pressure to the check joint of liquid pipe with nitrogen, and check the
Leakage of outdoor PMV pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe.
If the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe increases, there is a leak from PMV1 (A) and check
Leakage of check valve in
A,C valve of discharge pipe (C). Replace the faulty parts.
discharge pipe convergent
2) If the pressure does not increase, fully open outdoor PMV 1 and check the pressure at the check joint of
section discharge pipe again.
If the pressure increases, there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe (C). Replace the part.
3) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, if gas escapes from the discharge pipe
E section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe (E). Replace the
discharge pipe part.
Leakage of check valve in oil 4) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, if gas escapes from the oil equalization
F pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the oil equalization pipe check valve (F).
equalization circuit Replace the part.
5) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, manually open the SV3B valve. If gas
Leakage of SV3A valve G escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the SV3A valve.
Replace the part.
6) Then manually open the SV3A valve. If gas escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected
Leakage of SV3B valve H
compressor, there is a leak from the SV3B valve. Replace the part.
Clogging of SV3E valve 7) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, manually open the SV3E valve If gas
Clogging of oil-return distributor I does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, the SV3E valve, oil-return
distributor is clogged. Replace the part.
Clogging of SV3D valve 8) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, manually open the SV3D valve. If gas
Clogging of oil-return capillary J does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, the SV3D valve, oil-return
Clogging of oil-return distributor capillary or oil-return distributor is clogged. Replace the part.

Model： MMY-MAP072∗
Fan
M Fan motor
Right side
Main heat exchanger
(TO)
Reducer
Left side
A (TL1)
(TE1)
C
SV
High-pressure
sensor (TS1)
J
Fusible
plug
FP
(SV2)
E
(SV3D) SV
(SV41) (SV42)
SV SV
Accumlator
Liquid Tank High-
G (TD1)
pressure
switch
High-
pressure
switch
(TD2)
(TK4)
SV
(SV3C)
1 2
Check Check
valve valve
(PMV4) (TK1) (TK2)

F
K (TL3)
(SV3E)
(TK5)
Oil Header
SV
I H
SV
(SV3A)
SV (SV3B)

− 230 −
<MMY-MAP096 ∗ and MAP120∗ >
1) With PMV1 and 3 fully closed, apply pressure to the check joint of liquid pipe with nitrogen, and check the
pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe.
Leakage of outdoor PMV If the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe increases, there is a leak PMV1(A) or 3(B) and check
Leakage of check valve in A,B valve of dischage pipe (C). Replace the faulty parts.
discharge pipe convergent C 2) If the pressure does not increase, fully open outdoor PMV1 and 3 and check the pressure at the check joint
section of discharge pipe again.
Leakage of check valve in 3) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, if gas escapes from the discharge pipe
E section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe (E). Replace the part.
discharge pipe
4) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, if gas escapes from the oil equalization
Leakage of check valve in oil
Replace the part.
Clogging of SV3E valve 7) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, manually open the SV3E valve If gas
Clogging of SV3D valve 8) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, manually open the SV3D valve. If gas
Clogging of oil-return capillary J does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, the SV3D valve, oil-return
Clogging of oil-return distributor capillary or oil-return distributor is clogged. Replace the part.

Fan
M Fan motor
Right side
Main heat exchanger
(TO)

(TG1)
(PMV3) Left side
Main heat exchanger
A (TL1)
(TE1)

(TG2)
C
(TE2)
B 4-way valve
High-pressure
sensor (TS1)
J 仮 (SV61)
SV
(TS3) Low-pressure
SV
Fusible
plug
(SV2) E
(SV3D)
FP SV
(SV41) (SV42)
SV SV Accumlator

pressure pressure
(TD1) switch (TD2)
switch
SV
(TK4)
(SV3C)
heat exchanger 1 2
(Inverter)
(Inverter)
(PMV4) (TK1) (TK2) F

(TL3) (TK5)
Oil Header
(SV3E)
SV
I
H
SV
(SV3A)
SV (SV3B)

− 231 −
<MMY-MAP144∗ and MAP168∗
1) With PMV1 and 3 fully closed, apply pressure to the check joint of liquid pipe with nitrogen, and
Leakage of outdoor PMV check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe.
Leakage of check valve in If the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe increases, there is a leak from PMV1(A) or 3(B)
A,B,C and check valve of discharge pipe (C). Replace the faulty parts.
discharge pipe convergent
2) If the pressure does not increase, fully open outdoor PMV1 and 3 and check the pressure at the check joint of
section discharge pipe again.
3) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, if gas escapes from the discharge pipe
E section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe (E). Replace the
discharge pipe part.
Leakage of check valve in oil 4) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, if gas escapes from the oil equalization
Replace the part.
Clogging of SV3E valve 7) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, manually open the SV3E valve. If gas
J 8) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, manually open the SV3D valve. If gas
Clogging of SV3D valve does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, the SV3D valve, oil-return
Clogging of oil-return capillary capillary or oil-return distributor is clogged. Replace the part.
Clogging of oil-return distributor

Model： MMY-MAP144 ∗, MMY-MAP168 ∗
Fan Fan
M Fan motor M
Fan motor
Right side
Main heat exchanger
(TO)
(TG1)
(PMV3) Left side
A (TE1) (TG2)

C
(TE2)
B
4-way valve
仮
High-pressure
sensor (TS1)
J (SV61)
SV
Low-pressure
(TS3) SV
Fusible
plug
(SV3D)
(SV2)
E
FP
SV
(SV41) (SV42)
SV SV Accumlator

pressure pressure
(TD1) switch (TD2)
switch
SV
(TK4)
(SV3C)
heat exchanger 1
(Inverter)
2
(Inverter)
(PMV4) (TK1) (TK2)

F
(TK5)
(TL3) Oil Header
(SV3E)
SV
I
H
SV
(SV3A)
G SV (SV3B)

− 232 −
13 OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS REPLACEMENT
METHODS
No. Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks
1 Cabinet
WARNING 2) Discharge cabinet Screws (4 corners)
Wear a pair of gloves.

Otherwise, you will risk an injury involving a
replacement part or some other object.
1. Detachment
1) Stop the air conditioner operation, and turn off the
circuit breaker. Screws (4 corners) Discharge cabinet
2) Remove the screws for the discharge cabinet. side cover
(M5 × 0.63" (16mm), 4 pcs.)
5) Suction cabinet (front and rear)
With a 096 and 120 type, the discharge cabinet
side covers need to be removed. Left and right:
(M5 × 0.63" (16mm), 2 pcs.) -2 sets
Remove the two discharge cabinets for 144
and 168 type.
3) Remove the screws for the lower cabinet. Front

and rear: (M5 × 0.4" (10mm), 7 pcs. for front
and 6 pcs. for rear)
Remove the two front lower cabinets and two
rear lower cabinets for 144 and 168 type.
(M5 x 0.4" (10mm), 13 pcs (Front)
6) Side cabinet
M5 x 0.4" (10mm), 10 pcs (Rear) (left and right)
4) Remove the screws for the service panel.
(M5 × 0.4" (10mm), 2 pcs.)
4) Service panel 3) Lower cabinet (front and rear)
5) Remove the screws for the suction cabinet.
Front and rear: (M5 × 0.4" (10mm, 4 pcs. each)
In the case of 096 and 120 type: M5 2) Discharge cabinet
× 0.4" (10mm), 5 pcs. each
Remove the two front discharge cabines and two
rear discharge cabinets for 144 and 168 type. 5) Suction cabinet
(M5 x 0.4" (10mm), 9 pcs (Front) (front & rear)
M5 x 0.4" (10mm), 9 pcs (Rear)
7) Side cabinet
3) Lower cabinet (left & right)
(front & rear)
Hook
Service panel
− 233 −
1 Cabinet
(continued) 6) Remove the protective plate (1) (back). 6) Protective plate (2) (back)
Remove the upper hook from the middle partition
6) Protective plate (1) (back)
plate, and then remove the lower hook from the
center hole of the bottom plate.
7) Remove the screws for the discharge cabinet side
cabinet.
Left and right: (M5 × 0.4" (10mm), 6 pcs. each)
Remove the two front support plates and two rear
support plates for 144 and 168 type.
(M5 x 0.4" (10mm), 6 pcs) - 2 set
In the case of a 144 and 168 type

protective plate (1), (2) (back).
8) Remove the hook of the protective plate (side)

from the hole of the middle partition plate.
(2 locations)
2.. Attachment
Carry out installation by following the detachment
procedure in reverse 8) → 1).
Be careful of the hooks provided on the suction
cabinet, service panel and lower cabinet.
6) Remove the lower 6) Remove the lower

hook of the protective hook of the protective
8) Remove the hook

of the protective plate
(side) from the hole of
the middle partition
plate (2 locations)
8)) Protective plate (sid
− 234 −
2 Propeller fan
Fan motor WARNING 2) Screws (4 corners)

1. Detachment
1) Stop the air conditioner operation, and turn off the Discharge cabinet side cover
circuit breaker.
2) Remove the screws for the discharge cabinet.
(M5 × 0.4" (10mm), 4 pcs.)
3) Remove the heat exchanger partition plate
(upper).
(M5 × 0.4" (10mm), 2 pcs.)
* With 096 amd 120 type, the fan motor can be
replaced without removing the discharge cabinet 3) Heat exchanger
side covers. partition plate
(upper)
4) Remove the flange nut securing the fan motor and
propeller fan.
(To loosen the nut, turn it clockwise.)
5) Remove the square washer.
6) Remove the propeller fan. 4) Flange nut
5) Square washer
7) CAUTION
Lift it straight up.
Do not forcibly pull it, or it may get stuck.
7) Disconnect the Faston connectors for the fan 6)

motor leads (3 pieces) from the Fan IPDU, and
pull the leads up and out.
8) Remove the fan motor.
(M6 × 0.8" (20mm), 4 pcs.)
• As for 144 and 168 type outdoor unit, the
number of Fan, Fan motor, Motor base, Flange
nut, Washer and Fan P.C Board are twice
compare to 072 and 120 type outdoor unit
because 2 Fans are equipped.
8) Screw (4 locations)
7)
Disconnect Faston
connectors and pull fan
motor leads up and out.
Fan motor lead

travel route
Close-up view of Faston

connectors
Clamp filter
Fan IPDU
− 235 −
2 Propeller fan 2. CAUTION for replacement or attachment
Fan motor 1) Insert the propeller fan while aligning the D-cut D-cut surface of fan
motor shaft
(continued) surface of the fan motor shaft with the arrow mark
( ) on the fan.
(If the propeller fan is tightly mounted on the shaft
without securing alignment between the D-cut
surface and the arrow mark ( ), it may cause the
fan to melt and fall off due to friction heat.)
2) Be sure to put the square washer in place.
(Otherwise, unusual noises and vibrations may
result.)
3) Tighten the flange nut at a torque of 11.1 ft•lbs
(15N•m)
(To tighten the flange nut, turn it

counterclockwise.)
4) Remove the clamp filter from the fan motor with
trouble, then attach the clamp filter to the
substitution in the same way as before
replacement. (Turn through the fan motor lead
once around the clamp filter.)
• Apply the same procedure again for 144
and 168 type to replace another clamp Arrow mark ( ) of fan
To be aligned with D-cut surface
filter.
072 and 120 type

4)Clamp filter
144 and 168 type
4)Clamp filter
− 236 −
3 Heat exchanger
WARNING 2) Motor base 3) Discharge cabinet anchor plate

Before the work, be sure to recover the refrigerant of

outdoor unit into cylinders or another unit connected to
the same system.
Heat exchanger
(Refer to the chapter on “refrigerant recovery methods (left) Heat exchanger
to be used during compressor replacement”.) (right)
Fan
1. Detachment (Right-Side Heat Exchanger as
Example)
1) Remove the cabinet.
2) Remove the motor base. 3) Discharge cabinet
anchor plate
(M5 × 0.4" (10mm), 6 pcs.) Heat
Remove the two motor bases for 144 and 168 exchanger
(left)
type.
Support plate
(M5 x 0.4" (10mm), 6 pcs) - 2 set (front & rear)
(Detach the fan motor leads as well.)
With 096 and 120 type, remove the discharge

cabinet anchor plates.
Left and right: (M5 × 0.4" (10mm), 2 pcs.) - 2 sets
With 144 and 168 type, remove the discharge

cabinet anchor plate. (M5 x 0.4" (10mm), 2 pcs
3) Remove the upper partition plate.
(M5 × 0.4" (10mm), 5 pcs.)
4) Remove the screws for the support post.
(M5 × 0.4" (10mm), 2 pcs.) 4) Support
5) Remove the screws for the waterproof board. post
(M4 × 0.4" (10mm), 2 pcs.)

6) Remove the brazed joints of the piping connected 5) Watarproof board
(between left and right
(2 locations). heat exchangers)
With 096 and 168 type, also remove the

brazed joints of the piping connected to the
sub-heat exchanger (2 locations).
7) Remove the screws for the heat exchanger end

plate and pull the heat exchanger
out.(M5 × 0.4" (10mm), 2 pcs.)
7) Rear
Support
post
Pull heat exchanger out of rear end.

(Left-side heat exchanger is pulled out of
front end.)
− 237 −
4 Inverter assembly 4) Screw (with arrow mark)
WARNING
Removable design
1. Detachment
1) Stop the air conditioner operation, and turn off 4)Reactor
lead cover 4)Screw
(with arrow mark)
the circuit breaker.
2) Remove the inverter cover. Fan-1 IPDU Board
(left side)
(M4 × 0.4" (10mm), 2 pcs.)
3) Remove the wiring.
(e.g. the power supply wire, compressor leads,
Fan-2 IPDU Board
coils, sensors and heaters) (right side)
4) Steps only applicable to 096 and 120

type unit
• Remove the reactor lead cover.
072 type to 120 type
(M4 × 0.4" (10mm), 1 pc.)
• Remove the screws securing the
box.(M4 × 0.4" (10mm), 1 pc.) 5)Screw
• Detach the reactor leads.
(4 terminal block bolts)
5) Remove the wire guard.

(M4 x 0.4" (10mm), 1 pc.)
6) Remove the screws securing the box.
(M5 × 0.4" (10mm), 1 pc. each for top and bottom)
In the case of 096 and 168 type, unit: M5
× 0.4" (10mm), 3 pcs. for top and 2 pcs.
for bottom 5)Wire guard
Locking lever
7) Disengage the hook by gently pressing down the
locking lever with your finger.
(The lower part of the box moves forward.)
144 type and 168 type
5)Screw
5)Screw
5)Wire guard
Locking lever
144 type and 168 type 072 type to 120 type
6)Screw
6)Screw
6)Screw with
arrow mark
(2 locations)
6)Screw with
arrow mark
− 238 −
4 Inverter assembly
(continued) 8) Hold the top board with both hands to disengage
the top hook. 072 type to 120 type
Pull it forward
144 type and 168 type
Pull it forward
2.. Attachment
Carry out installation by following the dismantling
procedure in reverse 8) → 1).
Before pushing the lower part in, pull the reactor leads
out. Take care so that the wiring does not get caught
in the way.
Reconnect all the wiring.
− 239 −
5 Reactor assembly • 096 and 120 type case
WARNING
3) Screw Fixing claw (slide stopper to right)
1. Detachment
1) Stop the operation, and turn off the circuit breaker.
2) Remove the inverter assembly.
(See the inverter assembly dismantling method
Screw
under item 4.) 3)
3) With 096 to 168 type, remove the separately

mounted reactor box.
To remove the reactor box, remove the screws
at the top and bottom (M5 × 0.4" (10mm) and
unlock the box by sliding the stopper to the Fixing claw (slide stopper to right)
right.
* Before pulling the reactor box, tilt it back to free 4)Screw(2 locations)
the bottom.
4) Remove the reactor box located at the back of the

inverter assembly.
(M4 × 0.24" (6mm) 4 pcs.)
* The screws can be removed from the front.
With 096 and 168 type, remove the

separately mounted anchor plate.
(M4 × 0.24" (6mm) 4 pcs.)
5) Remove and replace the reactor.

(M4 × 0.24" (6mm) 1 pc.)
4)Screw(2 locations)
• 072 type case
4)Screw (2 locations)
4)Screw (2 locations)
− 240 −
6 2-way valve coils

Pressure sensors
Rear
locations
SV41 SV42 SV3D SV3B SV3E SV3A SV3C
MMY-
MAP0726HT9P-UL
Liquid tank
SV2
Accumulator Oil separator
PD sensor
SV52
PS sensor
Front Inverter assembly Compressor 1 Compressor 2
MMY-
MAP0966HT9P-UL Rear SV41 SV42 SV3D SV3E SV3B SV3C SV61 SV3A
MAP1206HT9P-UL
Liquid tank
SV2
Accumulator
Oil separator
PD sensor
PS sensor
MMY-
MAP1446HT9P-UL
MAP1686HT9P-UL Rear
Liquid tank SV41 SV42 SV3D SV3E SV3B SV3C SV61 SV3A SV2
Accumulator
Oil separator
Reactor assembly PD sensor
PS sensor
− 241 −
7 Temperature sensors
-locations and
idenfication colors
Product front view
MMY-
MAP0726HT9P-UL
TO sensor (black)
TL1 sensor (yellow)
TE1 sensor (blue)
TD1 sensor (yellow) TD2 sensor (red)
Product rear view

TS1 sensor (gray)
TS3 sensor (black)
TK4 sensor (white)

TK2 sensor (blue)
- One farther to you
TK5 sensor (green)
TK1 sensor (black)

- One closer to you
TL3 sensor (red)
− 242 −
-locations and Product front view
idenfication colors
MMY-
MAP0966HT9P-UL
MAP1206HT9P-UL
TG1 sensor (blue)
TG2 sensor (red)

TO sensor (black)
TL1 sensor (yellow)
TL2 sensor (gray)

TE1 sensor (blue)
TE2 sensor (red)

TD1 sensor (yellow) TD2 sensor (red)
Product rear view
TS3 sensor (black)

TS1 sensor (gray)
TK4 sensor (white)

TK1 sensor (black)
- One closer to you
TK2 sensor (blue)

TK5 sensor (green) - One farther to you
TL3 sensor (red)
− 243 −
-locations and Product front view
idenfication colors
MMY-
MAP1446HT9P-UL
MAP1686HT9P-UL TG1 sensor (blue)
TG2 sensor (red) TO sensor (black)
TL1 sensor (yellow)
TE1 sensor (blue)

TL2 sensor (gray)
TE2 sensor (red)

TD1 sensor (yellow) TD1 sensor (yellow)
Product rear view
TS1 sensor (gray)
TK4 sensor (white)
TS3 sensor (black)

TK1 sensor (black)
- One closer to you
TK2 sensor (blue)

TL3 sensor (red) - One farther to you
TK5 sensor (green)
− 244 −−
Pipe fixing rubber

8 - detachment/ Suction pipe<=>Distributor Oil header<=>Liquid pipe PMV<=>Sub cool heat exchanger
attachment φ19.05<=>φ22.22 φ25.4<=>φ12.7 φ9.52<=>φ15.88
MMY-
MAP0726HT9P-UL
Suction pipe<=>SV41 valve Suction pipe<=>SV42 valve SV2 valve<=>Discharge pipe

φ19.05<=>φ8.0 φ19.05<=>φ8.0 φ6.35<=>φ15.88
MMY-
MAP0966HT9P-UL
MAP1206HT9P-UL Strainer<=>Discharge pipe SV3C valve<=>Discharge pipe SV3AB pipe<=>Liquid pipe
φ12.7<=>φ19.05 φ6.35<=>φ22.22 φ9.52<=>φ12.7
Suction pipe<=>Distributor Oil header<=>Liquid pipe PMV4<=>Sub cool heat exchanger
φ22.22<=>φ22.22 φ25.4<=>φ15.88 φ9.52<=>φ15.88
Suction pipe<=>SV41 valve Balance pipe<=>Liquid pipe PMV3 pipe<=>PMV1 pipe

φ22.22<=>φ8.0 φ9.52<=>φ15.88 φ12.7<=>φ15.88
Suction pipe<=>SV42 valve SV2 valve<=>Discharge pipe
φ22.22<=>φ8.0 φ6.35<=>φ22.22
MMY-
MAP1446HT9P-UL Strainer<=>Discharge pipe SV3AB pipe<=>Liquid pipe
MAP1686HT9P-UL φ12.7<=>φ19.05 φ9.52<=>φ15.88
Suction pipe<=>Distributor Oil header<=>Liquid pipe PMV4<=>Sub cool heat exchanger

φ22.22<=>φ22.22 φ25.4<=>φ19.05 φ9.52<=>φ15.88
Suction pipe<=>SV41 valve Balance pipe<=>Liquid pipe PMV3 pipe<=>PMV1 pipe

φ22.22<=>φ8.0 φ9.52<=>φ19.05 φ12.7<=>φ15.88
Suction pipe<=>SV42 valve SV2 valve<=>Discharge pipe Divider pipe(liquid)<=>Divider pipe(gas)
φ22.22<=>φ8.0 φ6.35<=>φ25.4 φ12.7<=>φ12.7
− 245 −
8 Pipe fixing rubber 1)
- detachment/ WARNING
attachment
(common) Wear a pair of gloves.
1. Detachment
1) Hold the pipe fixing rubber in such a manner that
your fingers and thumb are in contact with the two Squeeze rubber to create small gap.
longitudinal ends of the piece, and squeeze it a
little to create a small gap between the rubber and 2)
the stainless steel band wrapped around it.
2) Push the hook end of the stainless steel band
down to disengage the hook from the square
hole.
Push band down in arrow direction.
2. Attachment Place two segments of damper on pipes of

1) The pipe fixing rubbers use a two-segment design matching sizes separately, making sure tooth and
to accommodate a wide range of pipe slit of pairing segments face each other.
combinations. When installing them, therefore, it 1)
is recommended to first split them up into
segments and pair the segments up only after
placing them on pipes of matching sizes
separately. In this regard, make sure that the
mating tooth and slit of pairing segments face
each other.
2) When placing an stainless steel band around
Align tooth and slit and push two
pipe fixing rubber, make sure that the hook end segments towards each other.
of the stainless steel band coincides with the slit
side of the rubber. 2) Make sure that hook end of stainless steel
band coincides with slit side of rubber.
(The band can be placed the other way around,
but only at the expense of work efficiency.)
3) Place the stainless steel band tightly around the
pipe fixing rubber so that there is no gap
between them.
Slide it along.
Take utmost care not to create a gap over the
curved section of the rubber where the hairpin
side of the band is located. Place band tightly around rubber
4) While holding the rubber, press down the base of 3) without a gap between them.
the hook lightly against the rubber, and engage
the hook with the square hole by squeezing the
curved section of the rubber where the square
hole side of the band is located (see the arrow).
(If the hook does not engage with the square hole,
recheck whether there is a gap between the band
and rubber.)
Push square hole end of tape in
arrow direction by squeezing rubber.
4)
Press down hook side of

tape against rubber.
− 246 −
9 4-way valve
attachment
MMY- Wear a pair of gloves. PMV1
MAP0726HT9P-UL Otherwise, you will risk an injury involving a

Before starting the work, be sure to recover the

refrigerant of outdoor unit by removing it with a Brazed point
refrigerant recovery device.
1. Detachment
1) Remove the lower cabinet (front side). Brazed point
2) Remove the inverter box in accordance with the
dismantling instructions.
3) Disconnect the 4-way valve coil and PMV1 coils
(1 piece) and get all wiring located near the
4-way valve out of the way. 7) End sections of pipes (3 locations)
4) Remove brazed points (2 locations) for the PMV
assembly, which is placed in front of the 4-way
valve.
* Provide adequate cover for the PMV to protect it
from overheating.
5) Since it is difficult to simultaneously remove the
brazed points for the pipes located above the 4-
way valve (3 locations), cut through them just 5) Cutting line
below the brazed points using a saw, etc.
6) Detach the pipe located below the 4-way valve. 4-way valve
7) Remove the end sections of the pipes above the
Brazed point
4-way valve, which were cut in step 5).
8) Install a new 4-way valve.
* Provide adequate cover for the 4-way valve to
protect it from overheating. During the installation,
insert pipes firmly into the 4-way valve, or a
blockage or leakage involving brazing filler metal
may result.
9) Reinstall the PMV assembly, which was removed
in step 4).
from overheating.
10) Reinstall all the coils removed in step 3), and put
the wiring back to its initial state.
11) Reinstall the inverter box in accordance with the
installation instructions.
12) Reinstall the lower cabinet.
− 247 −
9 4-way valve
attachment
(continued) Wear a pair of gloves.
MMY- Otherwise, you will risk an injury involving a
MAP0966HT9P-UL replacement part or some other object.
PMV1
MAP1206HT9P-UL
PMV3
refrigerant of outdoor unit by removing it with a
refrigerant recovery device. Brazed point
1. Detachment
1) Remove the lower cabinet (front side).
dismantling instructions. Brazed point
3) Disconnect the 4-way valve coil and PMV1, PMV3
coils (2 pieces) and get all wiring located near the
4-way valve out of the way.
4) Remove brazed points (3 locations) for the PMV
assembly, which is placed in front of the 4-way
valve.
* Provide adequate cover for the PMV proper to 7) End sections of pipes (3 locations)
protect it from overheating.
way valve (3 locations), cut through them just
6) Detach the pipe located below the 4-way valve. 5) Cutting line
4-way valve, which were cut in step 5). 4-way valve
8) Install a new 4-way valve. Brazed point
may result.
9) Reinstall the PMV assembly, which was removed
in step 4).
from overheating.
− 248 −
9 4-way valve
attachment 6) End sections of pipes (3 locations)
(continued) Wear a pair of gloves.
MMY- Otherwise, you will risk an injury involving a
MAP1446HT9P-UL replacement part or some other object.
MAP1686HT9P-UL
refrigerant of outdoor unit by removing it with a
4) Cutting line
refrigerant recovery device.
4-way valve
1. Detachment
Brazed point
1) Remove the lower cabinet (left and right).
dismantling instructions.
3) Disconnect the 4-way valve coil and get all wiring
located near the 4-way valve out of the way.
way valve (3 locations), cut through them just
5) Detach the pipe located below the 4-way valve.
4-way valve, which were cut in step 5).
7) Install a new 4-way valve.
may result.
Cutting through of pipes

located above 4-way
valve (3 locations)
4-way valve
Removing of brazed point

for pipe located below
4-way valve (1 location) Support plate *1
*1)Be careful for support-plate near the 4way-valve

when conduct the replacement.
− 249 −
14 P.C. BOARD EXCHANGE PROCEDURES
■ Outdoor Unit
14-1. Replacement of outdoor P.C. board
※Before replacing P.C. board, turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit.
Immediately after turning off the power of the outdoor unit, the electrolytic capacitors inside the
unit will still have a high voltage, and there is a risk of electric shocks. Therefore, wait at least 5
minutes after turning off the power before starting the replacement procedure.
Using a voltmeter as shown below, confirm that the P.C. board (Compressor) voltage between
(＋) and (－) (of IPM Q201) is 10VDC or less.
P.C. Board for Compressor P.C. Board for Compressor

(MCC-1595) for 6 to 10 ton (MCC-1687) for 12 to14 ton
IPM(Q201)
IPM(Q201)
Expanded view of IPM Expanded view of IPM

(－) of IPM
(＋) of IPM
(＋) of IPM
(－) of IPM
10V. DC 10V. DC
＋－＋－
− 250 −
14-1-1. List of service P.C. boards
Parts code Description Applicable model P.C. board type code Product code
43T6V832 Interface P.C. board MCC-1673 S-ASM-PCB(I/F)
43T6V778 Inverter P.C. board for compressor MCC-1595 S-ASM-PCB(A3IPD
MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL
43T6V776 Inverter P.C. board for fan MCC-1610 S-ASM-PCB(FAN)
43T6V777 Noise filter P.C. board MCC-1608-A,B S-ASM-PCB(N/F)
43T6V779 Inverter P.C. board for compressor MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL MCC-1595 S-ASM-PCB(A3IPD
43T6V776 Inverter P.C. board for fan MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL MCC-1610 S-ASM-PCB(FAN)
43T6V777 Noise filter P.C. board MCC-1608-A,B S-ASM-PCB(N/F)
43T6V780 Inverter P.C. board for compressor MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL MCC-1687-A,B S-ASM-PCB(A3IPD
43T6V776 Inverter P.C. board for fan MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL MCC-1659 S-ASM-PCB(FAN)
43T6V781 Noise filter P.C. board MCC-1680 S-ASM-PCB(N/F)
14-1-2 Configuration of inverter assembly

MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL [FAN IPDU] [Outdoor control P.C. board]
(MCC-1610) (MCC-1673)
Noise Filter
P.C. board
(MCC-1608)
Power supply
terminal block
Communication
terminal block
Inverter P.C. board Inverter P.C. board

Relay
for Compressor 1 for Compressor 2
terminal block
[A3 IPDU] [A3 IPDU]
for power supply
(MCC-1595) (MCC-1595)
− 251 −
MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL Inverter P.C. board for fan Interface P.C. board
MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL [FAN IPDU] [Outdoor control P.C. board]
(MCC-1610) (MCC-1673)
Noise Filter
P.C. board
(MCC-1608)
Power supply
terminal block
Communication
terminal block
Inverter P.C. board Inverter P.C. board Relay

Relay terminal block for Compressor 1 terminal block
for Compressor 2
for reactor [A3 IPDU] for power supply
[A3 IPDU]
(MCC-1595) (MCC-1595)
MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL
MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL Inverter P.C. board for fan1
[Outdoor control P.C. board]
[FAN IPDU]
(MCC-1673)
(MCC-1610)
Noise Filter
P.C. board
(MCC-1680)
Power supply
terminal block
Fuse P.C Board

(MCC-1687B)
Communication
terminal block
Inverter P.C. board for fan2 Inverter P.C. board Inverter P.C. board Magnet Switch
[FAN IPDU] for Compressor 1 for Compressor 2 for power supply
(MCC-1610) [A3 IPDU] [A3 IPDU]
(MCC-1687A) (MCC-1687A)
− 252 −
14-1-3. Interface P.C. Board (MCC-1673) Replacement Procedure
This Interface board is commonly installed in different models before shipment. When the board assembly is to
be replaced, check the displayed inspection contents below and replace the board in accordance with the
model, following the below procedure.
Replacement steps:
(1) Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and wait at least 5 minutes.
(2) Remove all of the connectors connected to the interface board. (Remove the connectors by pulling the
connector body. Do not pull the wire).
(3) Remove the interface board from the six PCB mounts (①).
(4) Cut the jumper wires of the service board, as instructed in the table below.
The jumper setting differs from original supplied PCB, therefore be sure to configure the Jumpers as in the
table below.
If the model is not specified, check code "L10" is displayed and the equipment will not operate.
Model name J09 J10 J11 J12 J22 J25
Model size
Service P.C. Board Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL 990W － Cut －－－ Cut
MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL Cut Cut Cut Cut － Cut
1210W
MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL － Cut Cut Cut － Cut
MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL Cut － Cut Cut － Cut
1600W
MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL －－ Cut Cut － Cut
* The characters in accordance with the destination may attach to the end of model name. (Blank, -A)
① ① PCB
Interface P.C.Board Mounts
（43T6V832）
DIP Switches
①
SW06 SW07 SW09 SW10
Push this part to the

SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14 direction of the arrow.
And remove the PCB.
SW16 SW17
①
PCB Mounts ①
Jumpers ①
①
(5) Set the DIP switch settings of the service board to match the switch settings of the PCB being replaced.
(6) Install the service board to the outdoor control unit (Confirm that it is securely fixed to the PCB Mounts).
(7) Connect the connectors (Confirm that they are correctly and securely inserted).
(8) If a component on the board is bent during board replacement, adjust it manually ensuring that it is not short
or contact other parts.
(9) Install the cover, and then turn on the power supply. Check the operation.
− 253 −
14-1-4.Comp-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-1595) Replacement Procedure
<6 to 10 ton outdoor unit case>
This board is commonly installed in different models before shipment. Set the DIP switch (SW800) setting of the
service board to the switch setting before replacement.
Replacement Steps:
(1) Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least 5 minutes for the capacitor to discharge.
Before going to Step (2), Check the light of LED(D800) turned off.
(2) Remove all the connectors and the Faston and screw terminals(①) connected to the Compressor IPDU.
(Remove the connectors by pulling the connector body. Do not pull the wire).
(3) Remove all the five screws(②) which secures the Compressor IPDU to the Heat sink.
(These screws are to be re-used after procedure.)
(4) Remove the Compressor IPDU from the four spacers (③) by pinching the top of the spacers by round-nose pliers.
Compressor IPDU
(43T6V778, 43T6V779)
Ex. MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL ①RED lead wire
①BLACK lead wire
③ ③
①WHITE lead wire
②Screw (M3x3)
①Reactor lead wire

Compressor IPDU ②Screw (M4x2)
(MCC-1595）
Pinch this part by

round-nose pliers for
removing the PCB.
LED(D800)
SW800
Spacer ③
①BLACK lead wire
(4 are in packed in this
service assembly)
①WHITE lead wire
①RED lead wire
Check the label printing, and don’t miss the Part No. of Comp-IPDU.
Type name: MMY-MAP****

Part No. 0726 0966/1206 Label printing
HT9P-UL HT9P-UL
43T6V778 ○ 1114980502
43T6V779 ○ 1114980503
− 254 −
(5) Set the DIP switch (SW800) setting of the service board to match the switch setting from the original PCB.
-Set the DIP switch (SW800) depending on the position of the IPDU within the electrical box, as shown in the
following diagram.
Ex. MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL
Compressor IPDU【Left Side】 Compressor IPDU【Right Side】

For Compressor: 1 For Compressor: 2
DIP switch (SW800) setting： DIP switch (SW800) setting：
ON ON
1 2 1 2
ON OFF OFF ON
(6) Apply the Silicone Thermal Grease to the semiconductors (DB01, DB02, DB03, Q201) on the service PC board,
and align the positions of the heat sink holes to mount the Compressor IPDU on the outdoor control unit. And fix
the Compressor IPDU to the outdoor control unit by the spacers (③).
Uniformly apply the Silicone Thermal Grease to the heat dissipating surfaces of the IPM (Q201)
and rectifier (DB01,DB02,DB03).
Note: Do this work carefully since allowing any dirt, scratches, etc. to be left on the PC board
mounting areas of the semiconductors will impair the heat dissipation effect and may result
in a failure.
Silicone Thermal Grease use one of the following

･Momentive Performance Materials ‘’TIG1000’’
･Dow Corning Toray ‘’SC102’’
･Mizutani Electric Ind ‘’HSC1000’’
･Shin-Etsu Chemical ‘’G-746’’ or ‘’G-747’’
(7) Screw the Compressor IPDU to the heat sink by the five screws that were removed in step (3). If the screws are
loose, the effect component will generate heat, and cause it to breakdown. Do not use an electric driver or an air
driver. As it can cause component damage. The torque of the screws are referred to table below.
Screw tightening torque (ft•lbs)
Screw diameter Torque(ft•lbs)
M4 (for Q201) 0.89 (1.2N·m)
M3 (for DB01, DB02, DB03) 0.37 (0.5N·m)
(8) Re-connect the connectors and screw terminals (①&②). DB03
Be sure that all the connectors and the screw terminals
are connected correctly and securely inserted. DB02
(9) If the components on the PCB were bent during this procedure,
DB01
straighten them so they do not touch other parts.
(10) Install the cover, then turn on the supply. Check the operation.
Q201
− 255 −
14-1-5 Comp IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-1687A,B & External Varistor Assembly)
Replacement Procedure
Compressor IPDU(43T6V780) includes three component parts.

(1) Comp IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-1687A) & External Varistor Assembly
(2) Fuse P.C. Board (MCC-1687B)
Layout of Inverter Layout of

(for 12 to 14 ton outdoor unit case) Noise Filter BOX
(1) Comp IPDU P.C. Board (1) External Varistor Assembly (2) Fuse P.C. Board
(MCC-1687A) ( MCC-1687B)
− 256 −
The construction of the components
For the pair of three component parts, refer to the drawings below.
・Pair of Comp-IPDU 1 (Left Side)
Comp IPDU External Varistor Fuse P.C. Board 1

P.C. Board 1 Assembly 1
・Pair of Comp-IPDU 2 (Right Side)
Comp IPDU External Varistor Fuse P.C. Board 2

P.C. Board 2 Assembly 2
− 257 −
14-1-5 (1) Comp IPDU (MCC-1687A) & External Varistor Assembly
Replacement Procedure <12 to 14 ton outdoor unit case>
Replacement Steps:
(1)Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least 5 minutes for the capacitor to discharge. Check
the light of LED(D801) turned off.
(2)Remove the screw for External Varistor Assembly (①&②).
(3)The removed screws (①&②) will be re-used during the installation of the service External Varistor Assembly,
so keep them in a safe place.
(3)Remove all the connectors and screw terminals (③) connected to the Compressor IPDU.
(Remove the connectors by pulling the connector body. Do not pull the wire).
(4)Remove all the four screws (④) which secures the Compressor IPDU to the Heat sink.
(5)Remove the Compressor IPDU from the four spacers (⑤) by pinching the top of the spacers by round-nose pliers.
Compressor IPDU
(MCC-1687A）
(43T6V780)
③ RED lead wire
③ WHITE lead wire
③ BLACK lead wire
④ Screw (M4x2)
SW801
LED (D801)
①Screw ②Screw
④ Screw (M3x2)
(M4) (M5)
③ Reactor Connecting
Terminal(CN12)
③ DC POWER
(CN11)
External Varistor Assembly ① External Varistor Assembly

(CN304)
Pinch this part by
round-nose pliers for
removing the PCB.
⑤ Spacer
(2 are in packed in this
service assembly)
− 258 −
(6) Set the DIP switch (SW801) setting of the service board to match the switch setting with the original PCB.
-Set the DIP switch (SW801) depending on the position of the IPDU within the electrical box, as shown in the
following diagram.
Compressor IPDU【Left Side】

For Compressor: 1 Compressor IPDU【Right Side】
DIP switch (SW801) setting： For Compressor: 2
DIP switch (SW801) setting：
(7) Apply the Silicone Thermal Grease to the semiconductors (Q201, Sub Heat Sink) on the service PC board, and
align the positions of the heat sink holes to mount the Compressor IPDU on the outdoor control unit. And fix the
Compressor IPDU to the outdoor control unit by the spacers (⑤).
Uniformly apply the Silicone Thermal Grease to the heat dissipating surfaces of the IPM (Q201)
and Sub Heat Sink.
mounting areas of the semiconductors will impair the heat dissipation effect and may result
in a failure.

(8) Screw the Compressor IPDU to the heat sink by the four screws that were removed in step (4).
If the screws are loose, the effect component will generate heat, and cause it to breakdown. Do not use an electric
driver or an air driver. As it can cause component damage. The torque of the screws are referred to table below.
(9) Re-connect the connectors and screw terminals (③). Q201

Be sure that all the connectors and the screw terminals
are connected correctly and securely inserted.
(10) Install the service External Varistor Assembly in the outdoor unit controller.
And securely connect it to the parts using the screws (①&②).
When you connect it, connect ASM-LEAD(REACTOR) through DCCT
following the lower drawings.
And if either of the screws is loose, it will pose a risk of device failure by
degrading noise control, so take care while engaging in the work.
Nevertheless, do not use an electric or an air screwdriver under
any circumstances as it may lead to component damage.
DCCT DCCT
Check the Connector of
DCCT are connected External Varistor
External Varistor Assembly
Assembly
Sub Heat Sink
Screw M5(②)

ASM-LEAD
Screw diameter Torque(ft•lbs)
(REACTOR)
M5 (for ②) 1.33 (1.8N·m)
M4 (for Q201 and ①) 0.89 (1.2N·m)
Put the terminal of External Varistor ASM-LEAD
Assembly on ASM-LEAD(REACTOR) and (REACTOR) M3 (for Sub Heat Sink) 0.37 (0.5N·m)
fix together with SCREW(②)
Confirm the directoin
of the arrow
(11) If the components on the PCB were bent during this procedure,
straighten them so they do not touch other parts.
− 259 −
14-1-5 (2) Fuse P.C. Board (MCC-1687B) Replacement Procedure
Replacement steps:
(2) Remove the terminal block sub-assembly (①) and filter cover (②).
Remove the screws (③) on the power supply terminal block (④) and the screws (⑤) securing
the terminal block sub-assembly.
Remove the screws (⑥) on the inverter assembly securing the filter cover (②).
(3) The screws will be re-used during the installation of the service P.C. board, so keep them in a safe place.
①Terminal block
sub-assembly ②Filter cover
Fuse P.C. board
⑥Screw MCC-1687B
(43T6V780)
⑥ ⑧PCB Mount ⑧
③Screw
⑦ ⑦Screw
③
④Power supply
③ terminal block
⑤Screw
⑤
⑨PCB Mount ⑧ ⑨
⑤
⑤
⑧PCB Mount ⑨PCB Mount

Spacer-KGES Spacer-Edge
(Card Edge Spacer) (Edge Supporter)
− 260 −
(4) Remove the screws (⑦) on the Fuse P.C.boards.
And remove the Fuse P.C. boards from the four PCB mounts (⑧&⑨).
The removed screws (⑦) will be re-used during the installation of the service P.C. boards,
so keep them in a safe place.
(5) Install the service P.C. boards in the outdoor unit controller.
(Make sure that they are firmly secured to the PCB mounts (⑧&⑨)).
(6) Re-connect the connectors and screw terminals (⑦).

Be sure that all the connectors and the screw terminals are connected correctly and securely inserted.
(7) If any component on the P.C. board were bent during replacement, straighten it without touching any
other component.
(8) Mount the filter cover (②) and firmly secure it using the screws (⑥).
Mount the terminal block sub-assembly (①) and firmly secure it using the screws (⑤).
(9) Securely connect the red, white and black leads from the service P.C.board(MCC-1680) to the power supply
terminal block (④) using the screws (③).
(10) Put the cover on, turn on the power, and check operation.

Screw
Torque(ft•lbs)
diameter
M5 1.33 (1.8N·m)
M4 0.89 (1.2N·m)
− 261 −
14-1-6. Fan-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-1610) Replacement Procedure
Replacement steps:
Check the light of LED(D690) turned off.
(2) Remove all the connectors and the Faston and screw terminals(①) connected to the FAN IPDU.
(Remove the connectors and Faston terminals by pulling the connector body. Do not pull the wire).
(3) Remove all five screws(②) which secures the FAN IPDU to the Heat sink.
(4) Remove the Fan IPDU from the four PCB Mounts (③).
FAN-IPDU
MCC-1610 (43T6V776)
Ex. MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL ④Jumper for address setting
③
③
①Faston terminal
RED lead wire
①Faston terminal
WHITE lead wire
①Faston terminal
BLACK lead wire
②Screw
FAN IPDU
(MCC-1610)
Push this part to
the direction of the
LED(D690) arrow. And remove
the PCB.
③
PCB Mounts ③
①Power Supply
Input CN500
(5) Confirm that no dirt or damage is on the sub heat sink. As it can reduce the heat transfer efficiency, and cause a
breakdown.
Remove the PCB
IC701
Sub Heat Sink

DB510
Heat Sink
Q590
DB511
− 262 −
(6) Set the Jumper Lead (④) setting of the service board to match the Jumper Lead setting from the original PCB.
-Set the Jumper Lead (④) depending on the position of the IPDU within the electrical box, as shown in the
following diagram.
Ex. MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL Ex. MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL Ex. MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL
FAN-IPDU【Upper Side】 FAN-IPDU【Left Side】

For Fan: 1 For Fan: 2
Jumper Lead (J658) setting：
No need to Cut Jumper

modify Lead of J658
(7) Apply the Silicone Thermal Grease to the semiconductors (IC701,DB510,DB511,Q590) on the service PC board,
and align the PCB mount holes on the PCB with the PCB mounts, and fix the FAN IPDU to the outdoor control
unit by clipping the PCB into the PCB mounts (③).
Uniformly apply the Silicone Thermal Grease to the heat dissipating surfaces of the IPM (IC701),
DB510, DB511, Q590.
mounting areas of the semiconductors will impair the heat dissipation effect and may result in
a failure.

(8) Screw the FAN IPDU to the heat sink by five screws that were removed in step (3). If the screws are loose, the
effected component will generate heat, and cause in to breakdown. Do not use an electric driver or an air driver,
as it can cause component damage. The torque of 5 screws (IC302,DB510,DB511,Q590) is “0.37 ft•lbs”.
(9) Re-connect the connectors and Faston and screw terminals(①). Be sure that all the connectors and the Faston
terminals are connected correctly and securely inserted.
(10) If the components on the PCB were bent during this procedure, straighten them so they do not to touch other
parts.
− 263 −
14-1-7.Noise Filter P.C. Board (MCC-1608A, B) Replacement Procedure
Replacement steps:
(2) ) Remove the terminal block sub-assembly ①.
Remove the screws ② on the power supply terminal block ④ and the screws ③ securing the terminal block
subassembly ①.
(3) he screws will be reused during the installation of the service P.C. board, so keep them in a safe place.
Noise Filter P.C. board Line Filter⑨
(MCC-1608 A, B) Noise Filter P.C. board
PCB Mount⑦ (43T6V777)
⑦
Screw-on
terminal⑧
⑧
⑧
PCB Mount⑩
Screw⑤
Noise Filter ⑩
P.C. board (A) ⑩
Remove terminal block
sub-assembly① (MCC-1608A) ⑧
② ⑧
⑧
② ④Power supply ⑦
⑦
terminal block
②Screw ⑦
③Screw ⑦
Noise Filter
P.C. board (B)
(MCC-1608B)
⑦
Screw⑥
(3) ) Disconnect all the connectors and Faston terminals used to connect wiring to the noise filter P.C. board.
• he line filter ⑨ and its leads, both connected to the screw-on terminals ⑧ of the noise filter P.C. board (A)
will be removed in step 6.
• Disconnect all the connectors and Faston terminals.
− 264 −
(4) ) Remove the earth screws ⑤, ⑥ and the three PCB mount ⑩.
• The removed earth screws ⑤, ⑥ and the PCB mount ⑩ will be reused during the installation of the service P.C.
board, so keep them in a safe place.
(5) ) Remove the noise filter P.C. board assembly by unlocking the four PCB mounts used to secure the P.C. board ⑦.
(6) ) Remove the line filter ⑨ and its leads, both connected to the screw-on terminals ⑧ of the just-removed noise
filter P.C. board (A), and reinstall them on the service P.C. board (A) by firmly connecting them to the screw-on
terminals ⑧ in the same manner as before.
(7) ) Intall the service P.C. boards (A) and (B) in the outdoor unit controller.
(Make sure that they are firmly secured to the PCB mounts ⑦ and ⑩.)
Line Filter installation:

Connecting Wire
Screw the line filter and the connecting wires
together to the terminals as right figure.
The torque of 6 screws of the line filter is Line Filter
“1.84ft･lbs”.
Please check that the screws connecting Terminal
the line filter are not loose. If the screw is loose,
the screw will generate heats, and cause the
line filter to breakdown. Connecting Wire
Do not use an electric driver or an air driver,

as this can cause damage to the line filter. Terminal
Connect the wires according to the wiring
diagram. Line Filter
(8) ) Securely connect the service P.C. boards to the chassis using the earth screws ⑤, ⑥ removed in step (4).
If either of the screws is loose, it will pose a risk of device failure by degrading noise control, so take care while
engaging in the work. Nevertheless, do not use an electric or an air screwdriver under any circumstances as it may
lead to component damage.
(9) ) Connect the wiring using the connectors and Fastons removed in step (3).
Make sure that the connectors and Fastons are connected correctly and securely.
(10) If any component on the P.C. board were bent during replacement, straighten it without touching any other
component.
(11) Mount the terminal block sub-assembly ① and firmly secure it using the screws③.
(12) Securely connect the red, white and black leads from the service P.C. board (A) to the power supply terminal
block
④ using the screws ②.
Close-up view of screw-on

terminals ⑧

Screw
Torque(ft•lbs)
diameter
M6 1.84 (2.5N·m)
M4 0.89 (1.2N·m)
M3 0.37 (0.5N·m) Close-up view of terminal
block sub-assembly
− 265 −
14-1-8.Noise Filter P.C. Board (MCC-1680) Replacement Procedure
Replacement steps:
(2) Remove the terminal block sub-assembly (①) and filter cover (②).
Remove the screws (③) on the power supply terminal block (④) and the screws (⑤) securing the terminal block
sub-assembly (①).
Remove the screws (⑥) on the inverter assembly securing the filter cover (②).
(3) The screws will be re-used during the installation of the service P.C. board, so keep them in a safe place.
Noise Filter P.C. board ⑦Line Filter

Ex. MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL (MCC-1680) Noise Filter P.C. board
MCC-1680(43T6V781)
⑪PCB Mount ⑪
⑧Screw-on
terminal
⑧
⑧
⑩PCB Mount
⑨Screw
Noise Filter
P.C. board
①Terminal block (MCC-1680)
sub-assembly ②filter cover ⑩
⑧
⑥Screw
⑥ ⑧
⑧
③Screw
③
④Power supply
③ terminal block
⑨Screw
⑤Screw
⑤
⑤
⑤
⑪PCB Mount
Spacer-Edge
(Edge Supporter)
− 266 −
(4) Disconnect all the connectors and Faston terminals used to connect wiring to the noise filter P.C. board.
• The line filter (⑦) and its leads, both connected to the screw-on terminals (⑧) of the noise filter P.C. board will
be removed in step (7).
• Disconnect all the connectors and Faston terminals.
(5) Remove the earth screws (⑨), and the PCB mounts (⑩).
• The removed earth screws (⑨), and the PCB mounts (⑩) will be reused during the installation of the service P.C.
board, so keep them in a safe place.
(6) Remove the noise filter P.C. board from the three unlocked PCB mounts (⑪) used to secure the P.C. board.
(7) Remove the line filter (⑦) and its leads, both connected to the screw-on terminals (⑧) of the just-removed noise
filter P.C. board, and re-install them on the service P.C. board by firmly connecting them to the screw-on terminals
(⑧) in the same manner as before.
(8) Install the service P.C. boards in the outdoor unit controller.
(Make sure that they are firmly secured to the PCB mounts (⑩&⑪).)
Connecting
Line Filter installation:
Wire
Screw the line filter and the connecting wires
together to the terminals as right figure.
The torque of 6 screws of the line filter is Line Filter
“1.84ft･lbs”.
Please check that the screws connecting Terminal
the line filter are not loose. If the screw is loose,
the screw will generate heat, and cause the Connecting
line filter to breakdown. Wire
Do not use an electric driver or an air driver,
as this can cause damage to the line filter. Terminal
Connect the wires according to the wiring
diagram. Line Filter
(9) Securely connect the service P.C. boards to the chassis using the earth screws (⑨) removed in step (5).
If either of the screws is loose, it will pose a risk of device failure by degrading noise control, so take care while
engaging in the work. Nevertheless, do not use an electric or an air screwdriver under any circumstances as it may
lead to component damage.
(10) Connect the wiring using the connectors and Fastons removed in step (4).
Make sure that the connectors and Fastons are connected correctly and securely.
(11) If any component on the P.C. board were bent during replacement, straighten it without touching any other
component.
(12) Mount the filter cover (②) and firmly secure it using the screws (⑥).
Mount the terminal block sub-assembly (①) and firmly secure it using the screws (⑤).
(13) Securely connect the red, white and black leads from the service P.C. board to the power supply terminal block (④)
using the screws (③).
Close-up view of screw-on

terminals ⑧

Screw
Torque(ft•lbs)
diameter
M6 1.84 (2.5N·m)
M4 0.89 (1.2N·m)
M3 0.37 (0.5N·m) Close-up view of terminal block
sub-assembly
− 267 −
15 EXPLODED DIAGRAM/PARTS LIST
SMMS-e OUTDOOR UNIT
Model:MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL
005
003
077
078 009
001
002
095
006
051
092
013
050
076
091
008
007
091
075
017 045 079 080
090
012
016
− 268 −
036 039 037 040 036 039
(SV3D) (SV3B) (SV3A)
084 070 048 063 064 073 062 066 073 084 072 026 070 070 027 030 033
065 067 073
036 039 (SV3C)

046 049
036 039 (SV3E)
070
064 068 073
072
Model : MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL
036 039 (SV2)
−269 −
065 069 073
047
023
043
038 041 (SV52)
034 035
042
019
038 041 017 045 027 044 025 027 028 029 031 022 081 028
(SV4)
021 082
Outdoor Unit(6ton)
Model:MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL
Fan
M 400V Fan motor
made by Welling
056
Right side
Main heat exchanger (TO)
(PMV1)
Reducer
027 Left side

029 Main heat exchanger
038 (TE1)
(TL1)
SV
(SV52) Reducer 034

023
High pressure 4-way valve

Sensor
(TS1)
043 028
028
042
047 036
Oil separator
Low pressure
(TS3) SV
086 054 Sensor
049
(SV2)
036
086 054
Fusible SV
Plug
(SV3D) Fusible
Plug
038
(SV41) (SV42) 038
SV 025 SV Accumlator
025
Liquid Tank 036 054
High
048 (TD1) High (TD2)
pressure
pressure
switch 085 switch0
SV
(SV3C) (TK4)
Under cool 044
Comp1 044 054 Comp2
Heat Exchanger
made by UACJ
(PMV4) 017 054

027
027 017
087 087
(TK1)
030 (TK2)
036
(TL3) (TK5)
Oil Header
SV
(SV3E)
028
(SV3A)
SV
027
056 059 055 037
036 SV (SV3B)
019 021
022
026

Service Valve Service valve Service valve
− 270 −
Outdoor Unit (8,10 ton)
Model : MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL, MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL
005
004 003
077
004
078 011
001
002
095
006
053
093
015
052
091 076
007
091
010
018 045 079 080
090
075
014 016
− 271 −
(Low) 062 065
036 039
(High) 062 065 073
(SV3C)
063 069 073 036 039 037 040 066 067 036 039
084 063 063 073 048 070 064 066 073 084 070 026 070 027 030 033
065 067
036 039 (SV3E)

046 049 036 039 (SV2)
070
063 068 073
071
063 069 073
065 067 073
047
− 272 −
043
Model:MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL , MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL
024
038 041 (SV61)
034 035
042
019
038 041 018 045 027 044 023 028 030 032 028 065 066
(SV4)
029 031 021 082 022 081
Outdoor Unit(8,10 ton)
Fan
M 400V Fan motor
made by Welling
Right side
(TO)

(TG1)
029 025
056 Left side
(TG2)
(TE1)
(TL2)
(PMV3)
(TE2)
Left side Sub heat exchanger
024
034
4-way valve
High pressure
Sensor
仮038 043 (TS1) 028
028
042
(SV61) SV 088
Oil separator
036 Low pressure
SV Sensor
(TS3) 086 054
047
049
(SV2)
036 086 054
Fusible SV
Plug
(SV3D) Fusible
Plug
023 023
038 038
054 SV Accumlator
(SV41) SV (SV42)
036
Liquid Tank High
085 High
048 pressure
(TD1) pressure
044 switch (TD2)
switch
4.15MPa
4.15MPa
044
SV
(SV3C) (TK4)
Under cool
Heat Exchanger Comp1 054
Comp
made by UACJ
018
(PMV4) 054 027
027 018
087 087
030 (TK2)
036 (TK1)
(TL3)
028 (TK5) Oil Header
SV
(SV3E)
(SV3A)
SV
027
036 037
057 060 SV (SV3B)
055
022 019 021
026

− 273 −
005
005
003
003
077
078 078
001 010 009
002
095
006
051
015
050
013
076
091
093
092
010
007
091
090
008
018 045 079 080
096
096
075
014
012 004
016
– 274 –
036 039
(Low) 062 064
(SV3C)
(High) 062 064 073 036 039 037 040 065 067 036 039 030 033
048 026 070
063 063 073 063 066 073 084 070 027 065 067
036 039 (SV3E)
036 039 (SV2)

070
063 068 073 071
084
064 067 073
062 069 073
046 049
– 275 –
047
024
042
066 066
019
020 081
038 041 018 045 027 044 023 038 041 043 028 029 031 065 066
(SV4) (SV61)
034 035 030 032 021 082
Outdoor Unit(12,14ton)
Fan Fan
M 400V Fan motor M 400V Fan motor
made by Welling made by Welling
Right side
(TO)
029
(PMV1) (TG1)
(PMV3) Left side

(TG2)
(TE1)
(TL2)
030 056 Left side Sub heat exchanger
(TE2)
024
4-way valve
High pressure
Sensor
仮
038
034
043 (TS1) 028
028
042
(SV61) SV 088
Oil separator Low pressure

(TS3) 036
054 SV Sensor
086
047
(SV2) 049
036
086 054
Fusible
(SV3D) SV
Plug
Fusible
023
023 Plug
038
038
SV 054 SV Accumlator
(SV41) 036
Liquid Tank High
pressure High
085 pressure (SV42)
048 switch
(TD1) switch (TD2)
4.15MPa
4.15MPa
SV
(SV3C) (TK4)
Under cool
044
Heat Exchanger Comp1 044 Comp2
made by UACJ
(PMV4) 018 018

054 027 027 054
087 087
030
(TK1) (TK2)
(TL3) 036
028 (TK5)
Oil Header
SV
(SV3E)
(SV3A)
SV
027
061 037
060 036 SV (SV3B)
055
020
019 021
026

– 276 –
Q'ty/Set MMY-MAP
Ref. No. Part No. Description 0726 0966 1206
HT9P-UL HT9P-UL HT9P-UL
001 43T20341 FAN, PROPELLER 1 1 1
002 43T20342 MOTOR, FAN, DC530-620V, 2300L 1 1 1
003 43T19365 CABINET, AIR OUTLET 1 1 1
004 43T19366 CABINET, SIDE, UP 2 2
005 43T19368 GUARD, FAN 1 1 1
006 43T00613 CABINET ASSY, SIDE, LEFT 1 1 1
007 43T00614 CABINET ASSY, SIDE, RIGHT 1 1 1
008 43T00624 CABINET, AIR INLET, FRONT 1
009 43T00620 CABINET, AIR INLET, BACK 1
010 43T00625 CABINET, AIR INLET, FRONT 1 1
011 43T00622 CABINET, AIR INLET, BACK 1 1
012 43T00615 CABINET ASSY, FRONT, DOWN 1
013 43T00616 CABINET ASSY, BACK, DOWN 1
014 43T00617 CABINET ASSY, FRONT, DOWN 1 1
015 43T00618 CABINET ASSY, BACK, DOWN 1 1
016 43T00693 PANEL 1 1 1
017 43T41497 COMPRESSOR, RA421A3TB-20M2 2
018 43T41498 COMPRESSOR, RA641A3TB-21M1 2 2
019 43T46393 VALVE, BALL, 25.4 1 1 1
021 43T46366 VALVE, PACKED, 9.52 1 1 1
022 43T46374 VALVE, PACKED, 12.7 1
023 43T46444 VALVE, CHECK, UCV-A1505DRQ5 1 2 2
024 43T46445 VALVE, CHECK, UCV-A1506DRQ5 1 1
025 43T46398 VALVE, CHECKED, BCV-804DY 2
026 43T46399 VALVE, CHECK, BCV-603DY 1 1 1
027 43T46400 VALVE, CHECKED, BCV-302DY 4 3 3
028 43T46409 JOINT,CHECK 3 3 3
029 43T46447 VALVE, PMV, PAM-BA2YGTF-1 (φ4.8） 1 1
030 43T46480 VALVE, PMV, UKV-25DU129 (φ2.5） 1 2
031 43T46449 COIL, PMV 1 1 1
032 43T46477 COIL, PMV 1 1
033 43T46478 COIL, PMV 1 1 1
034 43T46479 VALVE, 4WAY, SHF-35B-67-04 1 1 1
035 43T46457 COIL, SOLENOID, AC208-230V 60HZ 1 1 1
036 43T46454 VALVE, 2WAY, TEV-S1220DQ50 5 5 5
037 43T46411 VALVE , 2WAY, VPV-603DQ2 1 1 1
038 43T46412 VALVE, 2WAY, FDF3A06 3 3 3
039 43T46458 COIL, VALVE, 2WAY, TEV-SMOAQ2247A1 5 5 5
040 43T46404 COIL, SOLENOID, VPV-MOAQ1843A0 1 1 1
041 43T46406 COIL, VALVE, 2WAY, FQ-D640 3 3 3
042 43T50364 SENSOR ASSY, LOW PRESSURE 1 1 1
043 43T50365 SENSOR ASSY, HIGH PRESSURE 1 1 1
044 43T63366 SWITCH, PRESSURE 2 2 2
045 43T57303 HEATER, CASE, 29W 240V 2 2 2
046 43T57304 HEATER, CASE, 55W 240V 1 1 1
047 43T48314 SEPARATOR 1 1 1
048 43T48308 TANK, LIQUID 1 1 1
– 277 –
Q'ty/Set MMY-MAP
Ref. No. Part No. Description 0726 0966 1206
HT9P-UL HT9P-UL HT9P-UL
049 43T48313 ACCUMULATOR 1 1 1
050 43T43523 CONDENSER ASSY, TWO ROW, LEFT 1
051 43T43524 CONDENSER ASSY, TWO ROW, RIGHT 1
052 43T43525 CONDENSER ASSY, THREE ROW, LEFT 1 1
053 43T43526 CONDENSER ASSY, THREE ROW, RIGHT 1 1
054 43T47388 STRAINER 5 5 5
055 43T47389 STRAINER 1 1 1
056 43T47390 STRAINER 2 1 1
057 43T47392 STRAINER 2 2
058 43T47393 STRAINER
059 43T47394 STRAINER 1
060 43T47395 STRAINER 1 1
062 43T49348 RUBBER, SUPPORTER, PIPE 1 2 2
071 43T49365 RUBBER, SUPPORTER, PIPE 1 1
072 43T49360 RUBBER, SUPPORTER, PIPE 2
073 43T49358 BAND, FIX 5 8 8
074 43T19333 HOLDER, SENSOR 11 15 15
075 43T01312 MARK, TOSHIBA CARRIER 1 1 1
076 43T63358 HOLDER, NFC 1 1 1
077 43T39351 NUT, FLANGE 1 1 1
078 43T39350 WASHER 1 1 1
079 43T47385 BOLT, COMPRESSOR 6 6 6
080 43T49357 RUBBER, CUSHION 6 6 6
081 43T47333 BONNET, 1/2 IN 1 1 1
082 43T47332 BONNET, 3/8 IN 1 1 1
083 43T47334 BONNET, 5/8 IN
084 43T49338 PLUG, FUSIBLE 2 2 2
085 43T47374 TUBE, CAPILLARY, ID 0.8 1 1 1
088 43T47408 TUBE, CAPILLARY, ID 2.0 1 1
089 43T85617 OWNER'S MANUAL 1 1 1
090 43T00698 GUARD,WIRE 1 1 1
091 43T00696 PLATE PROTECTOR,SIDE 2 2 2
092 43T00695 PLATE PROTECTOR 1
093 43T00694 PLATE PROTECTOR 1 1
094 43T58333 TRANSFORMER 1 1 1
095 43T00700 MOTOR BASE COATING ASSEMBLY 1 1 1
– 278 –
Q'ty/Set MMY- MAP
Ref. No. Part No. Description
1446HT9P-UL 1686HT9P-UL
001 43T20341 FAN, PROPELLER 2 2
002 43T20343 MOTOR, FAN, DC530-620V, 3500L 2 2
003 43T19367 CABINET, AIR OUTLET 2 2
004 43T60472 CLAMP FILTER 1 1
005 43T19368 GUARD, FAN 2 2
006 43T00663 CABINET ASSY, SIDE, LEFT 1 1
007 43T00664 CABINET ASSY, SIDE, RIGHT 1 1
008 43T00665 CABINET, AIR INLET, FRONT 1 1
016 43T00693 PANEL 1 1
018 43T41498 COMPRESSOR, RA641A3TB-21M1 2 2
019 43T46393 VALVE, BALL, 25.4 1 1
020 43T46456 VALVE, BALL, SBV-JA6GTC-1 1 1
021 43T46366 VALVE, PACKED, 9.52 1 1
023 43T46445 VALVE, CHECK, UCV-A1506DRQ5 2 2
024 43T46446 VALVE, CHECK, UCV-A1507DR 1 1
026 43T46399 VALVE, CHECK, BCV-603DY 1 1
027 43T46400 VALVE, CHECKED, BCV-302DY 3 3
028 43T46409 JOINT,CHECK 3 3
029 43T46447 VALVE, PMV, PAM-BA2YGTF-1 (φ4.8） 1 1
030 43T46480 VALVE, PMV, UKV-25DU129 (φ2.5） 2 2
031 43T46449 COIL, PMV 1 1
032 43T46477 COIL, PMV 1 1
033 43T46478 COIL, PMV 1 1
034 43T46479 VALVE, 4WAY, SHF-35B-67-04 1 1
035 43T46457 COIL, SOLENOID, AC208-230V 60HZ 1 1
036 43T46454 VALVE, 2WAY, TEV-S1220DQ50 5 5
037 43T46411 VALVE , 2WAY, VPV-603DQ2 1 1
038 43T46412 VALVE, 2WAY, FDF3A06 3 3
039 43T46458 COIL, VALVE, 2WAY, TEV-SMOAQ2247A1 5 5
040 43T46404 COIL, SOLENOID, VPV-MOAQ1843A0 1 1
041 43T46406 COIL, VALVE, 2WAY, FQ-D640 3 3
042 43T50364 SENSOR ASSY, LOW PRESSURE 1 1
043 43T50365 SENSOR ASSY, HIGH PRESSURE 1 1
044 43T63366 SWITCH, PRESSURE 2 2
045 43T57303 HEATER, CASE, 29W 240V 2 2
046 43T57304 HEATER, CASE, 55W 240V 1 1
047 43T48314 SEPARATOR 1 1
048 43T48309 TANK, LIQUID 1 1
049 43T48312 ACCUMULATOR 1 1
050 43T43527 CONDENSER ASSY, THREE ROW, LEFT 1 1
051 43T43528 CONDENSER ASSY, THREE ROW, RIGHT 1 1
054 43T47388 STRAINER 5 5
055 43T47389 STRAINER 1 1
056 43T47390 STRAINER 1 1
057 43T47392 STRAINER 1 1
060 43T47395 STRAINER 1 1
− 279 −
Q'ty/Set MMY-MAP
Ref. No. Part No. Description
1446HT9P-UL 1686HT9P-UL
061 43T47400 STRAINER 1 1

072 43T49360 RUBBER, SUPPORTER, PIPE
073 43T49358 BAND, FIX 7 7
074 43T19333 HOLDER, SENSOR 15 15
075 43T01312 MARK, TOSHIBA CARRIER 1 1
076 43T63358 HOLDER, NFC 1 1
077 43T39351 NUT, FLANGE 2 2
078 43T39350 WASHER 2 2
079 43T47385 BOLT, COMPRESSOR 6 6
080 43T49357 RUBBER, CUSHION 6 6
081 43T47401 BONNET, 3/4 IN 1 1
082 43T47332 BONNET, 3/8 IN 1 1
084 43T49338 PLUG, FUSIBLE 1 1
089 43T85617 OWNER'S MANUAL 1 1
090 43T00699 GUARD,WIRE 1 1
091 43T00696 PLATE PROTECTOR,SIDE 2 2
094 43T58333 TRANSFORMER 1 1
095 43T00700 MOTOR BASE COATING ASSEMBLY 2 2
− 280 −
718
716 710 715 711
711
Inverter Assembly
722
CN34
N
704 （ TD1 ）
MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL
725 704 （ TD2 ）

RED
WHI
BLK
SW06 SW07 SW09 SW10
CN851
SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14 SW01 SW02 SW03 704 （ TK1 ）
CN31
CN32
CN33
L1(R)
L2(S)
L3(T)
RED
WHI
BLK
CN530
CN852
SW16 SW17
704 （ TK2 ）
CN31
CN32
CN33
PC board
L1(R)
L2(S)
L3(T)
720
CN705 CN704 CN703

704 （ TK4 ）
SW30
CN400
704 （ TK5 ）
L3
　 701 （ TS1 ）
　
L2
　 705
　
L1 701 （ TL1 ）
VRE.
C UI
EN
I ON
L1(R)
L2(S)
L3(T)
714
CN510
TAT
CN41 RED
CN42 WHI
R ES.
CN43 BLK
W I LI M EN 701 （ TE1 ）
CN511
P LY `A 3 Ph
UP L S D
RS I 721
PE S F 30V
C OP R D E /2
U SE LI SE
U TI 208 701 （ TO ） CN50
− 281 −
CN22
CN23
RED
CN24
GRY
CN14
GRY
703 710
P17
P10
706
709
P18
CN03
CN03
CN02
CN02
CN251
CN251
P16
P11
4.0mm
600V
JXO-B2F
L2(S)
L3(T)
L1(R)
CN11 RED
CN12 WHI
CN13 BLK
Ｕ１Ｕ２ＳＵ３Ｕ４Ｕ５Ｕ６Ｓ
室内ユニット間通信シールド集中管理機器通信室外ユニット間通信シールド
T O INDOOR UNI T SHIELD TO CENTRAL CONTROLLER TO OUTDOOR UNIT SHIELD
電源印加禁止 NO POWER VOLTAGE SUPPLY
CN01
CN01
CN04
CN04
706
CN05
CN05
CN203
CN202
CN201
CN203
CN202
CN201
CN852
CN852
1　　2　　3
CN851
CN851
CN800
CN800
CN801
CN801
726
717
723
718
716 710 715 711
711
722
N
CN34
Inverter Assembly
704 （ TD1 ）
704 （ TD2 ）
RED
WHI
BLK
SW06 SW07 SW09 SW10

704 （ TK1 ）
CN851
725 SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14 SW01 SW02 SW03
CN31
CN32
CN33
L1(R)
L2(S)
L3(T)
RED
WHI
BLK
CN530
CN852
SW16 SW17 704 （ TK2 ）
CN31
CN32
CN33
PC board
L1(R)
L2(S)
L3(T)
720
CN705 CN704 CN703

704 （ TK4 ）
SW30
704 （ TK5 ）
CN400
L3 701 （ TS1 ）
　
　
L2
　 705 701 （ TS3 ）
　
L1 RE.
CUIV
EN
707 ION 701 （ TL1 ）
L1(R)
L2(S)
L3(T)
S. 714
CN41 RED
CN42 WHI
NTAT
CN43 BLK
IR E ME
PL
Y W ` ALI
SUP I LS D
3Ph
PER S F
C OP R DE
30V 721
USE L ISE
/2 701 （ TL2 ）
UTI 208
CN50
COMP1 COMP2 CN22
CN23
RED
701 （ TL3 ）
CN24
GRY
CN14
GRY
703 701 （ TE1 ）
– 282 –
710
P17
P10
701 （ TE2 ）
706
P18
701 （ TO ）
CN03
CN03
CN02
CN02
CN251
CN251
709
P16
702 （ TG1 ）
P11
600V
4.0mm
JXO-B2F
702 （ TG2 ）
L2(S)
L3(T)
L1(R)
CN11 RED
CN12 WHI
CN13 BLK
TO INDOOR UNIT SHIELD TO CENTRAL CONTROLLER TO OUTDOOR UNIT SHIELD
CN01
CN01
CN04
CN04
706
CN05
CN05
CN203
CN202
CN201
CN203
CN202
CN201
CN852
CN852
MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL, MMY-MAP1204HT9P-UL
CN851
CN851
1　　2　　3
CN800
CN800
CN801
CN801
726
717
723
718
703
Inverter Assembly
716 710 715 711 705

714
711
704 （ TD1 ） 722

704 （ TD2 ）
725 704 （ TK1 ）
L2(S)
CN32 WHI
L3(T)
L1(R)
PC board
CN33 BLK
CN31 RED
704 （ TK2 ）
CN530
704 （ TK4 ） 720
704 （ TK5 ）
L3
701 （ TS1 ）
　
　
L2
　 701 （ TS3 ）
　
L1 721
EN
701 （ TL1 ）
z
60H .
`A ES
3Ph CUIVRE
S D WIR
FIL PLY
0V
DES SUP
701 （ TL2 ）
/23 TION
ER ER
U
LIS OPP
208 LIMENTA.
UTI SE C
701 （ TL3 ）
701 （ TE1 ）
701 （ TE2 ）
− 283 −
701 （ TO ）
710
702 （ TG1 ）
MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL, MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL
600V
4.0mm 2
JXO-B2F
702 （ TG2 ）
TO INDOOR UNIT SHIELD TO CENTRAL CONTROLLER TO OUTDOOR UNIT SHIELD
709 717
719
708
724 717 712 713
723
Q'ty/Set MMY-
Ref. No. Part No. Description MAP0726 MAP0966 MAP1206 MAP1446 MAP1686
HT9P-UL HT9P-UL HT9P-UL HT9P-UL HT9P-UL
701 43T50347 SENSOR ASSY, SERVICE 4 8 8 8 8
702 43T50356 SERVICE-SENSOR 2 2 2 2
703 43T95303 SUPPORTER, ASSY 2 2 2 2 2
704 43T50348 SENSOR,TD (F6) 6 6 6 6 6
705 43T60440 TERMINAL, 3P, 100A 1 1 1 1 1
706 43T58318 REACTOR, CH-80 2 2 2
707 43T60453 TERMINAL, 4P 1 1
708 43T52322 CONTACTOR, MAGNETIC 2 2
709 43T60457 TERMINAL, 8P 1 1 1 1 1
710 43T95301 SUPORT, SPACER 7 7 7 14 14
711 43T95302 SPACER(EDGE) 10 10 10 18 18
712 43T31301 DIODE, 60A 2 2
713 43T50368 SENSOR, DCCT 2 2
714
43T6V777 PC BOARD ASSY, NOISE FILTER, MCC-1608 1 1 1
43T6V781 PC BOARD ASSY, NOISE FILTER, MCC-1680 2 2
715 43T6V832 PC BOARD ASSY, INTERFACE, MCC-1673 1 1 1 1 1
716 43T6V776 PC BOARD ASSY, FAN-IPDU, MCC-1610 1 1 1 2 2
43T6V778 PC BOARD ASSY, COMP-IPDU, MCC-1595 2
717* 43T6V779 PC BOARD ASSY, COMP-IPDU, MCC-1595 2 2
43T6V780 PC BOARD ASSY, COMP-IPDU, MCC-1687 2 2
718 43T6V631 PC BOARD ASSY, NFC, MCC-1667 1 1 1 1 1
719 43T50345 THERMISTOR, PTC 2 2
720 43T96307 BUSHING 3 3 3 4 4
721 43T96306 COLLAR 3 3 3 4 4
722 43T55361 FILTER, LINE 1 1 1 2 2
723
43T60469 LEAD ASSY, COMPRESSOR 2 2 2
43T60470 LEAD ASSY, COMPRESSOR 2 2
724 43T60471 LEAD ASSY, REACTOR 2 2
725 43T58316 REACTOR, CH-55 1 1 1 2 2
726 43T60424 TERMINAL, 3P, 60A 1 1 1
*Note: Do not miss the Part No. (Both parts are same MCC No., but different Part No.)
– 284 –

SVM 16062

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document informationThis service manual provides information on air conditioner outdoor units including specifications, wiring diagrams, part ratings, refrigerant piping diagrams, control descriptions, and test operation procedures.

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

SVM 16062

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SVM 16062

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FILE NO.

<SUPER MODULAR MULTI SYSTEM - e>

<Heat Pump Model>

4 Refrigerant Piping Systematic Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

11 OUTDOOR UNIT REFRIGERANT RECOVERY METHOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

12 REPLACING COMPRESSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

13 OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS REPLACEMENT METHODS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

15 EXPLODED DIAGRAM/PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Definition of Protective Gear

Work at heights (50 Helmets for use in industry

[Explanation of illustrated marks]

Indicates prohibited items (Forbidden items to do)

Indicates mandatory items (Compulsory items to do)

Indicates cautions (Including danger / warning)

Explanations given to user

(*1) Refer to the “Definition of Qualified Installer or Qualified Service Person”

Anchor bolt position

Anchor bolt position

1. Safety Caution Concerned to refrigerant (R410A)

(1) Copper pipe

General tools (Conventional tools can be used.)

Model name MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL

Model name MMY-MAP1446HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1686HT9P-UL

Model name MMY-AP1926HT9P-UL MMY-AP2166HT9P-UL MMY-AP2406HT9P-UL MMY-AP2646HT9P-UL

Model name MMY-AP2886HT9P-UL MMY-AP3126HT9P-UL MMY-AP3366HT9P-UL

Model name MMY-AP3606HT9P-UL MMY-AP3846HT9P-UL MMY-AP4086HT9P-UL

Model name MMY-AP4326HT9P-UL MMY-AP4566HT9P-UL

Model name MMY-AP192S6HT9P-UL MMY-AP240S6HT9P-UL MMY-AP288S6HT9P-UL MMY-AP408S6HT9P-UL

Model name MMY-MAP0726HT9P-UL MMY-MAP0966HT9P-UL MMY-MAP1206HT9P-UL

Model name MMY-AP1926HT9P-UL MMY-AP2166HT9P-UL MMY-AP2406HT9P-UL MMY-AP2646HT9P-UL

Model name MMY-AP2886HT9P-UL MMY-AP3126HT9P-UL MMY-AP3366HT9P-UL

Model name MMY-AP3606HT9P-UL MMY-AP3846HT9P-UL MMY-AP4086HT9P-UL

Model name MMY-AP4326HT9P-UL MMY-AP4566HT9P-UL

HEATER2 CN332 (BLU) PNK:PINK FM Fan motor

OFF 5 OFF Protective earth MCC-1595 MCC-1595

1 TK5 CN535 RED GRN CN-R Relay connector

RED F500 L-FM

CN01 F01 CN02 6T3 5L3 BLK 2 5 1 2 3 4

MCC-1687A MCC-1687A TB2

1 Compressor DA421A3TB-20M1 Output:2.1kW×2 ○

1 Power supply terminal block HP-T3015-31-3PL3S AC600V/100A, 3P ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

7 Reactor (For comp. & fan) CH-95 0.62mH/50A - - - ○ ○

13 P.C.board (IPDU for comp.) MCC-1687 - - - - ○ ○

TE1 sensor TS1 sensor

Check joint SV3A valve

Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Check joint Fusible plug Liquid tank

TG1 sensor SV3D valve

SV41 valve TL1 sensor SV3A valve

Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Check joint Fusible plug Liquid tank

SV42 valve PMV1 TS3 sensor

Inverter P.C. board for fan Interface P.C. board

Inverter P.C. board Inverter P.C. board

Inverter P.C. board for fan Interface P.C. board

Relay terminal block Inverter P.C. board Inverter P.C. board

Inverter P.C. board Interface P.C. board

Fuse P.C Board

(PMV1 Connector CN300: White,　PMV3 Connector CN302: Blue)

(TD1 Connector CN502: White,　TD2 Connector CN503: Pink )

TG1 (TG1 Connector CN525: Blue,　TG2 Connector CN526:

Temp. Sensor (TE1 Connector CN520: Green,　TE2 Connector CN521: Red )